University  of  California  •  Berkeley 

Gift  of 
FRANCIS  P.  FARQUHAR 


cs 


CORRECTIONS 


3.  First  line  of  title  read  "  Louisianes  "  instead  of  "  Louisiones." 

Under  "Map"  second  word  should  be  "du"  and  second  line  should 
read  "Etendu  Par  F.ois  Perrin  du  Lac  L'An  1802." 

5.  In  title  second  "1804"  should  be  "1805." 

7.  The  collation  is  correct  except  that  at  end  of  second  line  13  (i)  should 
be  53  (i)  but  I  submit  a  better  one. 

Port.  Pike,  title,  with  copyright  on  reverse,  2  leaves  to  the  public,  one 
leaf  ded;  Part  I,  105  pp.  of  Journal,  5  leaves  of  Met.  Ob.  Part  II,  pp. 
107-277  blank  leaf,  i  leaf  Met.  Ob.;  Appendix  to  Part  I,  65  pp.  with 
recapitulation  on  reverse,  Table  C  to  face  page  40,  and  F  page  66; 
Appendix  to  Part  II,  53  pp.  with  table  to  face  page  53,  entitled  a 
Statistical  Abstract,  etc.;  Appendix  to  Part  III  87  pp. 

a     The  maps  described  in  the  Atlas  are,,  usually  bound  with  the  text. 

3:-n.  noTts    4/  *>  UA—  ».    5-Hpttjt,  V-«VA-X.        «  .  ,  TV, 

ii.  Second  paragraph  of  notes  after     April  2,  1811     insert     with  Manuel 
Lisa." 

14.  The  words,  "London,  Corresponding  Member,  etc.,"  belong  on  the  line 
above.    Third  line  of  notes  "for"  St.  Charles  should  read  "from." 

15.  Imprint  of  English  translation  should  be  "Redfield  New  York  1854." 
1  6.  For  "Athebasca"  in  the  notes  read  "Athabasca." 

19.  In  notes  "Pilsher"  should  be  "Pilcher." 

20.  Collation  should  be  XVI  slip  errata,  768  pp. 

22.  In  title,  in  place  of  "Pittsburgs"  read  "Pittsburgh."     In  collation 
first  line  the  second  figure  5  should  not  be  in  parenthesis  and  422  should 
be  442;  fourth  paragraph  of  notes,  seventh  line,  after  "up  to  this 
point"  insert  "i.  e.,  the  arrival  of  James." 

23.  In  notes  in  place  of  "Manda"  read  "Mandan." 

28.  In  collation  change  "21  "  plates  to  "31." 

In  notes  fifth  line  change  "1820"  to  "1830"  and  last  line  change 
"Hawaii"  to  "Havana." 

29.  First  line  of  title  read  "Extrait"  in  place  of  "Evtrait."     In  notes 
fourth  paragraph  in  place  of  "Beachey"  read  "Beechey." 

33.  In  notes  first  line,  change  "233"  to  "283." 

34.  In  notes  third  line,  in  place  of  "April  16,  1813.  He"  read  "April  16, 
1817,  he."  Next  line  in  place  of  "January  i  "  read  "June  i." 

37.  First  word  should  be  "Message." 

I 


4i.  In  place  of  "Missouri  Engineer"  read  "Missouri  Enquirer." 
46.  Collation  first  line,  change  "232"  to  "272." 

48.  Collation  at  end  of  first  line  strike  out  "and"  and  next  line  change 
"326  "to  "336." 

50.  In  notes  near  the  end  change  "October  18, 1834,"  to  "October  18, 1833." 

55.  In  notes  change  "264"  to  "268"  and  "Vol.  37"  to  "Vol.  33." 

56.  In  notes  last  line,  place  of  "Greek"  read  "Creek." 

61.  In  notes  in  place  of  "  Fontennelle  "  read  "  Fontenelle." 

62.  In  collation,  5-32  (i)  should  be  5-23  (i). 

63.  In  notes,  last  line,  in  place  of  "best"  read  "that." 

66.  In  collation  in  place  of  "5-87"  read  "1-87." 

67.  In  title  "Maximilian"  should  precede  "Prinz."    After  2  vols.  add 
"and  atlas." 

69.  In  notes  change  "In  1839"  to  "1°  J838"  and  in  second  paragraph 
change  "Repport"  to  "Rapport." 

72.  In  imprint  change  "January"  to  "Janvier." 

73.  Change  collation  to  122  pp.,  Leaf  of  Postscript,  leaf  of  contents  and 
Errata;  map. 

76.  In  notes,  first  line  of  second  paragraph,  change  "B"  Lyman  to  "Dr. 
Lyman,"  and  add  at  end  "  from  Sante  Fe." 

78.  Strike  out  words  "signed  John  Bidwell."    The  author's  name  occurs 
in  the  Publisher's  Preface.    At  the  end  "12"  should  be  "52." 

79.  In  notes  change  197-226  to  "199-226"  and  in  place  of  "Jackenham" 
read  "Packenham." 

80.  In   title  before  "Map"  insert  "New"  and  change  "Yuccatan"  to 
"Yucatan." 

8 1.  In  notes,  second  line  of  second  paragraph,  change  "for  St.  Louis"  to 
"from  St.  Louis." 

86.  Under  "map"  last  line  after  1843  insert  "engraved  by." 

89.  New  collation,  title,  3  leaves  of  preface,  leaf  sub-title  Book  I,  13-252, 
then  as  printed. 

90.  After  Sept.  16,  in  place  of  "Bocanezras"  read  "  Bocanegras." 
92.  In  collation,  change  "recto"  to  "reverse." 

94.  Under  Map  in  place  of  "  Californians "  read  "  Californias."    In  notes, 
second  paragraph,  strike  out  347. 

95.  In  notes,  second  line,  in  place  of  "Prena"  read  "Prince." 

2 


97-  In  title,  in  place  of  "Comanche"  read  "Camanche." 
99.  In  imprint  in  place  of  "Adam"  read  "Richard." 
i oo.  In  notes,  second  paragraph  before  "wandered"  insert  "the  Indians." 

103.  In  collation,  begin,  Title,  3-4  of  Preface,  and  at  end  of  line  strike  out 
"Ban  &  McD."   In   title  insert  before  "California  Emigrants"   the 
words  "Oregon  and." 

104.  In  notes,  first  line,  change  "210-217"  to  "214-217."     Second  para- 
graph change  "animal"  to  "annual." 

107.  Under  "Map"  in  place  of  "reduced"  read  "Conducted." 

112.  In  notes,  last  sentence  of  last  paragraph  refers  to  the  paintings  men- 
tioned in  preceding  paragraph. 

1 20.  After  collation  and  before  "Map"  insert  "Reprinted  by  James  in  1848 
in  pp.  XII,  407  with  steel  portraits  of  Price  and  Doniphan,  and  a  map." 

121.  In  title  change  "Clameth"  to  "Clamet"  and  "Chinooc  Jagon"  to 
"Chinook  Jargon;"  in  imprint  "J.  H."  to  "J.  A." 

129.  Imprint  should  be  "St.  Louis:  Mo.  Republican,  etc." 

130.  Between  "Map"  and  "Contents"  there  should  be  placed  the  second 
paragraph  on  page  72  beginning,  "the  H.  R.  also  printed."     Under 
Contents  in  place  of  "title  and  preface"  read,  "title,  letter  and  sub- 
title"; in  place  of  "John  Torey"  read  "John  Torrey";  change  "41 1-416" 
to  "415-416"  and  before  "W.  G.  Peck"  insert  "J.  W.  Abert  and." 
In  last  paragraph  in  place  of  "rivers"  read  "ruins." 

135.  In  title,  "Furman"  should  be  "Farman."  "Maps"  should  be  "Map." 

139.  First  word  should  be  "Mission." 

140.  First  word  "Reports"  should  be  "Report;"  "25th  of  February"  should 
be  "21  February." 

142.  In  title  "Latre"  should  be  "Lettre." 

143.  In  imprint  "West"  should  be  "New." 

144.  In  notes,  third  line,  strike  out  "his  brother." 

148.  In  collation,  second  volume,  strike  out  the  "V"  before  "IX." 

149.  In  imprint  "St.  Louis,  Mo."  follows  publisher's  name  Halsall. 

151.  In  imprint  "New  Albany,  Ind.,"  should  follow  publisher's  names  before 
date  in  cover  title. 

154.  In  title  change  word  "Terrific"  to  "Terrible." 

155.  In  collation  after  "title"  instead  of  IV,  should  be  "leaf  list  of  ill." 
157.  In  notes  "Brady"  should  be  "Bradley." 

3 


161.  In  title,  "Region"  should  be  "Regions." 

162.  First  word  of  title  should  be  "Narrative." 

164.  In  title,  first  line,  in  place  of  "  Topographicas "  should  read  "Topo- 
graphicos." 

1 68.  In  title,  after  "Aldrich,"  insert  "Late  of." 

169.  Under  Map,  first  line  "Etal"  should  be  "Etat." 

175.  In  collation  change  "3-93  (i) "  to  "  1-93  (i)." 

176.  In  title,  the  word  "Route"  is  misspelled  "Routf,"  and  in  the  notes 
in  place  of  word  "issued"  read  "used." 

177.  In  place  of  title  as  given  read  "Illustrated  Notes  of  an  Expedition 
through  Mexico  and  California  By  J.  W.  Audubon";  also  in  Collation 
pp.  "1-47"  should  be  "1-48"  and  in  the  imprint,  "24"  Liberty  St. 
should  be  "34."  In  notes  in  place  of  "Saltella"  read  "Saltillo"  and 
"Abbott"  "Abbatt." 

181.  Under  notes  in  place  of  "Disturnett"  read  "  Disturnell." 

182.  In  title  in  place  of  "Gunnicon"  read  "Gunnison." 

187.  Under  Contents  in  place  of  "35"  plates  read  "34,"  also  Baird's  initials 
should  be  "S.  F." 

190.  In  place  of  "St.  Louis  Journal"  read  "Western  Journal." 

197.  After  "1854"  insert  "Vol.  XI,  pp.  84-96." 

198.  First  line  of  title  read  "Explorations."  In  notes  first  line  of  last  para- 
graph read  "  Parry  "  in  place  of  "  Perry." 

201.  In  notes  change  the  dates  "1830"  and  "1832"  to  "1820"  and  "1822," 
respectively. 

205.  In  collation  read  "IV,  162"  in  place  of  "IV-i62." 

210.  First  line  of  title  change  "  Rivers  "  to  "  Ruins." 

213.  In  notes  "Jan.  ist"  should  be  "June  ist." 

215.  In  collation  "342"  pp.  should  be  "324." 

216.  In  title  read  "Nauvoo"  in  place  of  "Nuavoo." 

217.  Collation  should  be  "116  (i)." 

218.  In  notes,  first  line  of  page  109  put  period  after  "63". 

220.  Under  contents,  second  paragraph  beginning  "  Map "  is  misplaced,  as 
it  belongs  after  the  collation  of  the  4°  edition  (2d  paragraph  of  the 
notes). 

221.  First  paragraph  of  notes,  strike  out  "and"  after  "87-10x3." 

222.  Under  contents  first  line  "5-64"  should  be  "5-65." 

4 


223.  In  collation  of  first  edition,  strike  out  "title"  before  "53  pp." 
229.  In  collation,  "342"  should  be  "432." 

234.  Proper  title — Message  of  the  President.  .  .  .  Communicating  in  com- 
pliance ...  a  copy  of  the  report  and  maps  of  Captain  Marcy  of  his 
explorations  of  the  Big  Witchita  and  head  waters  of  the  Brazos  rivers. 
March  25,  1856 — Referred. 
Message  dated  March  20,  and  Marcy's  report  N.  Y.,  January  15,  1855. 

237.  In  notes  "the  small  map  of  Arizona,  etc."  belongs  to  the  preceding  item 
"Report  of  Frederick  Brunckow." 

238.  In  title  of  the  1868  Journal  change  "Accounting"  to  "According." 

239.  In  collation  "VII"  should  be  "VIII." 

240.  The  proper  title  of  the  second  map  is  "  Reconnoisances  in  the  Dakota 
Country  by  G.  K.  Warren." 

247.  In  collation  "138"  shall  be  "183"  and  in  the  title  strike  out  "of" 
before  "Suffering." 

254.  First  line  of  title  read  "Reise"  instead  of  "Raise,"  and  under  "Map" 
of  the  English  edition  change  "Maldwin"  to  "Baldwin." 

256.  In  notes  "Charles  K"  should  be  "Charles  D." 

263.  In  first  line  of  title  read  "Exploration"  instead  of  "Expedition." 

268.  "Abigail  Duniway"  should  be  "Abigail  J.  Duniway." 

283.  Report  calls  for  I  map  only. 

284.  Collation  2-1 1  should  be  "  2  leaves." 

292.  First  map  should  be  "Gilpin's  Hydrographic  Map  of  N.  A." 
294.  Under  the  second  map  "Across"  should  be  "Also." 
296.  In  collation  in  place  of  "1-16"  read  "1-18." 

298.  Correct  spelling  as  follows:  Geographic  Histoire,  Coutumes,  gravures, 
and  in  the  imprint  change  "Denut"  to  "Dentu."  "Dussee"  to  "Dres- 
see"  and  "Hiram"  to  "Hyrum."  In  collation  of  Eng.  edition  change 
"VIII"  to  "VII." 

301.  In  title  change  "Mining"  to  "Mines."  Imprint  should  read  Denver 
City,  J.  T.:  Published  by  the  Rocky  Mountain  News  Printing  Co., 
1861. 

Collation  should  be  8°,  55  (i),  57-132  Guide  to  the  Mines,  Miscella- 
neous information  and  adv.  At  end  is  a  supplementary  leaf. 

303.  In  collation  "15  other"  should  be  "  17  other." 

304.  In  title  change  "Snade"  to  "Snake"  and  in  notes  "G.  M.  Abbott" 
should  be  "G.  W.  Abbott,"  and  "H.  I.  Wallen,  H.  D.  Wallen." 


305.  One  of  the  10  plain  plates  is  colored. 

311.  There  are  3  maps. 

313.  In  imprint  "Geary"  should  be  "Gray." 

316.  "O.  J."  should  be  "Ovando  J."  and  imprint  and  collation  from  a  per- 
fect copy  as  follows: 

Denver,  C.  T.  Thos.  Gibson  &  Co.,  Publishers,  1863  12°  178  pp.  P.  P. 
W.  Same  title. 

319.  In  imprint  for  "Cauttey"  read  "Cautley,"  and  for  261  pp.  of  Vol* 
II  read  313. 

324.  The  imprint  on  the  wrapper  is  Sinclair  Tousey  without  the  period. 
327.  After  cover  title  strike  out  "and." 

330.  First  line  of  title  "de"  should  be  "du." 

331.  In  the  imprint,  the  words  "Saint  Paul,  Minn."  should  follow  publisher's 
name. 

333.  In  collation  2-n  of  adv.  should  be  2  leaves  and  in  1866  edition  7  pp. 
should  be  7  leaves. 

345.  After  Maps  insert  "slip  errata." 
348.  In  notes  "Smart"  should  be  "Stuart." 


JOURNAL 


OF 


AS  KEPT  BY  HIM  WHILE  TRAVELING   FKOM  CINCINNATI  TO  THE 
COLO   DIGGINGS   IN 


IN  THE  SPRING  AND  SUMMER  OF  1850, 

CONTAINING   AN   ACCURATE    ACCOUNT   OF  THE 

OCCURRANCES,  TRANSACTIONS  AND 

CIRCUMSTANCES  DAILY. 

Also,  an  Account  of  each  Tribe  of  Indians,  Description 
of  the  Country  passed  through  each  day, 
Quality  of  Soil,  &c.,  &c., 

TOGETHER  WITH  A  TABLE  OF  DISTANCES 

FROM  MISSOURI  TO  OREGON,  EMIGRANT'S  ROU1E,  &c  ,  &c. 

CHILLICOTHE: 

PRESS  OF   ADDISON    BOOKWALTER. 

1852. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


A  CONTRIBUTION  TO  THE 

BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  ORIGINAL 

NARRATIVES  OF  TRAVEL 

AND  ADVENTURE 

1800-1865 


By 
HENRY  R.  WAGNER 


JOHN  HOWELL 

SAN  FRANCISCO 
1920 


PREFACE 


This  bibliography  limited  to  original  editions  of  original 
narratives  is  made  up  from  a  catalogue  of  my  own  books 
together  with  my  "Wants."  The  origin  of  a  collection  is 
always  of  interest  to  other  collectors  so  some  reminiscences 
of  my  book  collecting  may  not  be  out  of  order. 

Being  engaged  in  the  metallurgical  industry,  my  interest 
in  the  history  of  mining  and  metallurgy  was  early  awakened, 
and  I  began  to  gather  books  on  these  subjects  in  1892,  my 
first  purchase  being  made  in  one  of  the  stalls  of  the  Seminario 
in  the  City  of  Mexico,  in  October  of  that  year.  This  subject 
engrossed  more  and  more  of  my  attention,  and  during  my 
residence  in  Colorado,  where  I  was  at  that  time  living,  quite 
a  few  of  the  works  described  in  this  book  relating  to  the  gold 
discoveries  in  California  and  the  Rocky  Mountains  were 
obtained.  Several  trips  to  Chile,  from  1898  to  1902,  enlarged 
my  metallurgical  collection,  especially  the  Spanish  part  of  it, 
and  by  the  year  1903,  when  I  removed  to  London,  I  had 
managed  to  get  together  a  very  interesting  collection. 

London  proved  to  be  a  very  poor  market,  except  for 
English  works  on  English  mining  and  metallurgy,  and  this 
field  being  speedily  exhausted,  my  interest  was  extended  to 
the  precious  metals  in  their  functions  as  a  medium  of 
exchange  and  as  a  measure  of  value,  and  so  I  formed  a 
collection  of  economics,  now  at  Yale  University. 

My  residence  in  London,  up  to  January,  1907,  served  to 
confirm  me  in  a  book  collecting  habit,  and  during  my  subse- 
quent residence  in  Mexico,  from  1907  to  1915,  I  not  only 
enlarged  my  collection  of  early  mining  books  but  extended  its 
scope  to  include  the  Fur  trading  era,  Overland  Emigration 
and  Exploration,  and  at  the  same  time  formed  another  inde- 
pendent collection  of  Mexican  history,  largely  relating  to  the 
early  history  of  those  portions  of  the  United  States  which 
were  formerly  Mexican  provinces. 

I  have  always  had  a  weakness  for  what  I  call  pioneer 
books,  the  early  books  descriptive  of  the  United  States  west 
of  the  Alleghany  Mountains,  and  I  originally  hoped  to  be 
able  to  secure  a  collection  embracing  this  entire  territory. 
This,  however,  is  naturally  a  very  large  undertaking,  and  the 


rarity  and  very  high  prices  ruling  for  many  of  these  books 
have  prevented  me  from  obtaining  anything  like  a  complete 
collection,  so  that  in  deciding  to  print  this  bibliography  I 
have  omitted  all  those  works  which  treated  of  the  country 
east  of  the  Missouri  River,  confining  it  to  a  section  which  can 
be  treated  as  a  whole.  I  have  also  omitted  all  works  of  a 
local  nature  dealing  with  the  Pacific  Slope,  as  this  section  has 
been  very  satisfactorily  covered  by  Mr.  Cowan  in  his  bibliog- 
raphy of  California. 

It  would  be  difficult  to  satisfy  everyone  with  my  reasons 
for  the  inclusion  of  various  works,  or  exclusion  of  others,  or 
for  limiting  it  to  the  period  embraced  between  the  years  1800 
and  1865,  so  I  will  simply  say  in  this  connection  that  my 
choice  has  been  reached  after  considerable  thought,  and  for 
what  seems  to  me  good  and  sufficient  reasons. 

The  chief  difficulty  that  I  have  had  has  been  with  the 
notes,  as  it  is  easy  to  say  too  much  or  too  little,  and  I  cannot 
claim  that  the  result  is  indicative  or  any  very  strict  adherence 
to  any  fixed  principle.  Many  of  the  books  have  been  de- 
scribed before,  so  in  such  case  I  have  avoided  any  prolixity, 
giving  most  attention  to  the  more  unknown  books. 

Newspapers  and  magazines  are  not  within  the  scope  of  this 
bibliography,  nevertheless  I  have  noticed  a  few  articles  in  the 
magazines  and  newspapers,  and  especially  in  the  notes  will  be 
found  many  references  to  Niles'  Register.  This  indispensable 
work  is  both  inaccurately  and  inadequately  indexed,  so  having 
gone  over  it  pretty  thoroughly  and  making  extensive  notes  as 
to  references,  I  thought  it  would  add  to  the  interest  of  my 
book  to  include  them,  insofar  as  they  can  be  adopted  as  notes 
to  any  particular  book  described. 

The  great  source  for  the  early  history  of  the  plains  and  the 
Rocky  Mountains  existed  in  Missouri  newspapers,  those 
printed  at  St.  Louis,  Boonville,  Independence,  and  Liberty. 
With  the  exception  of  the  Gazette  and  Republican  of  St. 
Louis,  of  which  an  almost  complete  file  is  now  in  the  posses- 
sion of  the  Missouri  Historical  Society,  the  other  local  news- 
papers have  largely  disappeared,  and  we  know  them  chiefly 
by  extracts  in  Niles'  Register. 

The  early  magazines,  so  far  as  I  have  investigated  them 
down  to  1840,  contain  very  little  about  the  far  West,  either 
fact  or  fiction.  The  romantic  side  of  mountain  life  seems  to 
have  appealed  very  little  to  the  public,  what  little  interest 


there  was  displayed  being  confined  to  the  political  and  com- 
mercial side  of  the  fur  trade  and  the  Indian  questions  of  the 
day. 

Much  care  has  been  bestowed  upon  the  various  Govern- 
ment publications  of  exploration ;  the  books  in  themselves 
deserve  it,  and  in  the  second  place  they  are  frequently 
inaccurately  collated  in  the  standard  bibliographies.  It  is 
astonishing  how  many  copies  of  these  various  Government 
publications  in  circulation  are  defective ;  it  apparently  having 
been  the  habit  of  the  people  in  possession  of  them  to  extract 
maps  or  plates. 

Another  feature  which  I  think  is  of  some  value  will  be 
found  in  the  descriptions  of  the  maps  where  the  same  were 
issued  with  books ;  my  object  being  to  furnish  the  title  of 
the  book,  or,  lacking  the  title,  a  description  sufficient  to 
identify  it  as  the  proper  and  correct  one. 

The  references  are  to  standard  bibliographies  and  the 
abbreviations  used  I  trust  require  no  explanations,  but  it  may 
be  well  to  state  that: 

P.  P.  means  privately  printed. 

P.  P.  W.  means  printed  paper  wrappers. 

Where  Hasse  is  referred  to  reference  is  made  to  Adelaide 
R.  Hasse's  "Reports  of  Explorations  Printed  in  Documents  of 
the  United  States  Government,  Washington,  1899",  a  very 
useful  if  somewhat  incomplete  work. 

The  star  in  front  of  a  number  indicates  that  the  book, 
pamphlet,  or  article,  so  numbered,  is  not  in  my  possession. 

Mr.  J.  J.  Hill,  of  the  University  of  California,  has  seen 
this  through  the  press  and  has  made  the  index. 

HENRY  R.  WAGNER. 
April,  1920. 
Berkeley,  California. 


PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


MACKENZIE,  ALEXANDER 

Voyages  From  Montreal,  On  The  River  St.  Laurence, 
Through  The  Continent  Of  North  America,  To  The  Frozen 
And  Pacific  Oceans;  In  the  Years  1789  and  1793.  With  A 
Preliminary  Account  Of  The  Rise,  Progress  And  Present 
State  Of  The  Fur  Trade  Of  That  Country.  Illustrated 
with  Maps.  By  Alexander  Mackenzie,  Esq. 

London :     Printed  For  T.  Cadell,  Jun.  MDCCCI. 

4°   half  title,  title,   pp.   VIII;   CXXXII ;  412;   Err.    (2) 
3  maps,  portrait  Mackenzie. 
Maps: 

Map  of  America  between  latitudes  40  and  70  north,  and 
longitude  45  and  180  west. 

Map  of  Mackenzie  Track  from  Ft.  Chipewyan  to  the 
North  Sea. 

Map  of  Mackenzie  Track  from  Ft.  Chipewyan  to  the 
Pacific,  1793. 

In  1916  the  Champlain  Society  published  the  journals  of  David 
Thompson,  edited  by  J.  B.  Tyrrell.  These  journals  comprise  a 
period  more  extensive  than  that  covered  by  Mackenzie's  narrative 
and  is  now  the  best  record  we  have  of  the  early  days  of  the  fur 
trade  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  region  of  British  Northwest  Amer- 
ica. Besides  being  a  fur  trader  Thompson  was  the  astronomer  of 
the  Northwest  Company  and  make  a  map  of  the  territory,  the 
accuracy  of  which  has  been  highly  praised  by  all  subsequent 
explorers.  The  map  was  a  kind  of  continuing  performance,  new 
discoveries  being  plotted  on  it  from  time  to  time  but  it  was 
pretty  well  completed  by  1813-14.  1 

MACLAURIE,  

A  Narrative,  or  Journal,  of  Voyages  and  Travels  Through 
the  North-West  Continent  of  America,  in  the  years  1789 
and  1793.  London,  1802. 

12°  91  pp.  Plate. 

This  must  be  an  extract  from  Mackenzie.  I  have  never  seen  a 
copy  of  it.  *2 

PERRIN  DU  LAC,  M. 

Voyage  Dans  Les  Deux  Louisiones,  Et  Chez  Les  Nations 
Sauvages  Du  Missouri,  par  les  Etats-Unis,  1'Ohio  et  les 

[1] 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Provinces  qui  le  bordent,  en  1801,  1802  et  1803;  Avec  un 
apercu  des  Moeurs,  des  Usages,  du  Caractere  et  des  Cou- 
tumes  religieuses  et  civiles  des  Peuples  de  ces  diverses 
Contrees.  Par  M.  Perrin  Du  Lac. 

A  Paris,  chez  Capelle  et  Renand  .  .  .  Et,  a  Lyon,  chez 
Bruysset  aine  et  Buynand,  1805. 

8°— Half  title  and  title;  Leaf  Ded. ;  X,  479  pp.  map  and 
Plate  of  the  Mammoth. 
Map: 

Carte  De  Missouri  Levee  ou  Rectifiee  dans  toute  son 
Etendu  Par.  Fois.  Perin  du  Las.  I'An  1802. 

In  Chapter  24  Perrin  du  Lac  gives  an  account  of  a  trading 
expedition  up  the  Missouri  to  the  Kansas,  up  the  Kansas  240 
miles  and  return  and  up  the  Missouri  to  the  Riviere  Blanche;  St. 
Louis  May  18,  1802,  and  returning  there  September  20th.  Besides 
the  Osages  &  Kansas  Indians,  he  visited  the  Otoes  on  the  Platte, 
and  the  Republican  Pawnees  further  up  the  same  river.  He  says 
there  was  an  old  fort  of  the  "Company  of  the  High  Missouri" 
opposite  the  mouth  of  the  Platte.  Continuing  up  the  Missouri 
they  found  the  Mahas.  At  the  L'Eau  qui  Court  (3  miles  distant) 
they  found  the  Poncas.  At  the  Riviere  Blanche  they  found  a  vil- 
lage of  Cheyennes  of  120  men,  most  of  whom  he  says  had  never 
before  seen  a  white  man. 

In  chapters  25  and  26  he  gives  an  account  of  the  Missouri  fur 
trade  in  which  he  says  the  traders  go  only  to  the  Ricaras ;  and 
that  the  Mandans,  Cheyennes  and  Minnetares  participate  very 
little  in  the  trade,  receiving  most  of  their  goods  from  other 
Indians.  Chapters  29-40  contain  an  extensive  account  of  the 
Indians  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  including  the  Mandans,  Sioux, 
Gros-Ventres  and  Cheyennes.  He  places  the  Cheyennes  chiefly 
on  the  Cheyenne  River,  which  he  says  rises  in  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains and  speaks  of  the  Kiowas  as  their  allies  hunting  the  same 
country.  Also  refers  to  the  Assiniboines  and  the  Yellowstone 
River.  He  says  in  chapter  24  that  he  obtained  most  of  his  infor- 
mation on  this  subject  from  an  old  French  trader  who  accom- 
panied him,  an  old  employee  of  the  "Company  of  the  High  Mis- 
souri," who  had  gone  up  the  river  further  than  any  one  else  and 
had  passed  many  years  there.  This  man,  under  a  promise  of  re- 
ward from  the  Spanish  Government  officials,  for  information  on 
unknown  nations,  had  presented  various  memoirs  of  real  value, 
but  as  happened  to  all  similar  memoirs,  his  labors  were  lost  for 
lack  of  attention  to  them. 

Perrin  du  Lac  claims  to  haxe  extracted  the  most  essential 
details  from  those  memoirs  in  the  archives.,  his  informant  prob- 
ably being  Pierre  Menard.  3 

LEWIS  AND  CLARK 

Message  From  The  President  Of  The  United  States, 
Communicating  Discoveries  Made  In  Exploring  The  Mis- 
souri, Red  River  And  Washita,  By  Captains  Lewis  And 
Clark,  Doctor  Sibley,  And  Mr.  Dunbar;  With  A  Statisti- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


cal  Account  Of  The  Countries  Adjacent.  February  19,  1806. 

Printed  by  order  of  the  Senate.  City  of  Washington :  A. 
&  G.  Way,  Printers,  1806. 

8°— pp.  171,  (7);  folding  tables  facing  31,  35. 
Map: 

Map  of  the  Washita  River  in  Louisiana  from  the  Hot 
Springs  to  the  Confluence  of  the  Red  River  and  the  Mis- 
sissippi laid  down  from  the  Journal  and  Survey  of  Wm. 
Dunbar,  Esq.,  in  the  year  1804,  by  Nicholas  King. 

This  map  which  is  very  rare,  was  republished  in  Documents 
Relating  to  the  Purchase  and  Exploration  of  Louisiana.  Boston, 
1904. 

The  above  is  the  first  issue. 

Also  New  York:    G.  F.  Hopkins,  1806,  in  128  pp.  and  folded  leaf. 

Also  Natchez:  "With  an  Appendix  by  Mr.  Dunbar."  Printed  by 
Andrew  Marshall — 8°  174  pp.  (not  seen).  Only  one  copy  of  this 
Natchez  edition  has  appeared  in  ten  years  to  my  knowledge. 

Sabin  notes  the  Washington  edition  of  1806  in  180  (8)  pp.  and 
map,  but  I  have  not  seen  it. 

Sabin  also  gives  the  N.  Y.  edition  as  with  178  pp.  in  which 
error  he  was  followed  by  E.  Coues.  He  cites  two  N.  Y.  editions, 
also,  no  doubt,  in  error — due  to  the  imprint,  "Printed  by  Hop- 
kins and  Seymour,  and  sold  by  G.  F.  Hopkins,  etc." 

There  is  very  little  of  Lewis  &  Clark  in  this  work  but 
abundant  and  valuable  information  regarding  the  trans-Missis- 
sippi, much  of  it  the  first  reliable  and  authentic  information  im- 
parted to  the  Americans  regarding  this  region;  especially  can  this 
be  said  of  the  Sibley  &  Dunbar  narratives.  4 

GASS,  PATRICK 

A  Journal  Of  The  Voyages  And  Travels  Of  A  Corps  Of 
Discovery,  Under  The  Command  of  Capt.  Lewis  And  Capt. 
Clarke  Of  The  Army  Of  The  United  States,  From  The 
Mouth  Of  The  River  Missouri  Through  The  Interior  Parts 
Of  North  America  To  The  Pacific  Ocean,  During  the  Years 
1804,  1804  and  1806.  Containing  An  Authentic  relation  of 
the  most  interesting  transactions  during  the  expedition, — 
A  description  of  the  country, — And  an  account  of  its  in- 
habitants, soil,  climate,  curiosities  and  vegetable  and  animal 
productions.  By  Patrick  Gass,  One  Of  The  Persons  Em- 
ployed In  The  Expedition.  With  Geographical  And  Ex- 
planatory Notes  By  The  Publisher.  (Copywright  Secured 
According  To  Law). 

Pittsburgh:  Printed  by  Zadok  Cramer,  For  David 
M'Keehan,  Publisher  and  Proprietor  .  .  .  1807. 

12°— VIII;  (2)  11-262  pp. 

A  Life  of  Gass  was  published  by  J.  G.  Jacob  in  Wellsburg, 
Va.,  1859.  280  pp.  Port.  Gass,  and  3  plates.  5 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


HENRY,  ALEXANDER 

Travels  And  Adventures  In  Canada  And  The  Indian 
Territories,  Between  The  Years  1760  And  1776.  In  Two 
Parts.  By  Alexander  Henry,  Esq. 

New  York:    Printed  And  Published  By  I.  Riley,  1809. 

8°  pp.  VI;  (2),  330;  1  Errata.    Port.  Henry. 

Owing  to  the  infrequency  of  the  portrait,  I  conclude  many 
copies  were  issued  without.it. 

Went  to  the  Northwest  in  1775.  While  there  Henry  spent 
most  of  his  time  on  the  Saskatchewan  with  the  Assiniboine 
Indians. 

The  Journals  of  David  Thompson,  edited  by  J.  B.  Tyrrell, 
have  been  published  (1916)  by  the  Champlain  Society  of  Toronto. 

Previously  Elliott  Coues  had  made  use  of  these  journals  of 
Thompson,  preserved  in  manscript  in  the.  Canadian  archives  in 
editing  the  journal  of  Alexander  Henry.  Jr.,  a  contemporary  of 
Thompson's.  Coues'  work  v/as  published  as  New  Light  On  The 
Early  History  Of  The  Greater  Northwest.  The  Manuscript 
Journals  Of  Alexander  Henry,  Fur  Trader  of  the  Northwest 
Company  and  of  David  Thompson,  Official  Geographer  and  Ex- 
plorer of  the  same  Company,  1799-1814 — Exploration  and  Adven- 
ture among  the  Indians  on  the  Red,  Saskatchewan,  Missouri, 
and  Columbia  Rivers.  Edited  with  Copious  Critical  Commentary 
By  Elliott  Coues,  Editor  of  "Lewis  and  Clark,"  of  "Pike,"  etc., 
etc.  In  3  vols.  N.  Y.  Francis  P.  Harper,  1897. 

The  Alexander  Henry  of  Coues  was  the  nephew  of  the  Henry 
of  Henry's  Journal  and  wrote  a  much  more  interesting  narrative. 

Masson  in  "Les  Bourgeois  De  La  Compagnie  Du  Nord-Ouest 
Recites  de  Voyages,  Lettres  et  Rapports  Inedits  Relatifs  Au 
Nord-Ouest  Canadian.  Publics  Avec  une  Esquisse  Historique  et 
des  Annotations  Par  R.  Masson.  Quebec,  1889  and  1890,"  has 
printed  a  number  of  documents  bearing  on  the  history  of  the 
northwest  during  the  period  of  the  supremacy  of  the  Northwest 
Company,  including  F.  A.  Larocque's  Journal  1804-1805  of  a  visit 
to  the  Mandans ;  Charles  Mackenzie's  narrative  of  four  trading 
expeditions  to  the  Missouri,  1804,  1805,  1806;  Mr.  Simon  Eraser's 
journal  of  a  voyage  from  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  the  Pacific 
Coast,  1808;  Reminiscences  of  Roderic  McKenzie;  Letters  of  W. 
F.  Wentzel ;  Extracts  from  the  Journal  Of  James  McKenzie.  1799 
and  1800;  Letters  of  George  Keith,  1807  to  1817;  and  Autobiog- 
raphical Notes  of  John  McDonald  of  Garth,  1791-1816.  6 

LEWIS  AND  CLARK 

The  Travels  Of  Capts.  Lewis  &  Clarke,  by  order  of  the 
Government  of  the  United  States,  performed  in  the  years 
1804,  1805  and  1806,  being  upwards  of  three  thousand  miles, 
from  St.  Louis  by  way  of  the  Missouri,  and  Columbia 
Rivers,  to  the  Pacifick  Ocean ;  Containing  etc.,  etc.,  etc. 

Philadelphia:     Published  by  Hubbard  Lester  .  .  .  1809. 

12°  XII,  13-300;  Map,  5  plates.     (Not  seen). 

An  Edition  was  printed  in  London  in  8" — IX,  Map.  pp.  1-309. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


The  only  thing  about  the  Lewis  &  Clark  expedition  except 
what  already  had  been  published  in  the  message  are  the  two 
letters  of  Capt.  Clark,  dated  Ft.  Mandan,  April  2  (1804)  and  St. 
Louis,  23  Sept.,  1806. 

I  have  made  some  efforts  to  discover  if  or  where  these  letters 
had  been  previously  printed,  but  without  success ;  they  probably 
both  appeared  originally  in  some  Western  newspaper. 

The  principal  part  of  Capt.  Clark's  letter  to  his  brother  is 
embodied  in  an  article  in  "The  Navigator",  Pittsburgh,  1808,  6th 
edition,  in  "A  Brief  Account  of  the  Missouri  River"  and  it  is 
there  quoted  as  if  well  known.  *7 


PIKE,  Z.  M. 

An  Account  of  Expeditions  To  the  Sources  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi, And  Through  The  Western  Parts  of  Louisiana, 
To  The  Sources  Of  The  Arkansaw,  Kans,  La  Platte,  And 
Pierre  Jaun  Rivers ;  Performed  By  Order  Of  The  Govern- 
ment Of  The  United  States  During  The  Years  1805,  1806, 
And  1807.  And  A  Tour  Through  The  Interior  Parts  Of 
New  Spain,  When  Conducted  Through  These  Provinces, 
By  Order  of  The  Captain-General,  In  The  Year  1807.  By 
Major  Z.  M.  Pike.  Illustrated  By  Maps  and  Charts. 

Philadelphia:  Published  By  C.  &  A.  Conrad  &  Co.,  etc. 
John  Binns,  Printer.  1810. 

8°-pp.  5,  (1),  (2),  105,  (1),  (9),  (1),  107-277,  (3  blank), 
(2);  Appendix  Part  I,  65  (1);  Appendix  Part  II,  13,  (1), 
87.  Port.  Pike.  3  folded  tables. 

Atlas  with  2  charts  and  4  maps. 
Maps: 

Falls  of  St.  Anthony. 

Map  of  the  Mississippi  River  From  Its  Source  to  the 
Mouth  of  the  Missouri,  Reduced,  etc.  By  Nich.  King.  Eng. 
by  Francis  Shallus,  Phila. 

The  First  Part  of  Capt.  Pike's  Chart  of  the  Internal  Part 
of  Louisiana.  Reduced,  etc.,  by  Anthony  Nau. 

A  Chart  of  the  Internal  Part  of  Louisiana,  including  all 
the  hitherto  unexplored  countries  by  Capt.  Pike. 

Map  of  the  Internal  Province  of  New  Spain,  by  Capt. 
Pike. 

A  Sketch  of  the  Vice  Royalty,  etc.,  etc.,  of  New  Spain. 

Dr.  Herbert  E.  Bolton  discovered  in  the  archives  of  Mexico 
most  of  the  papers  which  were  confiscated  by  the  Spanish  auth- 
orities at  the  time  Pike  was  captured,  and  these  were  reprinted  in 
the  American  Historical  Review  for  July,  1908.  Unfortunately,  the 
most  important  one  of  all,  Pike's  diary,  was  not  found  with  the 
rest  of  the  documents  and  its  present  whereabouts  is  unknown. 

Dec.  16,  1808,  a  committee  of  Congress  appointed  for  the  pur- 
pose of  inquiring  what  compensation  ought  to  be  made  to  Capt. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Pike  and  his  companion  recommended  that  Compensation  ought 
to  be  made,  but  apparently  Congress  took  no  further  action,  as  in 
1846  Amos  Holton  brought  before  Congress  the  case  of  Mrs. 
Clara  H.  Pike,  widow  of  Gen.  Pike,  her  petition  praying  com- 
pensation, etc.,  in  which  Holton  asserts  no  compensation  had  ever 
been  granted.  The  petition  was  referred  to  a  committee,  in  the 
Senate  on  Military  Affairs,  which  committee,  through  Mr.  Benton, 
submitted  a  report  Jan.  24,  1846,  recommending  that  the  same 
compensation  be  granted  to  Mrs.  Pike  as  Congress  had  allowed 
Messrs.  Lewis  &  Clarke. 

In  1895  Dr.  Elliott  Coues  published  a  new  edition  of  Pike's 
expeditions  with  critical  notes,  a  memoir  of  Pike  by  Dr.  Coues 
himself  and  a  bibliography  of  Pike's  works  and  works  relating  to 
Pike.  8 


[CUTLER,  JERVASE] 

A  Topographical  Description  Of  The  State  of  Ohio,  In- 
diana Territory,  And  Louisiana.  Comprehending  The  Ohio 
And  Mississippi  Rivers,  And  Their  Principal  Tributary 
Streams ;  The  face  of  the  country,  soils,  waters,  natural 
productions,  animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral;  towns,  vil- 
lages, settlements  and  improvements :  And  A  Concise  Ac- 
count Of  The  Indian  Tribes  West  Of  The  Mississippi.  To 
Which  Is  Added,  An  Interesting  Journal  of  Mr.  Chas. 
Le  Raye,  While  a  captive  with  the  Sioux  nation,  on  the 
waters  of  the  Missouri  River.  By  A  Late  Officer  In  The 
U.  S.  Army. 

Boston :  Published  by  Charles  Williams.  J.  Belcher, 
Printer.  1812. 

12°  pp.  VI,  Sheet  Errata,  7-219  (app.  205-19);  5  plates 
including  a  view  of  Cincinnati. 
Plates : 

View  Of  Cincinnati  on  the  Ohio  (after  a  sketch  by 
Cutler). 

View  of  Cabree  or  Missouri  Antelope  (after  a  sketch  by 
Cutler). 

View  of  the  Rocky-Mountain  Sheep. 

View  of  Man  of  the  Flathead  Nation. 

View  of  Woman  of  the  Flathead  Nation,  and  a  child  with 
its  head  in  the  Frame. 

Valuable  for  the  Le  Raye  Journal  which  begins  on  page  158 
and  continues  to  page  204.  This  expedition  began  at  the  French 
village  on  the  Illinois,  started  up  the  Missouri  Sept.  21,  1801, 
and  was  captured  by  the  Sioux  in  October  on  the  Osage  River. 
As  a  captive  of  this  band  of  Sioux,  reached  the  Missouri  again 
Dec.  2nd  at  the  mouth  of  the  Little  Pipux  River.  Spent  the 
winter  at  the  mouth  of  Sioux  River  and  in  March  proceeded  to 
the  Ricaras.  A  French  trader  named  Pardo  had  accompanied 
them  from  the  Osage  and  obtained  permission  from  the  Sioux  to 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


take  La  Raye  on  a  hunting  expedition  up  the  Missouri  with  the 
Grosventres,  his  wife  being  a  daughter  of  the  Grosventre  chief. 
On  June  5th  at  the  lower  Mandan  village.  July  3rd  party  left 
for  the  Yellowstone,  where  they  spent  the  summer  and  winter. 
He  says  they  went  west  from  the  Grosventre  village  to  a  river 
called  Road  River  which  they  followed  down  to  the  Yellowstone 
at  a  point  he  thought  about  100  miles  above  the  mouth,  in  the 
Crow  Country.  Then  up  the  Road  to  Crooked  River  and  up  that 
river,  finally  up  the  north  branch.  Crossed  over  to  the  Bighorn 
and  then  down  that  river  to  its  mouth.  In  May,  1803,  visited  the 
trading  post  on  the  Assiniboine  and  in  June  crossed  over  to  St. 
Peter's  River.  Returned  and  spent  the  winter  at  the  Ricara  vil- 
lage with  some  St.  Louis  traders.  9 


AMERICAN  ENTERPRISE 

In  the  issue  of  May  13,  1813,  the  Missouri  Gazette  of 
St.  Louis  published  a  short  account  of  the  return  trip  of 
Robert  Stewart,  Ramsey  Crooks,  and  Robt.  McClellan  from 
Astoria  to  St.  Louis.  From  these  same  parties  was  ob- 
tained a  fuller  account  of  the  outgoing-  journey  of  the  Hunt 
party  which  left  St.  Louis  in  March,  1811. 

The  account  was  republished  under  the  above  title  in  Niles 
Register  of  June  26,  1813.  and  afterwards  in  Breckenridge's  Views 
of  Louisiana,  1814,  pp.  297-302. 

I  do  not  find  any  more  extended  account  of  these  two  remark- 
able journeys  until  Mr.  Irving  printed  in  his  Astoria  a  full  ac- 
count of  both  from  journals  in  the  possession  of  Mr.  Astor, 
probably  that  of  Hunt  for  the  outgoing  trip  and  Mr.  Stewart  for 
the  return. 

There  is  in  the  N.  Y.  Public  Library  a  copy  of  Stewart's 
original  diary  of  this  journey.  *10 


BRACKENRIDGE,  H.  M. 

Views  Of  Louisiana ;  Together  With  A  Journal  Of  A 
Voyage  Up  The  Missouri  River,  In  1811.  By  H.  M. 
Brackenridge,  Esq. 

Pittsburgh,  Printed  And  Published  By  Cramer,  Spear 
and  Eichbaum,  ....  1814. 

8°  pp.  304  (including  title). 

The  Journal  occupies  pp.  199-264;  table  of  distances,  265-8;  ap- 
pendix 269-302;  contents  303-4. 

Left  S:  Charles  April  2,  1811,  23  days  after  Hunt's  party. 
Went  as  irar  as  the  Mandan  Village  and  returned  in  14  days. 
At  page  297  is  an  extract  from  the  Missouri  Gazette  (n.  d)  an- 
nouncing the  arrival  of  Robt.  Stewart,  Crooks  &  McClellan,  with 
a  sketch  of  their  journey  and  also  of  Hunt's  outgoing  expedition. 
(See  American  Enterprise  1813).  The  book  also  contains  some 
extracts  from  an  account  by  Sibley  of  a  journey  from  Ft.  Clark 
to  the  Salines  on  the  Arkansas. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Judge  W.  B.  Douglas  published  in  the  Missouri  Historical 
Society,  Collections,  Vol.  Ill,  Nos.  3  and  4,  a  very  valuable  sketch 
of  Manuel  Lisa,  the  noted  fur  trader.  11 


LEWIS  AND  CLARK 

History  Of  The  Expedition  Under  The  Command  Of 
Captains  Lewis  And  Clark,  To  The  Sources  Of  The  Mis- 
souri, Thence  Across  The  Rocky  Mountains  And  Down 
The  River  Columbia  To  The  Pacific  Ocean.  Performed 
During  The  Years  1804-5-6.  By  order  of  the  Government 
Of  The  United  States.  Prepared  For  The  Press  By  Paul 
Allen,  Esquire.  In  Two  Volumes. 

Philadelphia:  Published  By  Bradford  And  Inskeep;  1814. 

8°  pp.  XXVIII,  470;  IX,  522.    6  maps. 
Maps: 

Map  of  Lewis  &  Clark's  Track. 
Fortifications  opposite  Bonhommie  Island. 
Falls  &  Portages. 
Great  Falls  of  Columbia. 
The  Great  Shooter  Rapid. 
Mouth  of  the  Columbia  River. 

In  1893  Elliott  Coues  republished  this  edition  in  three  volumes 
and  a  volume  of  Index  with  3  maps,  extensive  critical  notes,  and 
a  bibliography.  Dr.  Coues  had  access  to  the  original  journals  and 
was  thus  able  to  supplement  somewhat  the  narratives  as  prepared 
by  Mr.  Biddle.  The  maps  consist  of  a  copy  of  the  map  originally 
published  with  the  1814  edition,  a  new  map  of  the  route  of  Lewis 
&  Clark,  prepared  by  Elliott  Coues  for  comparison,  and  finally 
a  copy  of  the  map  made  by  Mr.  Lewis  at  the  Mandan  villages  and 
which  was  copied  and  elaborated,  no  doubt,  by  Nicholas  King  in 
1806.  King's  original  map  exists  in  the  Government  archives  but 
had  never  been  printed  previously  except  in  reduced  form,  in 
"Science." 

This  edition  has  been  reprinted  a  number  of  times  with  and 
without  notes,  but  with  nothing  new  till  the  original  Journals  of 
the  Expedition  were  printed  by  Dodd  in  New  York  in  1904-1905, 
in  7  vols.  and  Atlas,  edited  by  Dr.  Thwaites. 

Floyd's  Journal  was  also  discovered  and  printed  by  Am.  An- 
tiquarian Society,  Proceedings,  1894 — pp.  225-252.  (Sep.  printed  in 
30  pp.  Edited  by  James  D.  Butler).  12 


[SANTA  FE  PRISONERS] 

Message  From  The  President  Of  The  United  States, 
Transmitting  In  Compliance  With  A  Resolution  Of  The 
House  Of  Representatives,  Of  The  10th  Instant,  Informa- 
tion Relative  To  The  Arrest  And  Imprisonment  Of  Cer- 
tain American  Citizens  At  Santa  Fe,  By  Authority  Of  The 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Government  Of  Spain.    April  15,  1818.    Read,  and  ordered 
to  lie  upon  the  table. 

Washington:  Printed  by  E.  De  Krafft.     1S18. 

8°  23  pp. 

In  reference  to  the  cases  of  McKnight,  Baird  and  others,  also 
Auguste  P.  Chouteau  and  Jules  de  Mun.  Contains  a  letter  from 
de  Mun  to  William  Clark,  St.  Louis,  Nov.  25,  1817,  detailing  the 
experiences  of  the  Chouteau  party  which  left  Missouri  September 
IS,  1815. 

McKnight,  Chambers  and  Baird  went  into  the  Spanish  prov- 
inces in  1811  or  1812  and  were  arrested  and  confined  in  Santa  Fe 
for  some  time.  Afterwards  they  were  sent  to  Chihuahua,  although 
I  think  Chambers  was  for  some  time  at  Arispe.  They  were  re- 
leased after  Mexico  attained  her  independence.  James  Baird, 
probably  the  same,  appears  as  the  author  of  a  Memorial  dated 
October  26,  1826,  made  to  Alexander  Ramirez  of  El  Paso,  protest- 
ing against  the  invasion  of  New  Mexico  by  a  large  band  of 
American  beaver  trappers.  Baird  at  this  time  was  apparently 
living  in  El  Paso  and  claims  to  have  been  fourteen  years  a  resi- 
dent of  New  Mexico,  occupied  as  a  beaver  hunter.  For  a  copy 
of  this  complaint  and  the  expedition  of  Ceran  St.  Vrain  against 
which  Baird  was  complaining  see  the  Southwestern  Historical 
Quarterly  for  January,  1916. 

In  the  statement  and  proof  in  the  case  of  Chouteau  and  Demun 
appear  as  signers  the  famous  Etienne  Provott  and  Joseph  Bis- 
sonet,  the  latter,  no  doubt,  Long's  guide  in  1820.  De  Mun,  in  his 
letter,  gives  some  account  of  the  movements  of  Philebert  who  it 
seems  had  gone  to  the  mountains  in  1814.  13 

BRADBURY,  JOHN 

Travels  In  The  Interior  Of  America,  In  The  Years  1809, 
1810,  And  1811;  Including  A  Description  Of  Upper 
Louisiana,  Together  With  The  States  Of  Ohio,  Kentucky, 
Indiana,  and  Tennessee,  With  The  Illinois  And  Western 
Territories,  And  Containing  Remarks  and  Observations 
Useful  To  Persons  Emigrating  To  Those  Countries.  By 
John  Bradbury,  F.  L.  S. 

London :  Corresponding  Member,  etc.,  etc.  Liverpool : 
Printed  For  The  Author,  etc.,  etc.,  1817. 

8°  pp.  XII,  9-364.    Slip  Errata. 

Second  edition.  London.  1819,  with  a  map  and  346  pages.  Brad- 
bury arrived  at  St.  Louis  Dec.  31,  1809,  with  Nuttall.  Started  with 
Hunt's  party  for  St.  Charles  March  14,  1811.  Was  overtaken  by 
Lisa  and  Brackenridge  below  the  Mandan  Village.  Went  as  far 
as  Lisa's  Ft.  or  the  Minnetaree  Village.  Left  on  return  July  6th. 
Stopped  at  the  Aricara  village  and  continued  on  the  17th  with 
Brackenridge  and  arrived  at  Ft.  Osage  on  the  27th.  Bradbury  was 
on  the  Mississippi  en  route  to  New  Orleans  at  the  Devil's  Channel 
below  the  Ohio  at  the  time  of  the  earthquake. 

Pages  17-20  gives  Colter's  story  from  his  own  lips,  Colter  hav- 
ing arrived  at  St.  Louis  in  May,  1810. 


10 


In  the  appendix,  pp.  222,  appears  an  account  of  Stewart,  Crooks 
and  McClellan's  trip  from  Oregon  to  Missouri,  reprinted  from  the 
Gazette,  the  article  entitled  "American  Enterprise."  14 

FRANCHERE,  GABRIEL 

Relation  D'Un  Voyage  A  La  Cote  Du  Nord-Ouest  De 
TAmerique  Septentrionale,  Dans  Les  Annees  1810,  11,  12, 
13  et  14.  Par  G.  Franchere,  Fils. 

Montreal:    De  L'lnprimerie  De.  C.  B.  Pasteur,  1820. 

8°  pp.  284,  including  title,  and  half  title. 

As  the  original  is  very  scarce,  it  is  usually  known  by  the 
translation : 

Narrative  Of  A  Voyage  To  The  Northwest  Coast  Of 
America  In  The  Years  1811,  1812,  1813,  And  1814.  Or  The 
First  American  Settlement  On  The  Pacific.  By  Gabriel 
Franchere.  Translated  And  edited  by  J.  V.  Huntington. 

New  York :    Redfield,  1854. 

12°  pp.  376,  3  Plates. 
Plates : 

Astoria  as  It  was  in  1813. 

View  of  the  Falkland  Islands. 

Entrance  of  the  Columbia  River. 

Franchere  went  out  with  the  Astor  party  in  the  Tonquin  and 
came  home  overland.  His  book  forms  the  basis  of  Irving's  As- 
toria, together  with  Ross  Cox's  Narrative. 

In  the  sale  of  J.  B.  Learmont's  copy  of  this  book  at  Andersons. 
1917,  in  a  note  it  was  stated  that  it  was  supposed  to  have  been 
written  by  Bibaud  from  Franchere's  notes. 

Franchere  left  on  his  return  April  4,  1814,  and  traveled  by  the 
Columbia,  Rocky  Mountain  House,  Saskatchewan,  Ft.  Vermillion, 
Ft.  Cumberland,  Ft.  Winnipeg,  the  Red  River  Settlement  and  Ft. 
William,  and  arrived  at  Montreal  September  1st. 

Curiously  enough,  the  translation  of  this  book  in  1854  contains 
an  additional  chapter  by  Franchere  himself  and  an  Appendix  in 
which  he  gives  an  account  of  the  fate  of  some  of  the  persons  who 
left  Astoria  before  and  after  its  transfer  to  the  British.  15 


HARMON,  DANIEL  WILLIAMS 

A  Journal  Of  Voyages  and  Travels  In  The  Interiour  Of 
North  America,  Between  The  47th  and  58th  Degrees  Of 
North  Latitudes,  Extending  From  Montreal  Nearly  To  The 
Pacific  Ocean,  A  Distance  Of  About  5000  Miles,  including 
An  Account  Of  The  Principal  Occurences  During  A  Resi- 
dence Of  Nineteen  Years  In  Different  Parts  Of  The 
Country,  To  Which  are  Added,  A  Concise  Description  Of 
The  Face  Of  The  Country,  Its  Inhabitants,  Their  Manners, 
Customs,  Laws,  Religion,  Etc.  And  Considerable  Speci- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 11 

mens  Of  The  Two  Languages,  Most  Extensively  Spoken ; 
Together  With  An  Account  Of  The  Principal  Animals  To 
Be  Found  In  The  Forests  And  Prairies  Of  This  Extensive 
Region.  Illustrated  by  a  Map  of  the  Country.  By  Daniel 
Williams  Harmon,  a  Partner  In  the  North  West  Company. 

Andover:    Printed  By  Flagg  And  Gould.     1820. 

8°  XXIII  (Inc.  title  and  half  title),  25-432,  Port.  Harmon 
and  map.    Slip  errata. 
Map: 

Map  of  the  Interior  of  North  America,  Engraved  for 
Harmon's  Journal.  Boston. 

Entered  the  service  of  the  Northwest  Co.  April,  1800.  Went 
to  Lake  Winnipeg,  then  to  the  Assiniboine.  After  seven  years 
returned  to  Ft.  William  and  went  to  Sturgeon  Lake  for  the 
winter.  Here  he  stayed  with  Dr.  McLaughlin,  then  about  30  years 
of  age;  next  July  returned  to  Ft.  William  and  left  for  Athebasca 
with  J.  G.  McTavish.  At  Ft.  Chippewayan  met  Simon  Fraser 
just  returning  from  the  Pacific.  Then  to  Ft.  Vermillion  and 
Durwegan;  next  October  left  with  John  Stuart  for  New  Calen- 
donia.  At  Stuart's  Lake  in  1810.  In  1819  returned  to  Ft.  William 
where  the  journal  ended. 

Recently,  what  was  asserted  to  be  the  original  manuscript  of 
the  Journal  of  Harmon,  turned  up  in  New  York,  but  I  did  not 
see  it  and  do  not  know  what  became  of  it.  16 


NOTES  ON  THE  MISSOURI  RIVER  and  some  of  the 
Native  Tribes  in  its  Neighborhood.  By  a  military  gentleman 
attached  to  the  Yellowstone  Expedition  in  1819. 

In  the  Analectic  Magazine,  Philadelphia,  April  and  May, 
1820. 

These  articles  contain  nothing  on  the  Yellowstone,  but  are  con- 
fined to  the  author's  trip  from  Fort  Osage  to  Council  Bluffs  by 
way  of  the  Kansas  Indians  and  the  Pawnees,  of  which  he  gives 
an  account.  He  also  gives  an  account  of  the  Otoes  and  Mahas. 

For  this  expedition  see  Editorial,  Mo.  Gazette  April  21,  1819, 
Niles  Reg.  Oct.  17,  1818,  July  3,  1819.  17 


ROBINSON,  WILLIAM  DAVIS 

The  Northwest  Coast.  (In  National  Intelligencer,  Jan. 
21,  1821,  reprinted  in  Niles  Register,  March  10,  1821). 

A  letter  from  William  Davis  Robinson  to  the  Hon.  J.  H.  Eaton, 
dated  Jan.  25,  1821,  in  which  Robinson  claims  to  have  seen  in 
Mexico  in  1816  a  copy  of  an  important  manuscript  which  had  been 
taken  by  one  of  the  Revolutionary  chiefs  in  1812  from  a  Cali- 
fornia Missionary,  who  was  on  his  way  from  Monterey  to  Mexico. 
This  document  contained  an  account,  according  to  Robinson,  of  an 
excursion  in  the  year  1810  and  1811  of  two  missionaries  up  the 


12  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Colorado  River.  After  wandering  around  the  headwaters  of  the 
river,  they  crossed  the  divide  and  came  to  a  lake  forty  leagues 
in  circumference  and  descended  the  largest  stream  flowing  out  of 
this  lake  until  it  emptied  into  the  Pacific  Ocean  at  about  Lat.  43 
deg.  30  min.  From  the  description  which  Robinson  gives  of  the 
country  h  is  hardly  possible  that  this  tale  can  be  true.  18 

[ARICARA  CAMPAIGN,  1823] 

General  Gaines  to  the  Secretary  of  War  Headquarters, 
Western  Dept.  Louisville  Ky.,  July  28,  1823.  (Document 
L  attached  to  the  report  of  J.  C.  Calhoun,  Nov.  29,  1823. 
Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  1,  18  Cong.,  1  Sess.,  pp.  55-108). 

Consists  principally  of  O'Fallon's  letter  of  July  3,  1823,  William 
Gordon's  letter  from  Ft.  Vanderburgh,  Mandan  and  Grosventre 
Villages  June  15,  1823,  reporting  the  killing  of  Immel  and  Jones, 
and  comments  on  the  same  by  Joshua  Pilsher,  dated  Ft.  Recovery, 
July  23.  Ashley's  letter  of  June  4,  dated  on  board  keel  boat  Yel- 
lowstone gives  an  account  of  the  attack  on  his  party  and  Leaven- 
worth's  report  to  Gaines,  dated  Ft.  Atkinson,  Aug.  30,  gives  an 
account  of  his  expedition  and  proceedings. 

Reprinted  in  Am.  State  Papers,  Military  Affairs,  vol.  2,  pp.  578- 
598.  Partly  reprinted  in  Edwards'  "Great  West,"  pp.  836.  See  also 
Mo.  Intelligencer,  July  8,  Sept.  9,  Oct.  20,  Nov.  18,  Dec.  2,  Dec.  9, 
1823,  and  June  18,  1825,  also  Niles'  Register,  Oct.  11,  1823. 

The  official  papers  concerning  this  affair  were  published  with 
notes  by  Doane  Robinson  in  South  Dakota  Hist.  Coll.,  Vol.  1,  1902. 

*19 

FRANKLIN,  JOHN 

Narrative  of  a  Journey  to  the  Shores  of  the  Polar  Sea, 
in  the  Years  1819,  20,  21  and  22.  By  John  Franklin,  Cap- 
tain R.  N.,  F.  R.  S.,  and  Commander  of  the  Expedition. 
With  an  Appendix  on  various  subjects  relating  to  Science 
and  Natural  History.  Illustrated  by  Numerous  Plates  and 
Maps 

London :     John  Murray,  1823. 

4°  XV,  784  pp.  30  Plates,  4  Maps.  8  plates  colored  after 
sketches  by  Lieuts.  Hood  and  Back,  engraved  by  Finden. 
Appendices  by  Richardson,  Col.  Sabine,  Lieut.  Hood,  etc. 

Maps: 

Chart  of  the  Discoveries  and  Route  of  the  Northern  Land 
Expedition  under  the  command  of  Capt.  John  Franklin  in 
1820-21. 

Route  from  York  Factory  to  Isle  a  la  Crosse. 

Route  from  Isle  a  la  Crosse  to  Ft.  Providence. 

Route  from  Ft.  Providence  (Slave  Lake)  to  the  Arctic 
Sea. 

My  copy  has  in  place  of  No.  4  a  map  with  the  following  title : 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  13 


An  Outline  to  Show  the  Connected  Discoveries  of  Capts,  Ross, 
Parry  and  Franklin  In  the  Years  1819-1823. 

This  expedition  crossed  from  Carlton  House  to  Isle  a  la  Crosse 
Lake,  thence  to  Lake  Athabasca,  Pierre  au  Calumet,  Ft.  Chipe- 
wayan,  Ft.  Providence  when  the  expedition  made  its  start  for  the 
Arctic  Sea. 

Franklin  refers  frequently  to  Richardson's  journal  which  so  far 
as  I  know  has  never  been  printed.  20 


HUNTER,  JOHN  DUNN 

Manners  And  Customs  Of  Several  Indian  Tribes  Located 
West  Of  The  Mississippi ;  Including  Some  Account  of  The 
Soil,  Climate,  and  Vegetable  Productions  And  The  Indian 
Materia  Medica:  To  Which  Is  Prefixed  The  History  Of 
The  Author's  Life  During  A  Residence  Of  Several  Years 
Among  Them.  By  John  Dunn  Hunter. 

Philadelphia:  Printed  And  Published  For  The  Author, 
1823. 

8°  VIII,  (2),  11-402  pp. 

The  first  142  pages  contain  an  account  of  Hunter's  life  and 
travels,  including  a  trip  to  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  River, 
which  can  hardly  be  true.  His  account  of  life  among  the  Kansas 
and  Osage  Indians  and  experiences  on  the  prairies  sound  entirely 
credible. 

Hunter  was  denounced  as  an  imposter  in  the  N.  A.  Review,  Vol. 
22,  page  53  (1823).  And  in  reply  Norgate  published  a  pamphlet, 
"Mr.  John  D.  Hunter,  Defended,  or  Some  Remarks  on  an  Article 
in  the  North  American  Review,  in  which  that  gentleman  is 
branded  as  an  imposter."  By  E.  Norgate.  London :  Miller,  1826. 
8  38  pp.  Mr.  J.  Neale  answered  this  in  N.  A.  Review,  July,  1826, 
in  a  closely  printed  article  of  27  pp.  21 


JAMES,  EDWIN 

ACCOUNT  OF  AN  EXPEDITION  from  Pittsburgs 
to  the  Rocky  Mountains,  Performed  in  the  Years  1819  and 
'20.  By  Order  of  the  Hon.  J.  C.  Calhoun,  Sec'y  of  War; 
under  the  Command  of  Major  Stephen  H.  Long.  From  the 
Notes  of  Major  Long,  Mr.  T.  Say,  and  other  Gentlemen  of 
the  Exploring  Party.  Compiled  by  Edwin  James,  Botanist 
and  Geologist  for  the  Expedition.  In  2  Vols.  With  an  Atlas. 

Philadelphia:    H.  C.  Carey  and  I,  Lea,  1823. 

8°  pp.  (4),  (5),  (1),  (2),  503;  (6),  422,  XCVIII.  Atlas 
in  4°  Title,  leaf  of  list  of  Engravings,  2  maps  and  9  plates 
(one  in  sections). 

Maps: 

Drawn  by  S.  H.  Long,  Eng.  by  Young  &  Delleker. 

(1)     Country  drained  by  the  Mississippi  Eastern  Section. 


14  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


(2)  Country  drained  by  the  Mississippi  Western  Sec- 
tion. 

Plates : 

Six  views  drawn  by  S.  Seymour,  one  by  T.  R.  Peale,  and 
the  Indian  Record  without  name. 

The  chart  is  a  geological  one  showing  2  Sections  on  the 
35th  and  41st  Parallels. 

1.  War  dance  in  the  interior  of  a  Konza  lodge; 

2.  Oto  Council; 

3.  View  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  on  the  Platte,  50  miles 
from  their  base ; 

4.  View  of  the  Castle  Rock,  etc. ; 

5.  Moveable  skin  lodges  of  the  Kaskaias ; 

6.  Oto  Encampment; 

7.  Indian  Record  of  a  battle  between  the  Pawnees  and 
Konzas  delineated  on  a  bison  robe; 

8.  View  of  the  insulated  table  lands  at  the  foot  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains. 

The  Atlas  is  dated  1822  and  the  Appendix  to  Vol.  II  has  a  new 
title,  "Astronomical  and  meteorological  records,  and  vocabularies 
of  Indian  Languages,  Taken  on  the  Expedition  for  Exploring  the 
Mississippi  and  Its  Western  Waters,  Under  the  Command  of 
Major  S.  H.  Long,  of  the  United  States'  Topographical  Engineers, 
In  1819  and  1820.  Philadelphia,  1822." 

In  the  London  edition  published  the  same  year,  most,  if  not 
all,  of  the  plates  were  re-engraved,  and  the  two  maps  combined  in 
one.  The  Oto  Encampment  was  replaced  by  the  Pawnee  Council. 
A  new  plate,  Distant  View  of  the  Rocky  Mts.,  replaces  No.  3. 
Three  new  plates  appear,  the  Kiowa  Council,  a  plate  with  three 
Indian  portraits,  and  View  of  the  Chasm  through  which  the 
Platte  issues  from  the  Rocky  Mountains,  Nos.  1,  2,  and  7  remain. 
No.  5  appears  as  wood  cut  in  the  text.  All  the  new  plates  were 
after  sketches  of  S.  Seymour.  A  note  on  page  188,  Vol.  Ill,  states 
that  Seymour  made  150  views  of  which  60  were  finished. 

The  expedition  was  planned  to  go  to  the  Yellowstone  and 
when  it  started  was  called  the  Yellowstone  Expedition,  having  at 
its  command  the  famous  "Western  Engineer,"  the  first  steamboat 
to  ascend  the  Missouri. 

The  party  spent  the  winter  of  1819-20  near  Ft.  Lisa,  five  miles 
below  Council  Bluffs.  Long  went  to  Washington  during  the 
winter,  returning  to  the  encampment  in  May  accompanied  by 
Capt.  John  R.  Bell  and  Edwin  James.  The  war  department  had 
meantime  changed  the  destination  of  the  expedition  to  an  excur- 
sion by  land  to  the  sourse  of  the  Platte  and  thence  by  the  Arkan- 
sas and  Red  rivers  to  the  Mississippi.  Up  to  this  point  Thomas 
Say,  who  kept  a  journal  of  the  expedition  seems  to  have  furnished 
the  narrative  as  he  did  a  later  part,  that  of  Capt.  Bell's  expedition 
down  the  Arkansas.  Capt.  John  R.  Bell  kept  a  journal  of  the 
expedition  from  this  point,  which  James  says  he  did  not  consult,  as 
it  had  been  submitted  to  the  Secretary  of  War.  Nevertheless  Rev. 
Jedediah  Morse  consulted  it,  (see  his  Report  to  the  Secretary 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  15 


of  War  on  Indian  Affairs.    New  Haven,  1822,  page  240  et.  seq.)  and 
it  has  been  referred  to  by  later  writers. 

Major  Long's  own  report  or  part  of  it  occupies  pp.  331-383  of 
Vol.  II,  followed  by  the  geological  report,  pp.  384-442,  written  also 
by  Long.  A  note  on  page  271,  Vol.  Ill,  of  the  London  edition 
says  these  last  observations  are  extracted  from  a  report  drawn  up 
by  Long  at  Smithland,  Ky.,  1820  [1821].  22 

BENTON,  THOMAS  H. 

In  Senate  of  the  U.  S.  March  18,  1824,  Mr.  Benton  from 
the  Committee  on  Indian  Affairs  Communicated  the  Fol- 
lowing Documents. 

18th  Cong.  1st  Sess.  Sen.  Doc.  56. 

8°  20  pp. 

This  committee  had  under  consideration  the  advisability  of 
placing  a  military  post  either  at  the  mouth  of  the  Yellowstone 
River  or  the  Falls  of  the  Missouri  or  the  mouth  of  Marias  River. 

It  contains  a  letter  from  Calhoun  in  answer  to  a  query  by  the 
Committee  in  which  he  refers  to  his  reports  in  State  papers,  15th 
Cong.  2nd  Sess..  Vol.  I,  No.  25,  and  State  papers,  16th  Cong.  1st 
Sess.,  Vol.  10,  No.  24;  letter  of  Thomas  S.  Jessup  on  expense  of 
moving  a  detachment  of  troops  to  the  site  of  the  proposed  fort ; 
an  answer  to  the  queries  by  R.  Graham,  Indian  agent  to  the 
Blackfopt  Indians  on  the  trapping  expeditions  to  the  Rocky 
Mountains  and  the  attack  on  Ashley  by  the  Aricaras. 

The  bulk  of  the  report  consists,  however,  of  Major  Pitcher's 
answer.  He  had  been  four  years  connected  with  the  Missouri  Fur 
Company,  but  his  personal  knowledge  only  extended  to  the  Man- 
da  villages.  There  had  been  no  traders  to  the  Blackfoot  Indians 
between  1810  and  '11  up  to  the  Immel-Jones  expedition  of  the 
Missouri  Fur  Company  in  1822.  The  greater  part  of  Pilcher's 
answer  is  devoted  to  the  history  of  the  Aricara  troubles  and  his 
views  as  to  the  methods  of  handling  the  various  Indians  in  the 
Northwest. 

On  April  26  of  the  same  session,  Benton's  committee  laid  on  the 
table  further  documents  (document  71,  8°  8pp),  containing  among 
other  documents,  a  letter  from  R.  T.  Holliday,  clerk  of  the  Co- 
lumbia Fur  Co.,  dated  at  Lake  Traverse,  on  some  reported  killings 
by  the  Aricara  Indians.  *23 


STORRS,  AUGUSTUS 

Trade  between  Missouri  and  Mexico.  Presented  to  the 
Senate,  Jan'y  3  by  Mr.  Benton.  Answers  of  Augustus 
Storrs  to  queries  addressed  to  him  by  the  Hon.  Thomas  H. 

Benton, on  the  origin,  present  state,  and  future 

prospect  of  trade  and  intercourse  between  Missouri  and  the 
internal  provinces  of  Mexico. 

Niles  Reg.  Jan'y  15,  1825. 

Storrs  had  gone  on  a  trading  expedition  to  Santa  Fe  the  previ- 
ous summer  and  describes  the  route,  character  of  the  country,  the 


16  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


trade,  condition  of  New  Mexico  and  Indian  depredations  on  the 
traders.  It  is  dated  Franklin,  (Mo.),  Nov.  1824,  and  is  an  extreme- 
ly valuable,  interesting  document.  About  this  time  began  the  agi- 
tation for  a  road  to  Santa  Fe  and  military  protection  for  the 
caravans.  24 


BAYLIES,  FRANCIS 

Northwest  Coast  of  America.     May  15,  1826.     Referred, 
....  Mr.  Baylies  from  the  Select  Committee,  ....  made 
the  following  Report:    [Baylies  2nd  Report]. 
19th  Cong.  1st  Sess.  H.  Rep.  213. 
8°,  22  pp. 

The  report  gives  an  account  of  a  journey  by  Samuel  Adams 
Ruddock  in  1821  from  Council  Bluffs  to  the  mouth  of  the  Colum- 
bia. The  trading  party  left  after  May  12th.  The  route  was  up' 
the  Platte,  which  they  crossed  just  below  the  forks,  and  thence 
southwest  410  miles  to  Santa  Fe,  arriving  there  January  8th  and 
on  the  9th  they  left,  up  the  Chama  River,  on  to  Lake  Trinidad, 
and  thence  to  Lake  Timpanogos,  which  he  says  is  intersected  by 
the  42nd  degree,  thence  he  followed  down  the  Multnomah,  flowing 
out  of  this  lake,  to  its  junction  with  the  Columbia,  and  reached 
the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  August  1st. 

After  a  resume  of  the  history  of  discovery  on  the  West  Coast 
follow  extracts  from  the  log  book  of  the  ship  Columbia,  Captain 
Robert  Gray,  1792,  and  a  further  examination  of  the  discoveries  of 
Drake,  Vancouver,  etc.  25* 


[EXPEDITION  UP  THE  MISSOURI] 

Letter  from  the  Secretary  of  War  transmitting  informa- 
tion requested  by  a  resolution  of  the  House  of  Rep.  of  the 
1st  inst.  Reporting  the  Movements  of  the  Expedition  which 
lately  ascended  the  Missouri  River,  ....  March  6,  1826. 
Read,  .... 

Washington:  Gales  and  Seaton.  1826.  (19  Cong.  1  Ses. 
H.  R.  Doc.  117). 

8°,  16  pp. 

H.  Atkinson's  report  to  Major  General  Brown,  dated  Nov. 
23,  1825. 

There  is  a  very  slight  account  of  the  expedition,  the  report 
being  chifly  devoted  to  the  Indian  tribes,  fur  trade,  etc.  The 
expedition  left  Council  Bluffs  May  14  and  reached  the  mouth  of 
the  Yellowstone  Aug.  6.  Ashley  met  the  party  at  this  point  on  his 
return  from  the  mountains  with  an  immense  supply  of  furs  and 
returned  with  them. 

Atkinson  and  O'Fallon  were  the  commissioners  to  make 
treaties  with  the  Indians  and  their  report  to  the  Secretary  of  War 
contains  a  history  of  the  expedition,  the  treaties  made,  etc.  It 
occurs  19  Cong.,  1  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc. — (Reprinted  in  Am.  State 
Papers,  Indian  Affairs,  Vol.  2,  pp.  595-609).  *26 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 17 

[DISCOVERY  OF  YELLOWSTONE  PARK] 

From  The  West.     Sweet  Lake,  July  8,  1827. 

Niles  Register,  Oct.  6,  1827,  (from  the  Phila.  Gazette). 

This  letter  contains  an  account  of  a  journey  by  a  trapper  prob- 
ably from  rendezvouz  to  what  is  now  known  as  Yellowstone  Park 
some  time  in  the  summer  or  fall  of  1826.  It  describes  briefly  the 
lake,  hot  springs  and  geysers  and  mentions  the  explosions  every 
day.  From  the  last  sentence,  in  which  he  says  "tomorrow  I  depart 
for  the  west,"  it  might  be  inferred  that  the  writer  accompanied 
J.  S.  Smith  to  California  who  left  the  camp  on  Bear  Lake  July 
13. 

For  Jim  Bridger's  story  of  the  park  see  General  Dodge's  Biog- 
raphical Sketch  of  James  Bridger,  N.  Y.,  1905,  a  truly  appreciative 
work.  27 

FRANKLIN,  JOHN 

Narrative  Of  A  Second  Expedition  to  the  Shores  Of  The 
Polar  Sea,  In  The  Years  1825,  1826,  And  1827,  By  John 
Franklin,  Captain  R.  N.,  F.  R.  S.,  .  .  .  Commander  Of  The 
Expedition,  Including-  the  Account  Of  The  Progress  Of  A 
Detachment  to  The  Eastward,  By  John  Richardson,  M.  D., 
F.  R.  S.,  F.  L.  S.,  . ..  .  .  Surgeon  and  Naturalist  To  The 
Expedition.  Illustrated  By  Numerous  Plates  and  Maps. 

Published  by  Authority  of  the  Right  Honorable  The  Sec- 
retary of  State  For  Colonial  Affairs.  London:  John  Mur- 
ray .....  MDCCCXXVIII. 

4°  XXIV,  320,  CLVII,  Leaf  Err.  6  Maps,  21  Plates. 
Maps: 

Route  of  the  Expedition  A.  D.  1825  From  Ft.  Williams 
to  the  Saskatchewan. 

Route  of  the  Expedition  from  York  Factory  to  Cumber- 
land House,  ....  in  1819-20. 

Route  of  the  expedition  from  Isle  La  Crosse  to  Ft.  Provi- 
dence, ....  in  1819-20. 

Route  of  the  Land  Arctic  Expedition  Great  Slave  Lake 
to  Gt.  Bear  Lake,  1825. 

Discoveries  of  the  Expedition,  1825-26. 

Map  showing  the  Discoveries  made  by  British  Officers 
in  the  Arctic  Region,  1818-1826. 

The  plates  are  very  fine  engravings  by  Ed.  Finden,  after 
sketches  by  Capt.  Back  and  E.  N.  Kendall.  I  have  a  note  to  the 
effect  that  Thomas  Drummond's  journal  kept  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains  was  printed  in  volume  1  of  the  Botanical  Miscel- 
lany in  London,  1820,  but  I  have  not  been  able  to  locate  a  copy  of 
the  book.  Drummond  was  in  Texas  in  1834  and  some  very  inter- 
esting letters  from  him  are  published  in  Vol.  1,  pp.  39-46  of  the 
Companion  to  the  Botanical  Magazine.  He  died  in  Hawaii  March, 
1835. 


18  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Besides  Franklin's  and  Richardson's  accounts  including  the 
Athabasca  district  and  the  voyage  back,  pp.  308-13  contain  Thomas 
Drummond's  account  of  his  exploration  in  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
1825- March,  1827.  28 

SMITH,  JED.  S. 

Excursion  A  L'Ouest  Des  Monts  Rocky,  Evtrait  d'une 
lettre  de  M.  Jedidiah  Smith  ....  Saint  Louis  ....  11 
Oct.  1827. 

In  Nouvelles  Annales  de  Voyages.  Paris,  1828,  Vol.  37, 
(also  numbered  vol.  7  of  the  2nd  series),  pp.  208-12. 

The  letter  was  addressed  to  General  Clark  and  published  in  the 
Missouri  Republican  of  October  11,  1827.  It  is  the  only 
published  writing  of  Smith  which  we  can  positively  identify, 
and  describes  his  route  from  Salt  Lake  past  Little  Salt 
Lake  and  apparently  to  the  junction  of  the  Virgin  with  the 
Colorado;  thence  parallel  to  the  Colorado  to  the  Mohave  and  by 
that  river  over  the  mountains  to  Los  Angeles. 

Smith's  route  is  discussed  in  Bancroft's  Hist.  California,  Vol. 
II,  pp.  152;  Hist.  Soc.  South  Cal.  Ill,  1896  by  J.  M.  Guinn;  Pioneer 
Mag.  S.  F.  Nov.,  1855,  by  J.  W.  in  an  article  on  American  Pioneers 
of  California;  and  lately  by  Dale  in  his  book  on  Smith. 

There  are  very  few  contemporary  notices  of  Smith.  Mr.  H.  C. 
Dale  has  collected  about  all  the  information  to  be  found,  in  his 
book  entitled  "The  Ashley-Smith  Explorations  and  the  Discovery 
of  a  Central  Route  to  the  Pacific,  1822-29,"  published  in  Cleve- 
land in  1918.  Shortly  after  Smith's  death,  however,  a  eulogy  of 
him  was  printed  in  the  Illinois  Magazine  (June,  1832)  by  an 
unknown  author  but  who  was,  as  he  states,  one  of  Smith's  latest 
friends,  but  it  does  not  give  much  information  regarding  his 
career.  The  St.  Louis  Beacon  of  Oct.  7,  1830,  (Niles  Reg.  Nov.  6, 
1830)  notices  the  return  of  Smith  and  Jackson,  stating  that  Smith 
had  been  out  five  years  and  had  explored  the  country  from  the 
Gulf  of  California  to  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia. 

Curiously  enough,  Capt.  Beachey  seems  to  have  met  Smith 
while  he  was  in  Monterey.  He  refers  to  the  captain  of  a  band 
of  American  beaver  trappers  as  very  intelligent,  stating  that  he 
had  received  from  him  considerable  valuable  information 
in  regard  to  the  character  of  the  country  beyond  the  Tulares. 

In  1836  the  Hon.  Albert  Gallatin  published  in  the  Archaeologia 
Americana  Vol.  II,  his  "Synopsis  of  the  Indian  Tribes  Within  the 
U.  S.,  Etc."  On  pp.  140-142  occur  the  observations  obtained  from 
General  Ashley  relating  to  the  travels  of  Smith.  Gallotin  pub- 
lished a  map,  the  best  of  the  western  country  to  date  of  publi- 
cation, and  which  remained  the  best  for  some  time.  This  map 
shows  Smith's  route  to  California,  no  doubt  taken  from  a  manu- 
script map  of  Smith.  There  are  several  references  to  the  map 
of  Smith  which  was  in  existence  in  the  forties.  Miss  Drumm  of 
the  Mo.  Hist.  Soc.  informed  me  that  they  finally  located  the 
family  of  the  man  who  had  owned  it.  only  to  learn  that  all  his 
papers  had  been  lost  in  the  fire  at  St.  Louis  in  1849.  I  am  certain 
that  one  of  the  departments  at  Washington  received  a  map  from 
Smith  or  a  copy  of  one  of  his,  and  it  may  yet  be  found  in  the 
archives.  29* 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  19 


BENTON,  THOMAS  H. 

In  Senate  Of  The  United  States.  December  23,  1828. 
Resolved,  That  the  Committee  of  Indian  Affairs  be  in- 
structed to  inquire  into  the  present  conditions  of  the  fur 
trade  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States,  etc.,  etc. 

In  Senate  Of  The  United  States.  February  9,  1829.  Read 
and  ordered  printed.  Mr.  Benton  Made  The  Following 
Report. 

20  Congress,  2nd  Sess.  [Sen.]  Doc.  67. 

8°   19  pp. 

Contains  among  other  documents  an  interesting  letter  from  W. 
H.  Ashley,  St.  Louis,  November  12,  1827,  and  another  by  him  Jan. 
20,  1829,  relating  to  movements  and  deaths  of  trappers  in  the 
Rocky  Mountains.  Ashley  refers  to  Peter  Skeene  Ogden.  The 
report  also  contains  the  letter  of  C.  C.  Cambreling  of  Jan.  12, 
1829  and  J.  J.  Astor's  of  Jan.  29,  1829. 

There  is  a  long  account  of  Ashley's  expedition  of  1826  in  Niles 
Reg.,  Dec.  9,  1826,  from  the  Missouri  Herald.  30 


RICHARDSON,  JOHN 

Fauna  Boreali — Americana ;  or  The  Zoology  of  the 
Northern  Parts  of  British  America:  containing  descriptions 
of  the  objects  of  Natural  History  collected  on  the  late 
Northern  Land  Expeditions  under  command  of  Captain  Sir 

John  Franklin,  R.  N.  By  John  Richardson,  M.  D 

Assisted  by  William  Swanson,  Esq.,  and  the  Reverend 
William  Kirby,  M.  A. 

London :  John  Murray,  MDCCCXXIX. 

4°  pp.  XLVI  (2),  300.  28  uncolored  plates  by  Landseer, 
numbered  1-24.  Some  signed  by  him.  (This  is  Part  1, 
The  quadrupeds). 

Plate  1,  1  B,  2-12,  12  B,  13-18,  18  B,  18  C,  19-24.  28 
plates  in  all. 

In  the  Introduction  Richardson  says  he  had  spent  seven  sum- 
mers and  five  winters  in  this  country  and  gives  a  short  account 
of  both  expeditions.  This  introduction  contains  numerous  refer- 
ences to  the  exploration  in  the  Rockies  of  Thos.  Drummond,  who 
was  ass't  naturalist  to  the  2nd  expedition  and  was  left  at  Cumber- 
land House  in  July,  1825.  He  spent  the  winter  in  the  mountains 
after  crossing  the  Columbian  portage  road  in  April,  1826,  again 
revisited  it  and  remained  west  of  the  mountains  until  August  10. 
Visited  the  headwaters  of  Peace  River.  Wintered  at  Edmonton 
and  in  1827  returned  to  England  via  York  Factory  in  company 
with  David  Douglass  who  came  over  from  the  Columbia  in  the 
spring.  The  descriptions  of  the  animals  in  the  H.  B.  Go's,  terri- 


20  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


tory  are  also  largely  from  Drummond  and  many  of  his  experiences 
are  related  in  describing  them. 

For    Drummond's    journal    see    Botanical    Miscellany,    Vol.    1. 
(Probably  2nd  series),  1830.  31* 


RILEY,  B. 

Report  of  four  companies  of  the  sixth  regiment  of  the 
United  States  infantry,  which  left  Jefferson  Barracks,  on 
the  5th  of  May  1829  under  the  command  of  Brevet.  Major 
Riley,  of  the  United  States  Army,  for  the  protection  of  the 
trade  to  Santa  Fe.  Cantonment  Leavenworth  Nov.  27,  1829. 

Am.  State  Papers,  Military  Affairs,  Vol.  IV. 

Pages  277-280.  Signed,  B.  Riley.  Probably  separately  printed 
with  some  documents  in  Feb.,  1830,  as  J.  H.  Eaton  (Secy,  of  War) 
communicates  this  to  the  President  under  date  of  Feb.  5,  1830,  in 
response  to  a  resolution  of  the  Senate  of  Feb.  2.  Details  of  the 
expedition  in  1829  with  an  account  of  the  attack  by  the  Indians  on 
the  caravan  Aug.  1.  They  went  as  far  as  Chouteau's  Island  in  the 
Arkansas  where  they  met  the  return  caravan  from  Santa  Fe  under 
escort  of  Col.  Viscarra. 

General  Macomb's  report  on  this  expedition  in  a  letter  to  Sec- 
retary of  War  Eaton,  dated  Wash.,  Nov.,  1829,  in  Niles  Reg.  Jan- 
uary 9,  1830.  32 


JAMES,  EDWIN 

A  Narrative  Of  The  Captivity  And  Adventures  Of  John 
Tanner,  (U.  S.  Interpreter  At  The  Saut  De  Ste.  Marie,) 
During  Thirty  Years  Residence  Among  The  Indians  In  The 
Interior  Of  North  America.  Prepared  For  The  Press  By 
Edwin  James,  M.  D.  Editor  of  an  Account  of  Major  Long's 
Expedition  from  Pittsburgh  to  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

New  York :  G.  &  C.  &  A.  Carvill 1830. 

8°  426  pp.  includ.  title.  Port  of  Tanner  after  a  painting 
by  A.  Inman. 

Part  II,  pp.  233 — end,  contains  comments  on  the  Indians,  their 
language,  catalogue  of  plants  and  animals,  etc. 

Tanner  spent  a  part  of  his  life  in  the  Red  River  country  and 
the  book  contains  a  long  account  of  the  H.  B.  and  Northwest 
Companies.  He  spent  much  time  on  the  Assiniboine  at  Turtle 
Mountain  and  the  Mandan  Village.  E.  Coues,  in  his  book  on 
Aleaxnder  Henry,  has  checked  up  a  good  deal  of  Tanner's  narra- 
tive from  Henry's  Journal  and  thus  been  able  to  supply  dates 
which  are  totally  lacking  in  the  narrative.  33 


COX,  ROSS 

Adventures    On    The    Columbia    River,    Including    The 
Narrative  Of  A  Residence  Of  Six  Years  On  The  Western 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  21 


Side  Of  The  Rocky  Mountains,  Among  Various  Tribes  of 
Indians  Hitherto  Unknown:  Together  With  A  Journey 
Across  The  American  Continent.  By  Ross  Cox.  2  Vols. 

London:  Henry  Colburn  And  Richard  Bentley,  1831. 

8°  XXIV  (Incl.  Tit.  &  Hlf.  Tit.),  368  pp.;  VIII,  (Incl. 
Tit.,  Hlf.  Tit.),  400  pp. 

Arrived  in  Oregon  via  Sandwich  Islands  in  the  Beaver,  May  9, 
1812.  Sketch  of  Hunt's  overland  trip.  On  dissolving  of  the 
Pacific  Fur  Company,  Cox  joined  the  -Northwest  Co.  April  16,  1813. 
He  left  for  the  East  via  the  Columbia,  crossed  the  mountains 
January  1.  down  the  Athabasca  to  Rocky  Mountain  House.  Met 
Peter  Ogden  at  Fort  Isle  la  Crosse,  then  to  Cumberland  House 
on  the  Saskatchewan,  then  to  the  Winnipeg,  then  to  Ft.  William, 
arriving  there  August  16. 

The  book  gives  a  good  account  of  the  rivalry  between  the 
Hudson  Bay  and  Northwest  Co.  in  the  Northwest.  34 

MESSAGE  FROM  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES,  In  answer  to  a  resolution  of  the  Senate  relative 
to  the  British  Establishments  on  the  Columbia,  and  the 
state  of  the  fur  trade,  etc. 

21  Cong.  2nd  Sess.  (Sen.)  Doc.  39.  Message  dated  Jan. 
24,  1831. 

8°  36  pp. 

Contains  communications  to  J.  H.  Eaton  by  Ashley,  Joshua 
Pilcher,  J.  S.  Smith,  David  E.  Jackson  and  W.  L.  Sublette. 

Pilcher  gives  an  account  of  his  expedition  from  Council  Bluffs 
September,  1827,  to  Bear  Lake ;  thence  in  July,  1828,  to  Lewis 
River  and  Clark's  Fork;  wintered  on  Flathead  Lake;  February, 
1829,  went  to  Ft.  Colville  and  returned  with  the  Brigade  via 
Boat  Encampment  to  the  Athabasca;  thence  to  Jasper's  House,  to 
Ft.  Assinaboine,  to  Edmonton,  Ft.  Pitt,  Carlton  House,  Cumber- 
land House  and  Red  River  Settlement;  thence  to  Brandon  House 
and  arrived  at  the  Mandan  Villages  April  5,  1830.  There  met 
Prince  Paul  of  Wurtemberg. 

Smith,  Jackson  and  Sublette  give  an  account  of  their  trip 
leaving  St.  Louis  April  10,  1829,  to  the  head  of  the  Wind  River 
and  return  to  St.  Louis  October  10.  Also  some  account  of 
Smith's  visit  to  Vancouver  in  1828.  This  letter  dated  St.  Louis, 
October  30,  1830. 

This  is  the  most  valuable  account  of  movements  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains  during  this  period.  35 

PATTIE,  JAMES  OHIO 

The  Personal  Narrative  Of  James  O.  Pattie,  Of  Ken- 
tucky, During  An  Expedition  From  St.  Louis,  Through 
The  Vast  Regions  Between  That  Place  And  The  Pacific 
Ocean,  And  Thence  Back  Through  The  City  Of  Mexico  To 
Vera  Cruz,  During  Juorneyings  Of  Six  Years;  In  Which 


22 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

He  And  His  Father,  Who  Accompanied  Him,  Suffered  Un- 
heard Of  Hardships  And  Dangers,  Had  Various  Conflicts 
With  The  Indians,  And  Were  Made  Captives,  In  Which 
Captivity  His  Father  Died:  Together  With  a  Description 
Of  The  Country,  And  The  Various  Nations  Through 
Which  They  Passed.  Edited  By  Timothy  Flint. 

Cincinnati :  Printed  And  Published  by  John  H.  Wood, 
1831. 

8°  Title;  III-VI  (1),  Editor's  Preface;  VII-XI  (1)  Int.; 
13-300  pp.  Plates  (Copyrighted  by  Wood,  Oct.  18,  1831). 

Plates  engraved  by  W.  Woodruff,  an  early  Western  en- 
graver, as  follows: 

Plates : 

Rescue  of  an  Indian  Child. 

Mr.  Pattie  Wounded  by  an  Indian  arrow. 

Shooting  Mr.  Pattie's  horse. 

Messrs.  Pattie  and  Stover  rescued  from  famish. 

Burial  of  Mr.  Pattie. 

The  Pattie  Narrative  ends  on  page  253;  on  the  reverse  of  this  is 
a  note  regarding  Dr.  Willard;  255-288  is  an  account  of  Willard's 
tour  entitled  "Inland  Trade  with  New  Mexico";  and  pp.  289-300 
the  "Downfall  of  the  Fredonian  Republic."  Both  these  items  were 
reprinted  from  Flint's  Western  Monthly  Review.  From  the  ex- 
tract from  Willard's  journal  apparently  his  narrative  was  as  inter- 
esting as  Pattie's,  and  more  reliable. 

Some  doubt  has  been  manifested  as  to  the  truth  of  the  some- 
what remarkable  wanderings  of  Pattie  through  the  mountains,  but 
probably  in  the  main  the  story  can  be  accepted  as  true,  due  al- 
lowance being  made  for  the  lapse  of  time  making  occurrences 
seem  closer  together  than  they  really  were.  Possibly  also  some 
allowance  should  be  made  for  Flint's  imagination. 

Pattie  really  existed  as  Bancroft  has  demonstrated  from  the 
California  archives  and,  what  is  more,  was  in  California  at  the 
time,  so  it  is  fair  to  assume  the  rest  of  the  narrative  is  at  least 
substantially  true. 

This  book  was  copyrighted  by  Wood,  who  seems  to  have  sold 
very  few  copies,  as  only  a  few  exist  outside  of  the  Cincinnati 
Public  Library  and  Cine.  Hist.  Society.  In  1833  Flint's  nephew, 
who  had  started  a  bookstore  in  Cincinnati,  evidently  came  into 
possession  of  the  unsold  copies  and  printed  a  new  title  page  and 
for  some  unknown  reason  copyrighted  the  book  again  in  his 
own  name.  For  this  reason  the  1833  imprint  has  been  sup- 
posed by  most  people  to  be  first  and  is  always  quoted  as  the  first 
edition.  In  reality,  as  explained,  it  is  not  a  new  edition  exactly, 
but  the  same  book  with  a  different  title  page,  bearing  Flint's  name 
instead  of  that  of  Wood. 

I  have  seen  four  variations  of  the  copyright  in  the  1833  edition, 
first  copyrighted  by  Wood  in  1831,  second  copyrighted  by  Wood  in 
1833,  third  copyrighted  by  Flint  in  1831  and  fourth  copyrighted  by 
Flint  in  1833.  I  have  also  seen  a  title  printed  in  smaller  letters 
than  the  usual  type  employed,  with  the  Wood  1833  copyright.  36 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  23 


MESSAGES  FROM  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES  In  Compliance  With  a  Resolution  of  the  Senate 
concerning  the  Fur  Trade,  and  Inland  Trade  to  Mexico. 

Washington,  Feb.  8,  1832.  22nd  Cong.  1st  Sess.  Sen. 
Ex.  90. 

8°  86  pp. 

Contains  Letter  from  Clark;  Joshua  Pilcher's  Report,  St.  Louis, 
Dec.  1,  1831,  on  the  rise  and  present  condition  of  the  fur  trade; 
Communications  from  Andrew  S.  Hughes,  and  William  Gordon  of 
Oct.  31,  1831,  with  an  account  of  the  Immel-Jones'  outfit;  Alphonso 
Wetmore  on  the  Santa  Fe  trade  Oct.  11,  1831,  with  extracts  from 
his  diary  on  the  Santa  Fe  trail  to  New  Mexico  beginning  May  28, 
1828;  Schoolcraft's  Report,  Oct.  24,  1831;  John  Dougherty's  state- 
ment; B.  Riley's  report  on  travelers  killed  on  the  Santa  Fe  trail 
July  11,  1823  [1829?];  Thomas  Forsyth's  letter  of  Oct.  24,  1831, 
with  a  slight  history  of  the  fur  trade  from  1800.  *37 


WYETH,  JOHN  B. 

Oregon;  Or  A  Short  History  Of  A  Long  Journey  From 
The  Atlantic  Ocean  To  The  Region  Of  The  Pacific,  By 
Land;  Drawn  Up  From  The  Notes  And  Oral  Information 
Of  John  B.  Wyeth,  One  Of  The  Party  Who  Left  Mr. 
Nathaniel  J.  Wyeth,  July  28th,  1832,  Four  Days'  March 
Beyond  The  Ridge  Of  The  Rocky  Mountains,  And  The 
Only  One  Who  Has  Returned  To  New  England. 

Cambridge:  Printed  For  John  B.  Wyeth,  1833. 

12°  Title  and  Half  Title,  87  pp. 

Cover  Title:  Wyeth's  Oregon  Expedition. 

Left  Boston  March  1,  1832,  and  got  back  to  Boston  via  St. 
Louis  and  New  Orleans  Jan.  2,  1833. 

The  original  journals  of  Capt.  N.  J.  Wyeth,  1831-6,  have  been 
printed  by  the  Eugene,  Or.,  University  Press  in  1899. 

Mr.  S.  P.  Sharpless  printed  an  address  on  Capt.  Wyeth  in 
Cambridge  in  1907. 

In  Schoolcraft's  Archives,  Vol.  I,  pp.  205-228,  N.  J.  Wyeth  has 
furnished  a  very  valuable  memoir  on  the  Western  Indians,  char- 
acter of  country,  etc. 

The  first  account  of  the  famous  battle  at  Pierre's  Hole,  July 
12,  was  brought  back  in  the  fall  by  Capt.  Sublette  and  appeared 
in  the  Mo.  Intelligencer,  copied  in  Niles  Reg.  for  Oct.  27,  1832, 
page  130.  38 


EVERETT,  H. 

Regulating   The    Indian    Department.      (To    accompany 
bills  H.  R.  Nos.  488,  489,  &  490).    May  20,  1834.    Mr.  H. 


24  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Everett,  from  the  Committee  on  Indian  Affairs  made  the 
following  Report: 

23  Cong.  1st  Sess.  H.  R.  Rep.  No.  474. 

8°  131  pp.  Map  of  the  Western  Territory. 

Contains  copies  of  the  bills  and  many  documents  including 
protest  of  Mr.  Stokes,  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs,  and  copy 
of  treaty  made  by  Ellsworth  at  Ft.  Leavenworth  in  1833.  Full 
Report  by  Commissioner  Henry  L.  Ellsworth,  J.  T.  Schemerhorn 
and  Mr.  Stokes.  Letter  from  Wm.  P.  May,  Aug.  25,  1833,  on  the 
fur  trade.  The  map  is  almost  certainly  by  Isaac  McCoy.  39 


WHEELOCK,  T.  B. 

[Journal  of  Colonel  Dodge's  expedition  from  Fort  Gib- 
son to  the  Pawnee  Pict  village.] 

Printed  in  the  Rept.  of  the  Secy,  of  War  attached  to 
President's  Message  of  Dec.  2,  1834.  Occupies  pp.  73-93, 
Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  1,  23  Cong.  2  Sess.  Also  in  Am.  State  Papers 
Military  Affairs,  Vol.  V,  pp.  373-382. 

Signed  by  T.  B.  Wheelock,  First  Lieut.  Dragoons.  Dated  Fort 
Gibson,  August  27,  1834.  Contains  an  account  of  the  expedition 
to  the  Toyash  village,  the  council  with  the  Indians,  etc.  40 

EDWARDS,  P.  L. 

Rocky  Mountains  Correspondence,  From  the  Missouri 
Engineer  [Liberty]. 

In  Niles  Register,  Oct.  11,  1834,  Vol.  47,  pp.  92. 

Letter  signed  P.  L.  Edwards  and  dated  Waters  of  the  Colorado 
of  the  West,  June  23,  1834.  Edwards  went  over  with  the  Lees, 
Nuttall  &  Townsend,  the  last  two  being  mentioned.  He  says  they 
left  Liberty  April  25  and  arrived  at  place  of  writing  June  20. 
Speaks  well  of  Capt.  Wyeth  with  whom  they  were  traveling. 
There  is  very  little  on  the  route,  but  an  interesting  description  of 
mountain  men.  The  editor  says  Edwards  was  21  or  22  years  of 
age  and  well  known  in  Liberty.  41 

PIKE,  ALBERT 

Prose  Sketches  And  Poems,  Written  in  the  Western 
Country,  By  Albert  Pike. 

Boston :  Light  &  Horton.     1834. 
12°  VIII,  pp.  9-200. 

Preface  is  dated  Ark.  Territory  1  May,  1833. 

Contains  80  pp.  of  a  journey  over  the  prairies  to  Santa  Fe  and 
an  account  of  Santa  Fe  and  his  residence  there,  the  first  published 
account  after  Lieut.  Pike's  except  that  contained  in  the  President's 
Message  of  1818. 

Pike   begins   by   recounting  the   experiences  of   one   Aaron    B. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  25 


Lewis,  who  left  Fort  Towson  in  Sept.,  1831,  for  Santa  Fe,  quoting 
from  Lewis'  Journal.  He  passed  over  from  the  False  Wichita  to 
the  Canadian  and  up  that  stream  and  after  terrible  suffering  from 
cold  and  hunger  reached  the  settlements  in  early  December.  Next 
summer  Lewis  went  on  a  trapping  expedition  to  the  Colorado 
Mountains.  In  the  fall  Pike  joined  Lewis  and  Irwin  and  others 
on  a  return  trip.  They  went  down  the  Pecos  and  crossed  over  to 
one  of  the  headwaters  of  the  Brazos  and  then  northeast  to  Red 
River.  Reached  Ft.  Smith  Dec.  10th.  Bill  Williams  accompanied 
them  part  of  the  way. 

Pike  himself,  it  seems,  went  out  to  Santa  Fe  by  the  trail  in  the 
fall  of  1831.  42 


ARMIJO,  ANTONIO 

Itineraire  Du  Nord-Mexico  A  La  Haute  Californie, 
Parcouru  en  1829,  et  1830  par  soixante  Mexicains. 

In  Bulletin  De  la  Societe  De  Geographic.  Deuxieme 
Serie,  Tome  III,  pp.  316-23,  Mai.  1835. 

Account  of  an  expedition  under  command  of  Antonio  Armijo 
which  left  Abiquiu  Nov.  7.  1829,  and  arrived  at  San  Gabriel  Jan. 
31,  1830.  Went  by  Arroyo  de  Chelli  and  Canon  de  San  Bernardino. 
On  return  left  March  1  and  arrived  in  Xemes,  25  April.  Possibly 
the  opening  of  this  route. 

Translated  from  "Registro  Oficial  del  Gobierno  de  los  Estados- 
Unidos  Mexicanos,  1830."  43 


BALL,  JOHN 

Remarks  upon  the  Geology,  and  physical  features  of  the 
Country  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  with  Miscellaneous 
facts ;  by  John  Ball,  of  Troy,  N.  Y. 

In  The  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts,  Vol. 
XXVIII,  No.  1,  April,  1835. 

Ball  gives  a  short  account  of  his  trip  to  Oregon  made  in  1832. 
He  traveled  from  Lexington,  Mo.,  along  the  Oregon  trail  via 
South  Pass  to  the  Snake  and  then  followed  a  course  considerably 
south  of  that  river,  but  finally  reached  the  river  again  to  leave  it 
when  the  trail  went  west  through  the  Grande  Ronde  to  Walla 
Walla.  He  traveled  part  of  the  way  with  Wm.  Sublette  but  finally 
reached  Oregon  with  twelve  companions.  Ball  spent  the  winter  of 
1832-3  teaching  school  at  Ft.  Vancouver  and  left  on  the  H.  B.  Go's, 
boat  in  Oct.,  1833,  for  the  Sandwich  Islands  via  San  Francisco 
about  which,  however,  he  only  says  a  few  words.  Finally  reached 
home  in  July,  1834,  via  Cape  Horn. 

In  the  same  journal  for  January,  1834,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  2,  occurs 
some  preliminary  remarks  by  Amos  Eaton  obtained  from  a  letter 
from  Ball  written  at  Ft.  Vancouver,  March  3,  1833. 

See  an  interesting  letter  from  John  Ball  dated  Grand  Rapids, 
Mich.,  Oct.  14,  1874,  in  Contributions  to  the  Historical  Society 
of  Montana,  Vol.  I.  44 


26  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


DUNBAR,  JOHN 

Extracts  from  the  journal  of  Mr.  Dunbar. 

In  Missionary  Herald  for  1835,  Vol.  31,  pp.  343,  376,  417. 

John  Dunbar  and  Samuel  Allis  were  appointed  missionaries  to 
the  Pawnee  Indians  in  1834  and  arrived  at  Leavenworth  June  26, 
1834.  The  extract  from  Dunbar's  journal  commences  here,  but  the 
principal  portion  printed  refers  to  the  Pawnee  Indians,  their 
customs,  location,  hunts,  character,  etc.,  together  with  an  account 
of  his  own  movements. 

Some  extracts  from  Allis'  journal  published  in  the  Herald  for 
1836,  Vol.  32,  pp.  68.  See  Herald  for  1838,  Vol.  34,  pp.  383  for  Dun- 
bar's  account  of  a  human  sacrifice  by  the  Pawnees.  Dr.  Benedict 
Satterlee  communicated  to  the  Board  an  account  of  his  journey 
from  Bellevue  to  .the  Pawnee  villages  with  Dunbar  in  June  1836. 
Miss.  Herald  for  1837,  Vol.  33,  pp.  74.  Doctor  Satterlee  went  on 
an  expedition  to  the  Cheyenne  Indians  and  was  killed  probably  by 
white  men.  See  Miss.  Herald,  Vol.  33,  pp.  348,  and  Vol.  34,  pp.  385. 

45 

IRVING,    JOHN    T,   JR. 

Indian  Sketches,  Taken  During-  An  Expedition  To  The 
Pawnee  Tribes.  By  John  T.  Irving,  Jr.  In  Two  Vol. 

Philadelphia :  Carey,  Lea  &  Blanchard,  1835. 

12°  Title  leaf,  ded.,  9-232  pp. ;  Title,  5-296  pp.  [No.  con- 
tents in  this  edition]. 

A  government  party,  under  charge  of  Mr.  Ellsworth  as  Com- 
missioner, in  1833,  made  a  trip  to  the  Otoe  Pawnee  villages.  Irv- 
ing accompanied  the  party,  also  Major  Dougherty  from  Fort 
Leavenworth.  He  tells  the  story  of  the  council  at  the  Pawnee 
village,  the  signing  of  peace  and  incidentally  tells  the  tale  of  the 
"human  sacrifice"  afterward  so  famous.  46 


IRVING,  WASHINGTON 

The  Crayon  Miscellany.     By  The  Author  Of  the  Sketch 
Book  No.  1.    Containing  A  Tour  on  the  Prairies. 
Philadelphia:     Carey,  Lea,  &  Blanchard,  1835. 
12°  XV,  17-274  pp. 

Accompanied  Ellsworth,  the  Indian  Commissioner,  on  his  tour 
in  the  fall  of  1832.  Went  up  the  Missouri  with  Ellsworth,  to  the 
Osage  Agency  at  Ft.  Gibson  and  then  for  a  few  weeks  to  the 
Pawnee  Hunting  Grounds,  returning  to  Ft.  Gibson.  Latrobe  also 
accompanied  this  party.  See  Irving's  letter  regarding  the  trip 
Dec.  18,  1832,  Washington,  originally  printed  in  the  London 
Athenaeum  and  reprinted  in  Missouri  Hist.  Rev.  Oct.,  1910.  47 

LATROBE,  CHAS.  JOSEPH 

The  Rambler  in  North  America;  MDCCCXXXII-MDCC 
CXXXIII.  By  Chas.  Joseph  Latrobe. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 27 

Published  By  R.  B.  Seeley  And  W.  Burnside ;  London, 
MDCCCXXXV. 

12°  pp.  (6)  inc.  title  and  half  title,  VII-X1,  321 ;  (4)  and 
title  and  half  title,  V-VIII,  326  pp. ;  map. 

My  copy  original  bds.  contains  no  map,  nor  have  I  seen  a  copy 
with  one. 

Accompanied  Washington  Irving  in  his  tour  on  the  prairies. 

A  much  fuller  and  more  entertaining  account  of  this  trip  with 
Ellsworth  in  1832  than  Irving's.  Colonel  Chouteau,  Ellsworth, 
Irving  and  Count  Pourtales  comprised  the  party.  After  returning 
from  his  trip  to  the  Canadian,  Latrobe  went  down  the  Arkansas 
in  a  canoe  and  arrived  at  Little  Rock  Dec.  9,  where  he  took  a 
steamboat.  In  1833  Latrobe  made  an  overland  journey  to  Prairie 
du  Chien,  thence  to  St.  Peters,  Ft.  Snelling  and  back  by  river  to 
St.  Louis.  48 


PAUL  WILHELM,  HERZOG  von  WURTEMBURG 

Erste  Reise  nach  dem  nordlichen  Amerika  in  den  Jahren 
1822  bis  1824  von  Paul  Wilhelm,  Herzog  von  Wurtemburg. 

Stuttgart  und  Tubingen,  J.  G.  Cotta  ....  1835. 

8°  VI,  394  pp.  Leaf  Errata,  Map. 
Map: 

Louisiana  Verlag,  J.  G.  Cotta. 

Visited  the  Osages  and  made  a  trip  up  the  Missouri  to  Council 
Bluffs,  afterward  visiting  the  Pawnees  and  Otoes.  A  considerable 
part  of  this  book  is  devoted  to  this  expedition  and  his  remarks  on 
the  Indians. 

In  1830  Prince  Paul  made  a  second  trip,  this  time  to  the  Yel- 
lowstone. Beyond  a  few  notes  referring  to  this  second  expedi- 
tion in  1830  attached  to  the  above,  I  have  seen  nothing  published 
about  it.  49 


HOOKER,  W.  J. 

A  Brief  Memoir  of  the  Life  of  Mr.  David  Douglas,  with 
Extracts  from  his  Letters. 

This  occupies  pages  79  to  182  of  Vol.  II  of  the  Com- 
panion to  the  Botanical  Magazine  and  the  frontispiece  to 
the  Volume  is  a  steel  portrait  of  Douglas.  The  Companion 
to  the  Botanical  Magazine  was  published  in  London  for 
the  proprietor,  Samuel  Curtis,  1835-6. 

Douglas  made  two  trips  to  the  Pacific  coast  and  the  journal 
of  the  first  trip  was  in  possession  of  the  Horticultural  Society  of 
London  under  whose  auspices  he  was  sent  on  the  botanizing  ex- 
pedition. Hooker  prints  what  he  infers  are  extracts  from  this 
journal,  but  it  is  the  most  extensive  account  of  the  Northwest 
that  has  been  published  to  that  date. 

Douglas  reached   the  mouth   of  the   Columbia  April   7,   1825,   in 


28  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


company  with  Dr.  Scouler  and  made  various  journeys  into  the 
Interior.  He  visited  the  upper  Columbia  and  the  Umpqua  River  in 
Oregon.  On  March  27,  1828,  he  started  overland  with  Dr. 
McLaughlin,  passed  Boat  Encampment  April  27,  Jasper,  May 
8  and  Ft.  Edmunton,  May  21.  He  spent  some  time  at  the  Red 
River  settlements  and  proceeded  thence  to  England  by  York 
Factory,  arriving  in  Portsmouth  on  October  11.  In  the  fall  of 
1829,  Douglas  again  left  England  and  arrived  at  Columbia  on 
January  3,  1830,  leaving  in  December  for  California.  He  arrived 
at  Monterey  on  December  22  but  no  journal  exists  of  his  stay 
in  California,  nor  in  the  Northwest  on  this  expedition.  Supposed- 
ly his  journal  was  lost  in  an  accident  on  the  upper  Fraser  River 
in  1833.  He  did,  however,  write  two  letters  from  Monterey  to 
Hooker,  one  in  October  and  the  other  dated  November  23,  1831. 
The  second  one,  which  is  almost  entirely  devoted  to  botany,  was 
printed  by  Hooker  but  the  first,  which  Douglas  states  in  a  subse- 
quent letter,  details  his  travels  in  California  and  gave  a  brief 
notice  of  the  country,  was  not  published.  He  left  California  in 
August,  1832,  and  arrived  at  the  Columbia  about  October  23,  via 
Sandwich  Islands.  In  1833  he  made  another  trip  into  the  Interior 
after  visiting  Puget  Sound.  He  left  the  Columbia  October  18, 
1834,  and  after  touching  at  San  Francisco  arrived  at  the  Sandwich 
Islands  December  23.  His  journal  from  October  18  to  January 
29  is  printed.  In  July  he  was  killed  by  falling  into  a  cattle 
pit,  being  trampled  to  death  by  a  wild  bull  which  had  previously 
fallen  in. 

Dr.  W.  J.  Hooker,  the  author  of  the  memoir,  edited  Douglas' 
journals.  50 


[HILDRETH,  JAMES] 

Dragoon  Campaigns  To  The  Rocky  Mountains ;  Being  A 
History  Of  The  Enlistment,  Organization,  and  First  Cam- 
paigns Of  The  Regiment  Of  United  States  Dragoons;  To- 
gether With  Incidents  Of  A  Soldier's  Life  And  Sketches 
Of  Scenery  And  Indian  Character,  By  A  Dragoon. 

New  York:  Wiley  &  Long,  1836. 

8°  pp.  288  inc.  title. 

Relates  to  Col.  Dodge's  Expedition  to  the  Pawnee  Villages  in 
1834.  (See  Dodge  account  annexed  to  Pres.  Message,  28  Cong.  2 
Sess.  Senate  Doc.  2,  pp.  60.) 

Expedition  left  Camp  Burbees  near  Jefferson  Barracks  Nov.  20, 
1833,  for  Fort  Gibson,  which  they  passed  Dec.  16  or  17.  April 
26.  1834,  orders  came  from  Ft.  Towson  appointing  Gen'l  Leaven- 
worth  commander  of  all  the  troops  on  the  frontier.  C'apt.  Whar- 
ton's  troops  left  Camp  Jackson  May  5,  1834,  to  escort  the  Santa 
Fe  traders  to  Santa  Fe.  Geo.  Catlin  accompanied  the  troops  on 
the  Pawnee  campaign  and  there  is  included  a  letter  of  his  dated 
Ft.  Gibson,  Jan.  12,  1834,  about  the  time  the  expedition  started. 
Also  another  letter  from  Catlin,  dated  Ft.  Gibson,  September  8. 
Page  236  gives  a  story  about  Mike  Fink. 

The  Dragoons  were  organized  in  1833  and  headquarters  estab- 
lished at  Jefferson  Barracks.  This  was  their  first  prairie  cam- 
paign. The  headquarters  during  the  winter  of  1833  were  at  Ft. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  29 


Gibson;  for  distribution  see  Niles  Reg.  Aug.  2,  1834,  from  army 
and  navy  chronicle. 

On  this  expedition  Gen.  Leavenworth  died,  as  well  as  Lieut. 
McClure.  For  notices  see  Niles  Reg.,  Aug.  30,  Sept.  3,  Sept.  6,  Oct. 
4.  This  last  consists  of  a  long  letter  from  S.  C.  Stambaugh  to  the 
Arkansas  Gazette  of  Sept.  9.  The  letter  is  dated  Fort  Gibson, 
Aug.  26,  the  expedition  having  returned  Aug  15.  Stambaugh  ob- 
tained his  information  from  the  returned  officers  and  it  is  very 
full.  Kearny  only  got  back  with  the  sick  from  the  post  on  the 
Washita  Aug.  25.  There  is  another  interesting  account  of  the 
expedition  by  an  officer  of  the  expedition  from  the  Illinois  Reg- 
ister, reprinted  in  Niles,  Aug.  8,  1835.  The  documents  attached  to 
the  report  of  the  Secretary  of  War  of  Nov.  27,  1834,  also  contain 
an  account.  Another  unfavorable  newspaper  account  from  the 
Missouri  Republican,  in  Niles,  Feb.  7,  1835.  Stambaugh  mentions 
the  return  of  Capt.  Wharton  and  his  company  who  had  accom- 
panied the  Santa  Fe  traders  some  four  weeks  before.  For  this 
expedition  see  Wharton's  letter  of  Aug.  4  from  Ft.  Gibson,  in 
Niles  Reg.  Sept.  20,  1834,  page  38. 

The  movements  of  the  Dragoons  are  chronicled  in  Louis 
Pelzer's  "Marches  of  the  Dragoons  in  the  Missippi  Valley."  Iowa 
City,  1917.  51 

IRVING,  WASHINGTON 

Astoria,  Or  Anecdotes  Of  An  Enterprise  Beyond  The 
Rocky  Mountains.  By  Washington  Irving.  In  Two 
Volumes. 

Philadelphia :  Carey,  Lea  &  Blanchard,  1836. 

8°  pp.  6,  VII-XII,  13-285;  VIII,  9-279.    Map. 
Map: 

Sketch  of  the  Routes  of  Hunt  &  Stuart. 

Vol.  I,  pp.  131  to  Vol.  II,  pp.  77  contains  an  account  of  Hunt's 
and  Crooks'  journey  across  the  mountains  from  journals  in  the 
possession  of  Mr.  Astor,  being  part  of  Irving's  history  of  Astor's 
attempt  to  embark  in  the  Northwest  fur  trade.  Robt.  Stuart 
started  back  from  Walla  Walla  July  31,  1812  and  arrived  next 
year  at  St.  Louis,  April  30,  by  way  of  the  Platte.  Crooks  and 
McLellan  in  the  party.  (Occupies  pp.  110-184  of  Vol.  II). 

The  Appendix  to  Vol.  II,  pp.  263-279  contains  some  documents 
of  great  interest  including  some  extracts  from  a  manuscript  by 
Captain'  Bonneville  on  the  Western  Indians,  and  notices  of  the 
present  state  of  the  fur  trade,  chiefly  extracted  from  an  article 
published  in  Silliman's  Journal  for  January,  1834.  See  an  able 
review  of  this  book  by  Caleb  Gushing,  N.  A.,  Rev.  Oct.  1837.  52 

KING,  RICHARD 

Narratives  of  a  Journey  To  the  Shores  of  the  Arctic 
Ocean,  in  1833,  1834  and  1835 ;  under  the  command  of  Capt. 
Back,  R.  N.  By  Richard  King,  R.  N.  2  Vols. 

London:  Richard  Bentley  ....  1836. 

8°  pp.  XV,  312,  (1);  VIII,  321,  (1);  7  Plates. 


30  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


See  Niles  Reg.  Aug.  22,  1835,  for  an  account  from  the  Montreal 
Gazette  of  their  trip,  Back  having  but  recently  returned. 

Not  seen,  collation  from  Sabin.  *53 


[KINGSBURY,  LIEUT.  G.] 

Journal  of  the  Expedition  of  Dragoons,  under  the  Com- 
mand of  Col.  Henry  Dodge,  to  the  Rocky  Mountains  during 
the  Summer  of  1835. 

Washington,  1836.  (24  Cong.  1st  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc. 
209). 

8°  pp.  38.    2  maps. 
Maps: 

The  maps  which  are  of  great  rarity  are : 

Map  showing  Distribution  of  the  Indians  West  of  Mis- 
souri and  Arkansas  and  showing  Dodge's  route. 

Map  showing  the  lands  assigned  to  the  Emigrant  Indians 
West  of  Arkansas  and  Missouri.  Prepared  by  the  Bureau 
Feb.  20,  1836. 

This  was  reprinted  with  the  maps  in  Am.  State  Papers, 
Military  Affairs,  Vol.  VI,  pp.  130. 

Left  Ft.  Leavenworth  May  29,  1835,  proceeded  up  the  South 
Platte  to  near  the  point  where  the  river  leaves  the  mountains; 
thence  to  Fountain  Creek  up  to  Manitou,  to  Bent's  Ft.,  returning 
down  the  Arkansas  to  the  Santa  Fe  Trail  and  thence  to  Ft. 
Leavenworth,  arriving  there  September  16.  Lieut.  Kingsbury  kept 
the  journal. 

See  Niles  Register  Oct.  17,  1835,  for  extracts  from  letter  from 
R.  B.  Mason  Sept.  6,  from  another  Sept.  17  at  Ft.  Leavenworth 
with  some  references  to  the  expedition  (Mason's  letter  in  army 
and  navy  chronicles).  54 

PARKER,  SAMUEL 

Rocky  Mountain  Indians.  Letter  from  Mr.  Parker,  Green 
River,  Aug.  17,  1835. 

Missionary  Herald  for  1836,  Vol.  32,  pp.  70. 

Some  further  communications  from  him  in  id.  pp.  264,  445.  Also 
in  Vol.  37  for  1837,  pp.  123,  348,  369.  55 

CORTAMBERT,  LOUIS 

Voyage  Au  Pays  Des  Osages.  Un  Tour  En  Sicile.  Par 
Louis  Cortambert. 

Paris,  Chez  Arthus— Bertrand,  MDCCCXXXVII. 

8°  94  pp.  incl.  half  title  and  title.  Colored  wrappers, 
same  title. 

Trip   in   1835   to   St.   Louis,    Independence,   Osage   Agency  and 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  31 


Union    Mission    where    he    said    they    had    a    press    to    print    in 
Cherokee  and  Greek,  also  Osage.  56 

SPALDING,  H.  H. 

Indians  West  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 
Missionary  Herald,  Vol.  33,  Boston,  1837. 

In  1836  Dr.  Whitman,  Mr.  Spalding  and  Mr.  Gray  went  out  to 
Oregon.  Several  of  Mr.  Spalding's  letters  were  printed  in  the 
Missionary  Herald  of  1837  under  the  above  caption.  They  give 
an  account  of  his  experiences  on  his  overland  trip  and  they  will 
be  found  in  the  above  volume,  pp.  122,  421-428  and  497.  A  short 
account  of  the  return  journey  of  W.  H.  Gray  will  be  found  on 
page  476. 

Vol.  34,  pp.  92,  same  title,  extracts  from  a  letter  by  W.  H. 
Gray  of  January  10,  1838,  with  an  extended  account  of  the  various 
tribes  of  Indians  in  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  Oregon. 

Mrs.  Spalding  kept  a  diary  of  this  journey  which  has  been 
published  in  "Memoirs  of  the  West.  The  Spaldings,  By  Eliza 
Spalding  Warren,"  Printed  by  the  Marsh  Printing  Co.,  Portland, 
Oregon,  in  1917. 

Spalding's  original  letters  to  the  American  Board  of  Commis- 
sioners for  Foreign  Missions  are  still  extant  in  their  archives  "and 
extracts  therefrom  have  been  printed  in  Marshall's  Acquisition  of 
Oregon.  57 

IRVING,  JOHN  T. 

The  Hawk  Chief.  A  Tale  of  the  Indian  Country.  By 
John  T.  Irving. 

Philadelphia:  Carey,  Lea  and  Blanchard,  1837. 
2  Vols.   12°   pp.  VIII,   13-246;   (2)  8-254.     (Sab.) 

Not  seen.  55* 

IRVING,  WASHINGTON 

The  Rocky  Mountains :  Or,  Scenes,  Incidents,  And  Ad- 
ventures In  The  Far  West ;  Digested  From  The  Journal  Of 
Capt  B.  L.  E.  Bonneville,  Of  The  Army  Of  The  United 
States,  And  Illustrated  From  Various  Other  Sources.  By 
Washington  Irving.  In  Two  Volumes. 

Philadelphia:    Carey,  Lea  &  Blanchard.     1837. 

12°  pp.  9,  XI-XVI,  17-248,  Map;  VII,  9-248,  Map. 
Maps: 

Map  of  the  Sources  of  the  Colorado  and  Big  Salt  Lake, 
Platte,  Yellow-Stone,  Muscle-Shell,  Missouri ;  and  Salmon 
and  Snake  Rivers,  branches  of  the  Columbia  River.  Eng. 
by  S.  Stiles,  N.  Y. 

Map  of  the  Territory  West  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 
Eng.  by  S.  Stiles. 


32  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


This  book  contains  an  account  of  the  famous  Walker  expedi- 
tion, presumably  furnished  by  Bonneville  himself.  The  account 
does  not  agree  entirely  with  other  independent  sources  of  infor- 
mation from  participants  therein.  The  original  accounts  of  this 
expedition  besides  Irving' s  account  are  as  follows:  Leonard, 
Narrative — 1839.  Meek,  in  Mrs.  Victor's  River  of  the  West. 
Ruxton,  Life  in  the  Far  West  (probably  by  Mark  Head). 
Article  in  the  Lewiston  Morning  Tribune,  Mar.  3,  1918,  entitled 
"Recollections  of  William  Craig,  written  by  Thomas  J.  Beale." 
Stephen  H.  L.  Meek,  in  the  Jonesborough,  Tennessee,  Sentinel  of 
March  8,  1837,  re-printed  in  Niles  Register,  same  year,  vol.  52, 
page  50  (March  25).  Life  and  Adventures  of  George  Nidever — 
Manuscript  in  Bancroft  Library.  Walker's  own  account,  Sonoma 
Democrat,  November  25,  1876,  and  San  Jose  Pioneer,  Sept.  1.  1877. 

Niles  Reg.,  Sept.  3,  1836,  contains  an  extract  from  the  St.  Louis 
Observer,  announcing  the  return  of  Bonneville  from  the  Rocky 
Mountains  and  what  he  contemplated  in  conjunction  with  Irving 
compiling  a  narration  of  his  travels. 

Lieut.  Warren's  Memoir  to  accompany  the  map  of  the  territory 
of  the  U.  S.,  published  in  1859,  as  part  of  an  exploration  of  rail- 
road routes  to  the  Pacific,  on  page  33,  gives  a  letter  from  Col. 
Bonneville,  in  which  he  refers  to  the  discovery  of  Salt  Lake, 
Walker's  expedition  and  3  maps,  which  he  claims  were  the  orig- 
inals of  those  printed  by  Mr.  Irving.  On  page  35  of  the  same 
Memoir  accurs  a  letter  from  Robert  Campbell,  dated  St.  Louis, 
April  4,  1857,  in  which  he  tells  the  story  of  the  discovery  of  Salt 
Lake  by  James  Bridger.  59 


WETMORE,  ALPHONSO 

Gazetteer  of  the  State  of  Missouri,  With  A  Map  of  the 
State,  From  the  Office  of  the  Surveyor-General,  Including 
the  Latest  Addition  and  Surveys  To  Which  is  Added  An 
Appendix,  Containing  Frontier  Sketches,  and  Illustrations 
of  Indian  Character.  With  a  Frontispiece,  Engraved  on 
Steel.  Compiled  By  Alphonso  Wetmore,  of  Missouri. 
.  St.  Louis:  Published  By  C.  Keemle.  1837. 

8°  Front.  XVI,  17-382  pp.    Map  of  Missouri. 

The  appendix,  pp.  307-334,  contains  Sketch  of  Mountain  Life  By 
A  Trapper.  Also  The  Pawnee  Sacrifice,  pp.  341-350,  probably 
written  by  Major  Dougherty.  60 


PARKER,  SAMUEL 

Journal  Of  An  Exploring  Tour  Beyond  The  Rocky 
Mountains,  Under  The  Direction  Of  The  A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 
Performed  In  The  Years  1835,  '36  and  '37;  Containing  A 
Description  Of  The  Geography,  Geology,  Climate,  And 
Productions ;  And  The  Number,  Manners,  And  Customs  Of 
The  Natives.  With  A  Map  Of  Oregon  Territory.  By  Rev. 
Samuel  Parker,  A.  M. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 33 

Ithaca,  N.  Y.  Published  By  The  Author.  Mack,  An- 
drus  &  Woodruff,  Printers.  1838. 

12°  XII,  13-371.    1  map,  1  plate. 
Map: 

Map  of  Oregon  Territory,  By  Samuel  Parker.   1838.   Eng. 
by  M.  Peabody,  Utica,  N.  Y. 
Plate: 

Basaltic  Formations  on  the  Columbia  River.  Drawn  by 
H.  W.  Parker.  (Page  208). 

Many  later  editions  of  this  common  book,  which  is  one  of  the 
best  of  the  early  books. 

Parker  went  out  in  1835  with  Fontennelle's  American  Fur  Go's, 
party,  starting-  from  Council  Bluffs,  but  from  the  Black  Hills 
Fitzpatrick  took  charge.  Dr.  Whitman  was  with  him  but  returned 
from  near  the  rendezvous  on  Green  River.  Arrived  at  Walla 
Walla  Oct.  6th.  Returned  via  the  Sandwich  Islands  in  1837. 

The  map  was  the  earliest  to  obtain  any  circulation  which  con- 
tains any  reliable  information  as  to  the  interior  of  the  Oregon 
Territory,  Gallatin's  map  having  apparently  passed  unnoticed. 

Considerable  extracts  from  Parker's  journal  appeared  in  the 
Missionary  Herald  for  1837,  p.  369,  a  previous  notice  of  his  itin- 
erary having  appeared  in  the  August  number  of  the  same  mag- 
azine, p.  348. 

See  the  North  American  Review  for  January,  1840,  for  an 
article  by  Caleb  Gushing  containing  an  extended  resume  of 
overland  expeditions  beginning  with  that  of  Carver  and  with 
special  reference  to  Parker's  journal  and  Townsend's  narrative. 

Parker's  map  was  republished  in  the  Oregpnian  and  Indians' 
Advocate  for  February,  1839,  with  a  note  that  it  was  copied  from 
a  copy  of  Vancouver's  chart  at  Vancouver,  The  Middle  part  after 
Parker's  own  observations,  The  North  from  sketches  of  a  Mr. 
Black  and  the  south  from  those  of  Smith  (Jed.  S.).  61 


PLUMMER,  MRS.  CLARISSA 

Narrative  Of  The  Captivity  And  Extreme  Sufferings  Of 
Mrs.  Clarissa  Plummer,  Wife  of  the  late  Mr.  James  Plum- 
mer,  of  Franklin  County,  State  of  New  York;  who,  with 
Mrs.  Caroline  Harris,  wife  of  the  late  Mr.  Richard  Harris, 
were  in  the  Spring  of  1835,  with  their  unfortunate  families, 
surprised  and  taken  prisoners  by  a  party  of  the  Camanche 
Indian  tribe  of  Indians,  while  emigrating  from  said  Frank- 
lin County  (N.  Y.)  to  Texas;  and  after  having  been  held 
nearly  two  years  in  captivity,  and  witnessed  the  deaths  of 
their  husbands,  were  fortunately  redeemed  from  the  hands 
of  the  savages  by  an  American  Fur  Trader,  a  native  of 
Georgia,  (vignette)  Mrs.  Plummer  was  made  prisoner  and 
held  in  bondage  at  the  same  time  with  the  unfortunate 


34 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Mrs.  Harris,  with  whose  narrative  the  public  have  been 
recently  presented. 

New  York :    Perry  and  Cooke 1838. 

go—Front    Title,  pp.  5-32  (1). 

The  last  page  contains  a  certificate  from  one  Ebenezer  C. 
Elfort,  a  native  of  Georgia,  that  while  in  Santa  Fe  in  the  fall  of 
1837  he  learned  that  the  Indians  had  two  white  women  as  prison- 
ers and  went  to  the  Indians  and  redeemed  them. 

Mrs.  Plummer  says  they  started  for  Texas  overland  from  New 
Orleans  and  were  captured  several  days  out.  How  she  got  to 
New  Mexico  is  not  apparent  from  the  narrative  which  is  nothing 
but  a  recital  of  her  woes.  However,  she  says  she  got  back  to 
New  Orleans  in  less  than  three  weeks  after  leaving  New  Mexico, 
which  leads  us  to  suppose  the  story  is  a  romance. 

Perry  &  Cooke,  in  1838,  also  published  the  Harris  narrative  in 
8°,  24  pp.  and  Plate.  The  title  is  History  of  the  Captivity  and 
Provident  Release  therefrom  of  Mrs.  Caroline  Harris,  etc.  (Sim- 
ilar to  the  Plummer  narrative)  ....  redeemed  therefrom  by  two 
of  their  countrymen  attached  to  a  company  of  Santa  Fe  Fur 
Traders.  This  is  the  same  narrative  with  a  different  title.  62 


ROGERS,  CORNELIUS 

The  Journey  To  The  Rocky  Mountains. 
The    Oregonian    and    Indians'    Advocate   for    December, 
1838. 

Letter  from  C.  Rogers,  dated  July  3,  1838,  from  Camp  of  the 
American  Fur  Co.,  in  rendezvous  eastern  base  of  Wind  River 
Mountains,  and  junction  of  Popo  Agie  and  Wind  River. 

Rogers  was  one  of  the  Missionaries  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  He 
left  Westport  April  23  with  Capt.  Drip's  company  of  the  Am.  Fur 
Co.  Went  up  the  Blue  and  crossed  over  to  the  Platte  in  one  day 
— 26  miles.  Reached  the  forks  about  the  middle  of  May,  crossed 
the  South  Fork  and  then  crossed  to  the  North  Fork.  Left  Ft. 
Laramie,  then  called  Ft.  Williams,  June  2,  up  the  Sweetwater  to 
within  50  miles  of  the  Wind  River  Mountain  and  then  crossed  to 
the  Popo  Agie  and  arrived  at  rendezvous  June  21.  Two  of  Gov. 
Clarke's  sons  from  St.  Louis,  Stewart  and  several  fur  trappers 
with  the  party.  Saw  no  Indians  except  Pawnees  and  Kansas. 
No  Indians  at  the  rendezvous  except  trappers  and  a  village  of 
Snakes  some  slight  distance  away.  Gives  an  interesting  account 
of  the  rendezvous.  One  of  the  officers  of  the  H.  B.  Co.  came  from 
Ft.  Hall  to  assist  the  party  to  best  place.  63 

DRAGOON    EXPEDITION.      Fort    Leavenworth,    Oct.    3, 
1839. 

Pages  285-6  of  Army  and  Navy  Chronicle,  New  Series, 
Vol.  9,  1839. 

A  short  account  of  an  expedition  of  two  squadrons  of  the 
dragoons  under  command  of  Colonel  Kearny  from  Fort  Leaven- 
worth  to  the  Otoe  village  on  the  Platte.  64 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  35 


[HOUSE,  E.] 

A  narrative  of  the  Captivity  of  Mrs.  Horn  and  her  two 
children,  with  Mrs.  Harris,  by  the  Commanche  Indians, 
after  they  had  murdered  their  husbands  and  travelling 
Companions;  with  a  brief  account  of  the  Manners  and 
Customs  of  that  nation  of  savages,  of  whom  so  little  is 
generally  known. 

St.  Louis :    C.  Keemle,  Printer 1839. 

2  p.  1.  [5]  60  p.    Sig.  in  sixes. 

I  have  not  seen  this  edition,  apparently  the  first,  collation  being 
from  Newberry  Library  list  of  Narratives  of  Captivity,  etc.,  which 
attributes  the  authorship  to  E.  House. 

Mrs.  Horn  was  with  a  party  of  settlers  proceeding  to  central 
Texas  in  April,  1836,  when  the  tragedy  of  capture  took  place.  She 
was  ransomed  in  the  New  Mexican  settlement  in  the'  autumn  of 
1837,  spending  about  five  months  with  an  American  trader  named 
Smith,  near  San  Miguel,  and  finally  was  sent  to  Independence  by 
Workman  and  Rowland,  traders  at  Taos.  65 

LEONARD,  ZENAS 

Narrative  Of  The  Adventures  Of  Zenas  Leonard,  A 
Native  Of  Clearfield  County,  Pa.  Who  Spent  Five  Years  In 
Trapping  For  Furs,  Trading  With  The  Indians,  .... 
Of  The  Rocky  Mountains:  Written  By  himself. 

Printed  and  Published  By  D.  W.  Moore,  Clearfield,  Pa. 
1839. 

8°  Title;  Preface  III-IV;  pp.  5-87. 

Reprinted  in  1904  by  Burrows,  with  notes  by  W.  F.  Wagner. 

Leonard  went  out  in  the  spring  of  1831  as  a  member  of  Gant 
and  Blackwell's  party.  He  afterward  became  an  independent 
trapper  and  as  such  joined  Walker's  famous  expedition  to  Cali- 
fornia of  which  he  gives  a  long  account.  He  came  back  to  the 
settlement  in  August,  1835. 

One  of  the  principal  sources  of  reliable  information  regarding 
this  interesting  period  is :  Journal  Of  A  Trapper,  Or  Nine  Years 
In  The  Rocky  Mountains,  1834-1843.  Being  a  General  Description 
of  the  Country,  Climate,  Rivers,  Lakes,  Mountains,  etc.  and  a 
View  of  the  Life  Led  by  a  Hunter  in  Those  Regions  by  Osborne 

Russell Published  by  Syms-York  Co.,  Inc.,  Boise,  Idaho, 

1914.  From  the  Original  Manuscript.  8° — 105  pp. 

A  limited  edition  of  100  copies,  only,  printed  for  private  distri- 
bution. I  have  seen  the  original  manuscript  of  this  journal  which 
belongs  to  L.  A.  York  of  Boise,  Idaho.  There  is  nothing  to  indi- 
cate when  it  was  written  but  it  was  apparently  intended  for  pub- 
lication as  it  is  not  the  original  journal  but  bears  evidence  of 
having  been  written  up.  There  is  added  an  Appendix  describ- 
ing the  various  animals  found  in  the  mountains,  which  Mr.  York 
did  not  publish. 

There  has  recently  been  unearthed  another  book  bearing  on  this 
period:  Four  Years  In  The  Rockies;  Or,  The  Adventures  Of 


36  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Isaac  P.  Rose,  Of  Shenango  Township,  Lawrence  County  Penn- 
sylvania; Giving  His  Experiences  As  A  Hunter  And  Trapper  In 
That  Remote  Region,  And  Containing  Numerous  Interesting  and 
Thrilling  Incidents  Connected  With  His  Calling.  Also  Including 
His  Skirmishes  And  Battles  With  The  Indians — His  Capture, 
Adoption  and  Escape — Being  One  of  The  Most  Thrilling  Nar- 
ratives Ever  Published.  By  James  B.  Marsh.  Printed  by  W.  B. 
Thomas,  New  Castle,  Pa.,  1884.  Port.  262  pp.,  including  title.  66 


MAXMILIAN,  PRINZ  ZU  WIED 

Reise  in  das  Innere  Nord-America  in  den  Jahren  1832  bis 
1834,  von  Prinz  Zu  Wied  Maxmilian,  Mit  48  Kupfern,  33 
Vignetten,  vielen  Holzschnitten  und  einer  Charte. 

Coblentz,  1839  bei  J.  Holscher.   2  Vols. 

4°— pp.  XVI,  653,  (1)— Vol.  II  (1841)  pp.  XXII  (2) 
687  (1). 

33  small,  48  large  Plates,  Key-plate,  Plan,  Table  and 
Map.  Also  on  large  paper — Drawings  by  Charles  Bodmer. 

Maps: 

Reise  Charte  des  Prinzen  Maximilian  zu  Wied  im  innern 
Nord  Amerika  von  Boston  nach  dem  Obern  Missouri,  etc, 
In  1832,  33  and  34.  (Also  in  French  and  English.) 

In  English  in  1843,  by  Ackerman  &  Co.  4°  pp.  X  (2)  520,  map 
81  colored  plates  in  folio.  Also  in  French,  1840-3.  Also  issued 
with  black  plates,  and  copies  occur  in  which  the  costume  plates 
only  are  colored,  those  of  scenery  being  left  uncolored.  One  Atlas 
was  issued  in  Paris  for  the  three  editions,  the  plates  bearing  in- 
scriptions in  French,  German  and  English.  Collations  from  Sabin 
as  I  have  not  seen  any  edition  for  some  six  years. 

Maximilian  spent  the  summer  of  1833  on  a  trip  up  the  Missouri 
River  on  the  American  Fur  Go's,  steamer,  Yellowstone,  leaving  St. 
Louis  April  10.  At  Ft.  Pierre,  he  transferred  to  the  Assiniboine. 
June  18  he  reached  Ft.  Union  and  on  the  24th  went  on  a  keel 
boat  to  Ft.  Mackenzie  on  Maria's  River,  where  he  remained  two 
months.  The  party  spent  the  winter  at  Ft.  Clark  among  the  Man- 
dans  whose  peculiar  customs  very  much  attracted  Maximilian's 
attention.  He  returned  to  St.  Louis  in  May,  1834.  *67 


MURRAY,  CHARLES  AUGUSTUS 

Travels  In  North  America  During  The  Years,  1834, 
1835  and  1836.  Including  A  Summer  Residence  With  the 
Pawnee  Tribe  Of  Indians,  In  The  Remote  Prairies  Of  Mis- 
souri, And  A  Visit  To  Cuba  And  the  Azore  Islands.  By 
The  Hon.  Charles  Augustus  Murray 

London:     Richard  Bentley— 1839.     2  Vols. 

8°  pp.  XVI,  473;  X,  372,  2  Plates. 

*6S 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  37 


ASSOCIATION  DE  LA  PROPOGATION  DE  LA  FOI 

Notice  Sur  Les  Missions  Du  Diocese  De  Quebec,  Qui 
Sont  Secourues  Par  L'Association  De  La  Propogation  De 
La  Foi. 

Quebec:  De  LTmprimerie  De  Frechette  &  Cie.  Irnpri- 
meurs  Et  Libraires,  No.  8,  Rue  LaMontagne.  Avec  Appro- 
bation Des  Superieurs.  [1839-18741. 

8°  21  vols. 

This  association  for  the  propagation  of  the  faith  was  estab- 
lished in  the  Diocese  of  Quebec  in  1837  under  a  Brief  of  Pope 
Gregory  XVI,  dated  Feb.  28,  1836.  The  Association  published  an 
annual  report  until  June,  1843,  subsequent  to  which  it  published 
one  every  two  years  until  No.  15,  1863.  No.  XVI  was  published  in 
March,  1864,  and  the  following  ones  every  two  years  until  May, 
1874,  No.  21,  the  last.  They  contain  an  immense  amount  of  infor- 
mation regarding  British  Northwest  America,  British  Columbia 
and  the  old  Oregon  territory.  In  1839  this  Association  organized 
the  Oregon  Mission,  sending  out  Francois  Norbert  Blanchet  and 
Modeste  Demers.  Blanchet  became  successively  Bishop  and 
Archbishop  of  Oregon  and  Demers  Bishop  of  Vancouver.  The 
Oregon  Mission  passed  out  of  the  hands  of  this  Association  later, 
but  it  continued  its  work  among  the  Indians  in  British  North 
America  until  1874,  although  in  later  years  its  efforts  were  more 
concentrated  in  the  North  and  Northeast.  The  last  report  from 
Vancouver  appears  in  No.  XVII  of  April,  1866. 

After  the  first  number,  except  number  four,  it  is  called  Repport, 
instead  of  Notice. 

No.  1  contains  a  short  history  of  the  Red  River  Mission 
founded  in  1818  (pp.  1-21),  and  a  notice  of  the  establishment  of  the 
Oregon  Mission  and  the  departures  of  Blanchet  and,  Demers.  69 

TOWNSEND,  JOHN  K. 

Narrative  Of  A  Journey  Across  The  Rocky  Mountains, 
To  The  Columbia  River,  And  A  Visit  To  The  Sandwich 
Islands,  Chili,  etc.,  With  a  Scientific  Appendix.  By  John 
K.  Townsend. 

Philadelphia :    Henry  Perkins,  1839. 

8°  VIII,  9-352. 

Reprinted  and  more  common  as : 

Sporting  Excursion  In  The  Rocky  Mountians,  etc. 

London :    Henry  Colburn,  1840.    2  Vols. 

12°  XII,  310;  XI  (1),  312..  2  plates. 

Nuttall  and  Jason  Lee  went  out  with  this  expedition  in  1834, 
of  which  Capt.  Wyeth  was  the  leader ;  Nuttall's  Pacific  Coast 
researches  being  embodied  in  the  North  American  Sylva. 

Left  Independence  April  28,  1834;  arrived  Vancouver  Sept.  16. 
At  the  rendezvous  on  the  Green,  Capt.  Stewart  joined  the 
party,  also  Ashworth  and  another  Englishman.  Townsend  says 
Stewart  had  been  in  the  mountains  a  year  and  accompanied  the 


38  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


party  to  Oregon  to  take  passage,  probably  for  England.  He  gives 
an  account  of  the  construction  of  Ft.  Hall  in  July.  Bonneville's 
party  was  at  the  rendezvous  and  left  for  Oregon  ahead  of  Wyeth, 
but  he  caught  up  with  them  at  Grande  Ronde. 

See  Niles  Reg.  March  16,  1839.  Audubon  says  Nuttall  arrived  at 
Phila.  August,  1836.  Townsend  returned  in  1838.  Each  gave  a  re- 
port to  Audubon  who  finally  embodied  their  researches  in  Vol.  IV 
of  the  Orinthological  Biography.  70 


McCOY,  ISAAC 

History  of  Baptist  Indian  Missions  Embracing  Remarks 
on  the  former  and  present  conditions  of  the  Aboriginal 
Tribes ;  Their  Settlement  Within  The  Indian  Territory  and 
their  future  prospects.  By  Isaac  McCoy. 

Washington :  William  M.  Morrison ;  New  York,  [etc.] 
1840. 

8°  Title,  Leaf  Ded.  2  leaves  of  Testimonials,  Leaf  of 
Preface  dated  Shawnoe  Baptist  Mission,  Ind.  Terr.,  Dec., 
1839;  pp.  3-8  contents;  pp.  9-611. 

McCoy  made  his  first  tour  to  the  prairies  in  the  summer  of 
1828,  his  second  in  1829,  a  third  in  1830,  a  fourth  in  1831.  In  Dec., 

1831,  he  settled  at  the  Shawnee  Mission,  which  had  been  founded 
by  Lykins  that  year.     From  that  date  to  1840  McCoy  traveled  ex- 
tensively over   the   western   country   and   made   frequent   trips   to 
Washington. 

In  the  fall  of  1833  Meeker  brought  a  printing  press  to  the  Mis- 
sion on  which  many  books  in  Indian  language  were  printed,  be- 
ginning in  March,  1834.  In  the  early  part  of  January,  1835,  McCoy 
issued  from  this  press  the  first  number  of  "The  Annual  Register 
of  Indian  Affairs  in  the  Indian  Territory."  Four  in  all  were  pub- 
lished as  follows:  No.  1,  Shawanoe  Mission,  1835,  48  pp.  P.  P.  W. ; 
No.  2  Shawanoe  Mission  (Jany.  1),  1836,  88  pp.,  P.  P.  W. ;  No.  3, 
Shawanoe  Mission,  (July  1),  1837,  81  pp.  P.  P.  W.;  No.  4,  Wash- 
ington, 1838,  (about  Jany.  1,  1839)  95  (1)  pp. 

In  June,  1837,  McCoy  also  published  at  the  mission,  Periodical 
Account  of  Baptist  Missions  within  the  Indian  Territory  for  the 
year  ending  December  31,  1836,  52  pp.  8°.  My  copy  has  only  cap- 
tion title.  No  other  copy  seen.  Only  one  issue  published* 

McCoy  also  published  Remarks  on  the  Practicability  of  Indian 
Reform  Embracing  their  Colonization.  Boston :  1827,  8°  47  pp. 
Same  with  an  appendix,  N.  Y.,  1829,  8°  72  pp.  [Report  on  Indian 
Territory]  January  30,  1829,  (18  pp.)  appended  to  the  Report  of  the 
Committee  on  Indian  Affairs  H.  Rep.,  McLean's  Committee.  (Not 
seen).  Address  to  philanthropists  in  the  United  States  generally 
and  to  Christians  in  particular,  on  the  Condition  and  prospects  for 
the  American  Indians.  Wash.  [1832]  8°  8  pp.  (Reprinted  in  His- 
tory of  Baptist  Missions).  Report  to  Secretary  of  War.  Feb.  1, 

1832,  8°   14  pp.     Map.     (Not  seen).     Report   to   Commissioner   of 
Indian  affairs    [fall    of   1832].     Indian   Advocate,    Louisville,    1846. 
No.  1  probably  Jan'y,  3  numbers  printed  by  McCoy,  who  died   in 
June,  1846.  71 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  39 


BLANCHET,  [F.  N.] 

Mission  De  La  Columbie. 

Published  in  the  Rapport  Sur  Les  Missions  Du  Diocese 
De  Quebec,  Propogation  De  La  Foi.  No.  2.  Quebec,  Jan- 
uary, 1840.  Pages  11-41. 

This  article  contains  an  account  of  the  journey  of  Blanchet  and 
Demers  in  1838,  with  the  annual  brigade  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Com- 
pany. They  left  Red  River  July  10  and  arrived  at  Vancouver 
Nov.  24.  An  account  is  given  of  the  drowning  at  the  Dalles  des 
Morts  of  Banks, Mr.  and  Mrs.  Wallace,  LeBlanc  and  others,  all 
members  of  the  same  party  as  Blanchet  and  Demers.  72 


WIZLIZENUS,  F.  A. 

Ein  Ausflung  nach  den  Felsen-Gebirgen  im  Jahre  1839, 
von  F.  A.  Wizlizenus,  M.  D. 

St.  Louis,  Mo.,  Gedruckt  bei  Wilh.    Weber 1840. 

12°  122  pp.,  Postscript,  1  Contents  and  1  Errata.     Map. 

Map: 

Map  (without  title),  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Region  and 
to  the  Pacific,  engraved  by  Rassau  &  Michaud,  St.  Louis. 

A  very  rare  book  and  one  covering  a  very  interesting  period  of 
western  history.  The  author  left  Westport  early  in  May  with 
some  free  traders  and  three  Missourians  and  proceeded  by  the 
Oregon  roads  via  Ft.  Laramie  to  the  rendezvous  on  Green  River 
above  Horse  Creek.  He  arrived  at  Ft.  Hall  July  26  and  started 
on  his  return  Aug.  10,  in  company  with  Paul  Richardson.  They 
passed  over  to  the  Green  at  Ft.  Crockett  and  Brown's  Hole  where 
they  found  Oakley  and  four  others  of  the  Farnham's  party.  Oak- 
ley and  Wood  joined  them  and  thence  they  proceeded  through 
Northern  Colorado  to  North  Park,  over  the  divide  to  the  Cache 
la  Poudre,  and  down  that  stream  to  the  Platte,  meeting  Capt. 
Walker  on  the  way.  From  here  they  proceeded  south  to  Bent's 
Fort  and  home  by  the  ordinary  road,  arriving  at  Westport  Oct. 
14. 

Copies  in  Bancroft  Library,  Mo.  Hist.  Soc.,  and'N.  Y.  Hist.  Soc. 
Translated  by  F.  A.  Wizlizenus,  the  doctor's  son,  and  printed  by 
the  Missouri  Historical  Society  in  1912,  with  a  portrait  of  the 
author  and  reproduction  of  the  map.  73 


CATLIN,  GEORGE 

Letters  And  Notes  On  The  Manners,  Customs,  And  Con- 
ditions Of  The  North  American  Indians.  By  George  Catlin. 
Written  During  Eight  Years'  Travel,  Amongst  The  Wild- 
est Tribes  of  Indians  in  North  America.  In  1832,  33,  34,  35, 
36,  37,  38,  And  39.  In  Two  Volumes. 

London :     Published  By  The  Author 1841. 


40 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Royal  8°    VIII,  264;  VIII,  266  pp.,   312  Plates  and  3 
Maps.    Small  slip  Errata  Vol.  I. 
Maps: 

Outline  Map  of  Indian  Localities  in  1833. 

U.  States  Indian  Frontier  in  1840. 

Chart  Showing  the  Moves  of  the  Mandans  &  the  place  of 
their  Extinction. 

All  by  G.  Catlin  and  Engraved  by  Tosswill  &  Myers. 

There  are  really  not  312  plates  in  the  book  because  some  of 
the  plates  have  several  scenes  or  figures  on  them  with  numbers; 
I  do  not  find  any  plate  No.  II  and  conclude  that  the  map  in  Vol. 
I  was  supposed  to  be  Plate  II.  No  plates  Nos.  23,  137.  142,  149, 
159,  246,  247,  but  three  without  numbers  and  Nos.  101^,  210^.  The 
plates  not  included  are  not  described  and  therefore  according  to 
Catlin's  Preface  were  not  published  with  the  book.  With  eight 
out  and  five  extra,  there  are  really  only  309. 

Some  copies  have  imprint  London — Wiley  &  Putnam.  In  1848 
Bohn  printed  the  7th  edition  of  this,  the  same,  except  with  different 
title.  Some  few  of  these  were  colored  by  hand.  All  editions  have 
the  same  plates  as  the  original. 

Catlin's  initial  experience  in  the  west  was  his  trip  up  the  Mis- 
souri to  the  Yellowstone  in  1832,  the  whole  of  Vol.  I  being 
devoted  to  his  observations.  He  accompanied  the  Leavenworth- 
Dodge  expedition  to  the  Pawnee  Pict  Village  in  1834  and  wrote 
an  extended  account  of  the  campaign.  For  Catlin's  visit  to  the 
Upper  Missouri,  see  South  Dakota  Hist.  Coll.,  Vol.  I,  page  344,  a 
bibliography  of  Catlin's  works  was  made  by  W.  H.  Miner  and 
published  in  Geo.  D.  Smith's  "Literary  Collector."  74 

FARNHAM,  THOMAS  J. 

Travels  In  The  Great  Western  Prairies,  The  Anahuac 
And  Rocky  Mountains,  And  In  The  Oregon  Territory.  By 
Thomas  J.  Farnham. 

Poughkeepsie :    Killey  And  Lossing,  Printers.     1841. 

12°— 197  pp. 

Ordinarily  this  is  seen  with  the  date  1843.  Preface  dated  Tre- 
mont,  111.,  Oct.  1,  1840,  and  copyrighted  in  1841. 

The  party  left  Peoria  May  1,  1839,  and  Independence  May  30, 
following  the  Santa  Fe  trail  to  Ft.  Bent,  where  they  arrived  July 
5.  Here  the  party  divided,  the  larger  number,  11  in  all,  pro- 
ceeding up  the  Platte  River,  but  Farnham,  with  four  others,  name- 
ly Kelly  as  guide,  Blair,  Wood  and  Oakley,  went  up  the  Arkansas 
to  South  Park.  They  then  crossed  over  to  the  Grand  River  and 
over  the  divide  to  the  North  Fork  of  the  Platte.  From  there  they 
crossed  over  to  Craig  and  Thompson's  Fort  in  Brown's  Hole. 
This  Fort  was  called  Ft.  Davy  Crockett  and  was  in  charge  of 
St.  Clair.  August  17  Paul  Richardson  arrived  from  Ft.  Hall,  on 
his  return  from  guiding  Munger  and  Griffith  and  some  emigrants 
to  Ft.  Hall.  From  here  Oakley  and  Wood  returned  and  Farnham 
proceeded  with  Blair  and  Smith  and  a  Snake  Indian  guide  up  the 
Green  River  to  Ham's  Fork.  On  Bear  River  they  met  Meek. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  41 


They  arrived  at  Ft.  Hall  September  1  and  found  Joe  Walker  in 
charge.  From  here  they  went  on  with  a  Walla  Walla  Indian  as  a 
guide  and  reached  Whitman's  Mission  September  23.  Farnham 
only  remained  a  short  time  in  Oregon,  leaving  December  3  for 
the  Sandwich  Islands. 

When  Oakley  got  back  to  Peoria,  he  published  his  experiences 
in  the  Peoria  Register  (about  January,  1840).  These  have  been  re- 
printed in  New  York,  1914,  in  19  pp.  as  "The  Oregon  Expedition 
of  Obadiah  Oakly." 

Notice  of  the  departure  of  this  company  in  Niles  Reg.,  May 
25,  1839,  from  the  Peoria  Register  of  May  4.  For  Farnham  see 
Niles  Register.  June  20  and  August  29, 1840.  The  latter  is  an  extract 
from  the  Louisiana  Advertiser  after  his  return  there.  Evidently 
he  wrote  an  article  on  arrival  entitled  "Oregon  Bubble  Burst." 
The  extract  in  June  20  is  from  the  Peoria  Register,  letter  from 
Farnham  from  Sandwich  Islands. 

It  seems  that  Farnham  was  an  agent  for  the  U.  S.  Government 
and  it  appears  that  he  afterwards  returned  to  California,  either  in 
1846  or  early  in  1847.  In  No.  4,  Vol.  II  of  the  "Californian,"  San 
Francisco,  1847,  is  an  extract  from  the  "El  Noticioso  Del  Istmo 
Americano,  Panama"  copying  a  petition  of  T.  J.  F.  to  the  govern- 
ment of  New  Granada  for  permission  to  colonize  part  of  the 
isthmus  with  American  citizens.  No.  26  of  the  same  volume  of 
the  "Californian"  contains  a  notice  of  suit  for  defamation  of  char- 
acter brought  by  W.  R.  Garner  against  Farnham  who  claimed  to 
be  living  at  the  time  in  San  Jose.  Farnham  died  in  San  Francisco 
September,  1848.  75 


SANTA  FE  AND  THE  FAR  WEST 

Niles  National  Register,  Dec.  4,  1841,  Vol.  LXI,  pp. 
209.  Extracted  from  the  Evansville  (Indiana)  Journal.  One 
page  letter  dated  Santa  Fe,  July  29,  1841,  and  unsigned. 

The  writer  says  he  left  Vincennes  April  23  and  went  to 
Independence  via  St.  Louis.  There  he  found  three  parties,  Bartle- 
son's  with  whom  De  Smet  was  going  to  travel;  another  of  100 
men,  30  women  and  children,  for  California;  and  the  Santa  Fe 
caravan.  Boggs  was  to  accompany  him  to  California  and  they 
decided  to  go  via  Santa  Fe  as  they  understood  a  party  was  to 
leave  there  for  California  to  join  the  one  via  the  Columbia. 
They  raised  a  party  of  ten  men  to  go  to  Santa  Fe  but  Boggs'  wife 
was  taken  sick  and  he  could  not  go.  Finally  after  the  main  cara- 
van had  left  between  May  8  and  10,  the  writer,  with  8  others 
and  3  wagons,  left  May  19  and  caught  up  with  the  Santa  Fe 
Caravan  at  the  Arkansas.  A  short  account  of  the  trip  to  Santa 
Fe  where  they  arrived  without  accident,  July  2,  the  quickest  trip 
ever  made  over  the  desert,  he  says,  is  followed  by  a  considerable 
account  of  the  city  itself.  At  the  end  he  says  he  is  leaving  for 
California  in  a  few  days  with  a  party  of  about  200  Americans  and 
Spaniards  to  co-operate  on  January  first,  1842  with  the  Columbian 
caravan  at  Monterey.  They  expected  the  governor  to  concede 
them  lands  for  settlement. 

I  think  this  letter  was  probably  written  by  B.  Lyman,  from  the 
fact  that  Lyman  went  out  to  Santa  Fe  this  summer  also  from  his 


42  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


communication  to  Farnham  regarding  the  route  from  Santa  Fe 
to  California.  He  undoubtedly  accompanied  this  party  to  Cali- 
fornia. 76 


SMET,  PIERRE  JEAN  DE 

The  Indian  Missions  In  The  United  States  of  America, 
Under  The  Care  Of  The  Missouri  Province  Of  The  Society 
of  Jesus. 

Philadelphia:     King  and  Baird,  Printers 1841. 

12°  pp.  34. 

Letter  dated  Feb.  4,  1841,  gives  a  brief  account  of  Father  De 
Smet's  trip  to  the  Flathead  Country  in  1840,  leaving  Westport 
April  30  and  returning  in  the  fall  to  St.  Louis  by  way  of  the 
Crow  country,  Ft.  Union  and  the  Missouri  River  country,  going 
by  land  via.  the  Mandan  villages  and  Ft.  Pierre,  taking  to  a  canoe 
at  Ft.  Vermillion.  Also  contains  a  letter  from  him  while  mis- 
sionary to  the  Pottowatomie  Indians  in  1838. 

The  Pottowatomie  Mission  and.  the  events  to  the  spring  of 
1841,  including  the  above  letters  are  chronicled  in  the  Annales  de 
la  Propogation  de  la  Foi,  Lyons,  Vol.  XI.  Pp.  467,  Letter  of  F. 
Verhaegen,  St.  Louis,  June  20,  1838,  with  an  account  of  his  visit 
with  Father  De  Smet.  Id.  479,  Letter  of  De  Smet  from  the  Potto- 
watomie village  (fall  of  1838).  Another  (extract)  of  Aug.  10, 
1838,  from  same  place.  Vol.  XII,  Letter  of  Mgr.  Rosate,  St.  Louis, 
Oct.  20,  1839,  with  an  account  of  the  visits  of  Canadian  Indians 
from  the  Flatheads.  Vol.  XIII,  pp.  50,  Letter  of  De  Smet,  Council 
Bluffs,  Dec.  16,  1839,  with  an  account  of  his  voyage  up  the  Mis- 
souri in  an  Am.  Fur  Go's,  steamer.  Id.  pp.  60,  Letter  of  Father 
Hoccken,  Dec.  27,  1839,  from  the  Pottowatomies.  Id.  pp.  487,  Let- 
ter of  De  Smet,  Feb.  4,  1841  (the  one  reprinted  in  "Indian  Mis- 
sions). Vol.  XIV,  pp.  38,  Letter  of  Feb.  7,  from  De  Smet  with 
further  details  of  his  1840  trip. 

The  Missionary  activities  of  the  Catholics  to  the  Western  In- 
dians were  undertaken  by  the  Jesuits  from  the  Missouri  province 
in  1827  and  are  described  in  various  letters  and,  reports  printed  in 
the  Annales  de  la  Propogation  de  la  Foi,  printed  at  Lyons.  This 
association  was  founded  in  Lyons.  May  3,  1822,  and  41  volumes 
of  "Annales"  were  published  between  1823  and  1869.  The  first  and 
second  numbers  appeared  in  1823,  the  third  and  fourth  in  1824, 
fifth  and  sixth  in  1825.  The  early  references  to  operations 
west  of  the  Missouri  are  as  follows:  Vol.  Ill,  512,  Letter  of  Van 
Quickenborne,  No.  16.  1827,  relating  a  visit  to  the  Osage  Indians; 
Id.  553,  Letter  from  M.  Lutz,  missionary  to  the  Kansas  Indians, 
Sept.  28,  1828  (mission  founded  same  year) ;  Vol.  IV,  572,  Letter 
of  Van  Quickenbone,  March  10,  1829,  with  an  account  of  a  second 
visit  to  the  Osage  Indians;  Vol.  V,  Letter  from  Mgr.  Rosate,  St. 
Louis,  Dec.  31,  1831,  with  an  account  of  the  arrival  several  months 
before  of  four  Indians  from  the  other  side  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains and  what  had  happened  to  them;  Vol.  VII,  135,  Letter  signed 
De  S.  (no  doubt  De  Smet),  Feb.  18.  1834,  with  an  account  of  the 
State  of  Catholic  Missions  to  the  U.  S.  (De  Smet  was  in  Europe 
at  the  time) ;  Vol.  IX,  Relation  of  a  voyage  among  the  Indian 
tribes  west  of  the  Missouri  by  Father  Van  Quickenborne,  Sept. 
24,  1835.  Extract  of  letter  from  Father  De  Theux  from  Missouri 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  43 


with  an  account  of  the  arrival  of  an  Iroquois  Indian  with  two 
sons  brought  to  be  baptised.  The  Iroquois  had  lived  sixteen  years 
with  the  Flatheads.  Vol.  X,  Letter  from  Father  Van  Quicken- 
borne  from  the  Kickapoo  Village,  Oct.  14,  1836.  77 

BIDWELL,  JOHN 

[Preface].  The  publisher  of  this  Journal,  being  aware, 
that  a  great  many  persons,  in  Missouri,  ....  (not  signed 
nor  dated).  On  Reverse  (page  2)  begins  the  Journal 
headed  A  Journey  To  California.  Bodega,  Port  of  The  Rus- 
sians, Upper  California,  March  30th,  1842. 

8°  32  pp.  in  all.    Signed — John  Bidwell. 

From  remarks  made  by  Bidwell  in  "His  Recollections,"  it 
seems  evident  that  in  1841  the  only  press  north  of  the  Missouri 
was  at  Liberty,  Clay  County,  Missouri,  and  unless  one  was  estab- 
lished at  Weston  by  1842,  this  journal  was  probably  printed  at 
Liberty,  where  a  newspaper  press  was  in  existence  at  the  time. 

This  is  the  earliest  published  account  by  an  intending  settler 
of  an  overland  trip  to  California,  Bidwell  being  a  member  of 
the  Bartleson  party.  He  refers  to  Williams,  the  Methodist 
preacher,  overtaking  them  on  the  26th  of  May  on  his  way  to 
Oregon.  In  his  subsequent  writings  Bidwell  never  referred  to  the 
letter,  apparently  not  knowing  that  it  had  been  printed. 

General  Bidwell  also  published  some  articles  on  this  trip  in  the 
Century  of  November,  1890,  December,  1890,  and  February,  1891. 
Since  the  General's  death,  this  Journal,  with  some  addresses  of 
his  and  other  miscellaneous  material  has  been  published  with  the 
Following  title :  "Addresses,  Reminiscences,  etc.,  of  General  John 
Bidwell— Compiled  by  C.  C.  Royce,  Chico,  California,  1907."  It 
is  in  octavo  volume,  consisting  of  the  title  and  146  leaves  of  text, 
facsimiles,  views,  etc.,  and  one  leaf  of  contents,  all  without  num- 
ber. The  Bidwell  Journal  of  1841  is  reprinted  from  the  only 
known  copy  in  the  Bancroft  Library,  of  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia. At  the  end  of  this  reprint  and  not  contained  in  the  con- 
tents is  an  article  entitled  "Reminiscences  of  the  Conquest  Writ- 
ten by  General  John  Bidwell  for  the  use  of  Dr.  S.  H.  Willey  for 
his  work  on  the  Conquest  of  California."  This  is  in  the  form  of  a 
commentary  on  Henry  L.  Ford's  account  of  the  Conquest,  which 
Ford  had  written  for  Willey  and  is  here  printed  for  the  first 
time.  This  volume,  which  was  gotten  out  by  Mrs.  Bidwell  is  of 
extremely  limited  circulation,  owing  to  the  fact  that  it  was  only 
given  to  a  few  institutions  and  personal  friends.  It  was  bound 
up  with  the  following  which  preceded  it:  John  Bidwell,  Pioneer, 
Statesman,  Philanthropist,  A  Biographical  Sketch — By  C  C. 
Royce,  Chico,  California,  1906.  Portrait  of  Bidwell  and  one  of 
General  and  Mrs.  Bidwell.  Title,  pages  7-66,  with  illustrations  in 
the  text.  This  was  also  printed  in  a  limited  number  for  private 
distribution.  The  Century  articles  were  reprinted  in  Chico  about 
1915  as  "Echoes  of  the  Past,"  in  91  pp. 

In  1907  a  beautifully  printed  memorial  on  Bidwell  who  died  in 
1900,  was  published  by  Marcus  Benjamin  in  Washington  in  12  pp. 
with  several  portraits  of  the  general  and  other  illustrations. 

78 


44 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

FALCONER,  THOMAS 

Expedition  to  Santa  Fe.  An  account  of  its  Journey  from 
Texas  through  Mexico,  with  Particulars  of  its  capture.  By 
Thomas  Falconer. 

New  Orleans.     1842. 

8°  12  pp. 

Catalogue  of  London  Geographical  Society  contains  notice  of 
this  book  in  their  library,  but  I  have  never  been  able  to  locate 
any  other  copy,  nor  even  notice  of  it. 

Falconer  published  "Notes  of  a  Journey  Through  Texas  and 
New  Mexico  in  the  Years  1841  and  1842,"  in  the  Royal  Geog. 
Soc.  Journal  1844,  pp.  197-226.  Possibly  the  same. 

Niles  Reg.,  Vol.  62,  pp.  66  contains  a  letter  from  Falconer 
dated  Mexico  City,  Feb.  10,  1842  (from  the  New  Orleans  Bee  of 
March  17)  giving  an  account  of  the  march  to  the  City  of  Mexico. 
Falconer  was  liberated  on  the  demand  of  Jackenham,  the  British 
minister,  and  returned  to  N.  O.  early  in  the  year  1842.  *79 

FOLSOM,  CHARLES  J. 

Mexico  in  1842:  A  Description  Of  The  Country,  Its 
Natural  And  Political  Features;  With  A  Sketch  Of  Its 
History,  Brought  Down  To  The  Present  Year  To  Which 
is  Added,  An  Account  Of  Texas  And  Yuccatan ;  And  Of 
The  Santa  Fe  Expedition.  Illustrated  With  A  Map. 

New  York:     Charles  J.  Folsom 1842. 

18°  256  pp.,  Map. 
Map: 

Mexico  and  Texas  in  1842.  Published  by  C.  J.  Folsom, 
New  York. 

Contains  a  narrative  of  the  Texas  Expedition  by  Franklin 
Coombs,  son  of  Gen.  Leslie  Coombs,  which  Folsom  says  had 
appeared  in  the  papers.  According  to  Kendall,  Coombs  simply 
went  along  as  a  guest  for  the  benefit  of  his  health.  It  is  gen- 
erally supposed  that  Folsom  compiled  the  book. 

Niles  Reg.  Vol.  62,  page  2,  March  5,  1842,  contains  a  letter 
from  Franklin  Coombs  giving  his  account  of  the  Texas-Santa  Fe 
expedition  (same  in  Folsom).  Pages  128-134  contains  a  reprint  of 
the  letter  entitled  "Santa  Fe  and  the  Far  West"  reprinted  in  Niles 
Reg.  Dec.  4,  1841,  from  the  Evansville  Journal.  80 

AUDUBON,  J.  J. 

[Journey  to  the  Yellowstone  in  18431. 

Letters  from  him  dated  Ft.  Union,  June  13,  1843,  ad- 
dressed to  Gideon  B.  Smith  of  Baltimore,  in  New  Orleans 
Picayune,  July  21,  1843. 

From  the  introductory  note  to  this  it  would  seem  that  Audubon 
was  with  Stewart,  but  this  was  not  he  fact;  he  went  up  the  river 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  45 


in  one  of  the  American  Fur  Go's,  boats,  the  Omega,  accompanied 
by  a  Mr.  Edward  Harris  of  New  Jersey,  and  Mr.  Sprague  and 
Mr.  Bell  of  N.  Y.,  as  assistants.  (Niles  Reg.,  July  15,  1853,  page 
312). 

Further  references  in  Niles  Register  are :  May  13,  his  departure 
for  St.  Louis  April  25;  June  10,  letter  to  Dr.  G.  B.  Smith,  dated 
Vermillion  River,  May  18;  July  8,  long  letter  to  same  of  May  24, 
150  miles  below  Ft.  Pierre,  and  another  later  of  May  29;  July  29, 
another  letter  to  same,  June  13,  (same  as  that  printed  in  the 
Picayune).  81 

FERRIS,  W.  A. 

Life  in  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

The  title  to  a  series  of  articles  by  W.  A.  Ferris  published 
in  the  Western  Literary  Messenger  of  Buffalo,  beginning 
Jan.  11,  1843,  and  apparently  running  continuously  every 
week  to  March  16,  1844,  which  is  marked  conclusion,  but 
there  appeared  appendices  on  March  23,  30,  April  6,  13, 
20,  27,  and  May  4. 

Ferris  was  in  the  mountains  in  the  employ  of  the  Am.  Fur  Co. 
from  1830-5. 

Buffalo  Hist.  Soc.  has  following  numbers:  Jan.  11,  18;  Feb.  22; 
May  3,  17.  24;  Jan.  7,  28;  Oct.  7,  14,  21,  28;  Nov.  4,  18,  25;  Dec.  2, 
9,  16,  23,  30,  1844;  Jan.  6,  13,  27;  Feb.  3,  10,  17;  March  2,  9,  16;  April 
13  and  27.  Grosvenor  Library  has  Volume  II.  No.  40-51,  i.  e.  April 
12  to  June  28,  1843— Chapters  14-25;  Vol.  Ill,  No.  1-42,  July  22,  1843 
to  May  4,  1844.  (Information  from  Miss  Drumm,  Mo.  Hist.  Soc). 
See  Chittendon's  Fur  Trade,  Vol.  I,  Page  395  for  note  on  his  life 
obtained  from  Mr.  O.  D.  Wheeler  of  St.  Paul.  *82 


FREMONT,  JOHN  CHARLES 

Report  Of  An  Exploration  Of  The  Country  Lying  Be- 
tween The  Missouri  River  And  The  Rocky  Mountains,  On 
The  Line  Of  The  Kanzas  And  Great  Platte  Rivers.  By 
Lieut.  J.  C.  Fremont,  Of  the  Corps  Of  Topographical  En- 
gineers. 

Washington:  Printed  By  Order  of  the  United  States; 
Senate.  1843.  (27th  Con.,  3rd  Sess.  Sen.  doc.  243). 

8°,  pp.  207.     Colored  paper  wrappers  with   same   title. 
Map,  3  tinted  and  3  plain  plates. 
Map: 

Map  To  Illustrate  An  Exploration  Of  The  Country  lying 
between  the  Missouri  River  and  the  Rocky  Mountains,  on 
the  line  of  the  Nebraska  or  Platte  River.  By  Lieut.  J.  C. 
Fremont,  ....  Lith.  by  E.  Weber  and  Co. 

Pages  7-76— Fremont's  Report  dated  Wash.,  March  1,  1843;  77-94 
—Cat.  plants  by  John  Torrey;  95-207— Ast.  &  Met.  Observations. 
The   plates   were   also   lithographed   by   Weber,   after   sketches 


46  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


probably  made  by  Charles  Preuss  who  accompanied  both  ex- 
peditions, and  who  certainly  made  the  maps.  I  have  seen  a  copy 
with  four  of  the  plates  tinted.  83 

LANG,  JOHN  D.,  AND  TAYLOR,  SAMUEL,  JR. 

Report  Of  A  Visit  To  Some  Of  The  Tribes  Of  Indians 
Located  West  Of  The  Mississippi  River.  By  John  D. 
Lang  and  Samuel  Taylor  Jr. 

Providence:    Knowles  and  Vose.     1843. 

8°,  47  pp.,  including  title. 

Cover  title  same  except  imprint  omitted. 

Visited  the  Winnebagoes,  Shawnees,  Kickapos,  Delawares,  Kan- 
sas, Osages,  Cherokees,  and  Choctaws.  Trip  was  made  from 
August  to  December,  1842. 

There  is  an  edition  of  this  in  New  York,  1843,  Press  of  M.  Day 
&  Co.  in  8°,  34  pp.  84 

MARRY  AT,  CAPT.  [FREDERICK] 

Narrative  of  the  Travels  and  Adventures  of  Monsieur 
Violet,  In' California,  Sonora  and  Western  Texas.  Written 
By  Capt.  Marryat. 

London.     1843. 

3  vols.  post  8°. 

I  have  not  at  hand  this  original  edition.  It  is  a  romance,  em- 
bodying as  a  basis  the  crude  geographical  knowledge  of  the  thir- 
ties of  the  far  west.  The  author  certainly  read  Kendall's  sketches 
in  the  Picayune  of  1842,  as  he  distinctly  says  so,  but  I  do  not 
think  he  obtained  any  great  portion  of  his  incidents  from  Kendall, 
still  less  from  Gregg,  whose  book  was  not  published  until  the 
following  year.  55 

NICOLLET,  I.  N. 

Report  Intended  To  Illustrate  A  Map  Of  The  Hydro- 
graphical  Basin  Of  The  Upper  Mississippi  River  Made  By 
I.  N.  Nicollet,  While  In  Employ  Under  the  Bureau  Of  the 
Corps  Of  Topographical  Engineers.  Feb.  16,  1841.  Ordered 
printed. 

Washington:  Blair  and  Rives,  Printers,  1843.  (26th 
Cong.,  2nd  Sess.  Senate  doc.  237). 

8°,  170  pp.,  map. 

Map: 

Hydrographical  Basin  of  the  Upper  Mississippi  River, 
etc.,  etc.,  By  J.  N.  Nicollet  in  the  years  1836,  '37,  '38,  '39  and 
'40;  assisted  in  1838,  '39  and  '40,  by  Lieut.  J.  C.  Fremont, 
1843  by  W.  J.  Stone. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  47 


Nicollet  gives  many  details  regarding  his  trip  to  the  upper 
Missouri  in  1839  with  Fremont.  They  left  St.  Louis  April  4th 
and  arrived  at  Fort  Pierre  June  12th.  In  his  company  he  had 
Etienne  Provost,  Wm.  Dixon,  and  the  son  of  Baptiste  Dorion, 
who  was  the  interpreter  at  Ft.  Pierre.  The  report  also  includes, 
pp.  75-92,  a  Sketch  of  the  Early  History  of  St.  Louis,  86 

NOTICE  SUR  LA  RIVIERE  ROUGE  DANS  LE  TERRI- 
TOIRE  DE  LA  BAIE-D'HUDSON. 

Montreal:     Bureau  Des  Melanges  Religieux 1843. 

8°,  32  pp. 

Probably  written  by  Tache. 

Contains  a  full  account  of  the  evangelisation  of  the  North  West 
and  a  short  account  of  Blanchet  &  Demers'  trip  to  Oregon  in 
1838.  87 


SIMPSON,  THOMAS 

Narrative  Of  The  Discoveries  On  The  North  Coast  of 
America ;  Effected  by  the  Officers  of  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company  during  the  Years  1836-39.  By  Thomas  Simpson, 
Esq. 

London:    Richard  Bentley  ...  1843. 

8°,  XIX,  419  pp.,  2  maps. 
Maps: 

Map  of  the  Arctic  Coast  of  America,  etc.,  explored  by 
Messrs.  P.  W.  Dease  and  T.  Simpson  ....  1837. 

Discoveries  of  the  Honble.  Hudson's  Bay  Company's 
Arctic  Expedition  in  1838  &  1839. 

Contains  a  description  of  a  winter  journey  from  Red  River  to 
Athabasca  (1836-7)  and  the  return  in  the  winter  of  1839-40.  The 
introduction  consists  of  a  Memoir  of  Simpson,  who  either  was 
killed  by  Indians  or  committed  suicide,  in  the  summer  of  1840, 
while  en  route  to  St.  Paul,  by  his  brother,  Alex.  Simpson. 

Alex.  Simpson  also  published  a  life  of  Thomas — The  Life  and 
Travels  of  Thomas  Simpson,  The  Arctic  Discoverer,  by  his 
brother,  Alexander  Simpson.  London :  Richard  Bentley.  1845. 
8°  VIII,  424  pp.  Portrait  and  map.  88 

SMET,  P.  J.  d* 

Letters  And  Sketches:  With  A  Narrative  Of  A  Year's 
Residence  Among  The  Indian  Tribes  Of  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tains. By  P.  J.  de  Smet,  S.  J. 

Philadelphia:     Published  by  M.  Fithian  .  .  .  1843. 

[IV1-IX  Title,  IV,  (3),  13-252;  12  plates  and  a  folded 
allegorical  leaf.  Plates  lith.  by  P.  S.  Duval,  Phila.,  pre- 
sumably after  sketches  made  by  the  author. 


48 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  

Published  in  French  in  1844  with  new  material  added  as : 

Voyages  Aux  Montagnes  Rocheuses,  Et  Une  Annee  de 
Sejour  Chez  Las  Tribus  Indiennes  Du  Vaste  Territoire  De 
L'Oregon,  Dependant  Des  Etats-Unis  D'Amerique,  Par  Le 
R.  P.  Pierre  De  Smet,  Missionaire  De  La  Compagnie  De 
Jesus. 

Malines.    P.  J.  Hanicq,  Imprimieur,  etc.     1844. 

12°   half  title,  title,  pp.   Ill- VI,   1-304   (printed  covers.) 
Port.  De  Smet,  folded  map,  19  plates. 
Maps: 

Map  has  no  title  but  shows  the  west  from  about  Long. 
95-130  and  Lat.  40-55.  Published  by  Etab.,  Geographique 
de  Bruxelles  and  shows  De  Smets'  route  from  Westport  to 
Ft.  Hall,  and  thence  to  the  Flatheads,  Ft.  Colville. 

The  Front,  to  the  Malines  edition  is  a  good  view  of  St.  Louis, 
lith.  by  Vandenbossche  a  Alost.  All  the  plates  except  the  Front, 
and  Allegorical  table  of  the  English  edition  were  reproduced  in 
the  Malines  edition  with  eight  new  ones. 

In  the  form  of  Letters.  Letter  I  being  a  reprint  of  the  Letter 
published  in  1841  on  the  Indian  Missions.  Letter  II  gives  an 
amplification  of  his  trip  in  1840.  Letters  III-VIII  are  an  account 
of  the  trip  back  to  the  Flatheads  in  1841,  leaving  Westport  May 
10th,  arriving  at  St.  Mary's  in  October.  Page  173  begins  an  account 
of  a  trip  to  Ft.  Colville  in  October  and  November,  1841,  and  a 
trip  to  Ft.  Vancouver  in  April,  1842.  Letter  XVI  gives  an  account 
of  his  return  to  St.  Louis  via  the  Missouri  River,  arriving  there 
about  November  first. 

The  French  edition,  besides  the  extra  plates,  contains  a  copy  of 
Blanchet's  letter,  dated  Ft.  Vancouver,  September  28,  1841.  89 


SNIVELY  EXPEDITION 

No  contemporary  full  account  of  this  land  pirate  expedition 
was  published,  but  I  have  collected  the  following  references  to  it 
from  Niles  Register  for  the  year  1843: 

June  3  (from  the  Galveston  Civilian  of  May  16),  an  account  of 
the  origin  and  aims  of  the  expedition. 

July  8,  extract  from  Houston  Telegraph,  that  Snively  had  left 
Coffee's  Creek  April  25th,  expecting  to  meet  Warfield  at  the 
source  of  Red  River. 

July  15,  rumor  in  Texas,  that  they  had  captured  Santa  Fe. 

July  22,  extract  from  Western  Missourian  about  Warfield's 
movements  on  the  Adkansas,  also  interview  with  St.  Vrain  on 
Snively's  plans. 

Aug.  5  (from  St.  Louis  Rep.,  July  21),  account  of  a  battle  be- 
tween U.  S.  Troops  and  Mexicans  and  capture  of  Snively's  men 
by  Capt.  Cooke. 

Aug.  19,  (from  Mo.  Reporter  of  July  31),  extract  from  Cooke's 
report  to  General  Gaines  on  the  affair;  followed  by  Games'  report 
to  Gen.  Taylor. 

Aug.  26,   (from  St.  Louis  Rep.,  Aug.   10),  referring  to  an   extra 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  49 


of  the  Clarksville,  Texas,  Standard  of  Aug.  1,  giving  full  account 
of  the  expedition. 

Aug.  26.  another  account  from  St.  Louis  New  Era,  in  form  of  a 
letter  dated  July  28th. 

Sept.  16,  Bocanezra's  remonstrance  to  Thompson. 

Sept.  23,  Galveston  papers  announce  return  of  Warfield,  state 
both  he  and  Snively  are  preparing  accounts  of  the  expedition. 

Further  documents  in  29  Cong.  1  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  43;  Morn- 
ing Star  of  Houston,  Aug.  22,  1843;  28  Cong.  2  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc. 
1,  pp.  91-112,  entitled  Texas  Documents,  containing  an  account  by 
Van  Zandt  and  a  letter  of  Snively.  For  an  interesting  account 
see  Sage,  "Scenes  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,"  1846.  90 


STEWART  EXPEDITION  OF  1843 

This  grand  expedition  of  Sir  William  Drummond  Stewart  dur- 
ing the  summer  of  1843,  made  a  great  stir  in  the  mountain  country 
and  Niles  Register  for  this  year  contains  numerous  records  of 
their  movements. 

A  short  account  of  this  memorable  journey  was  written  by  M. 
C.  Field,  one  of  the  writers  of  the  New  Orleans  Picayune,  and 
who  accompanied  the  party,  in  a  series  of  letters  published  by  the 
Picayune  June  7,  July  30,  Sept.  6,  Nov.  7  and  9. 

After  Field's  return  to  New  Orleans  in  November,  he  began  a 
series  of  articles  entitled  "Prairie  and  Mountain  Life"  and  which 
appeared  in  the  Picayune  Nov.  14,  17,  22,  25,  26,  28;  Dec.  3.  7,  8,  9, 
15,  16,  19,  20,  21,  30;  Jan.  (1844),  6,  10,  13;  Feb.  1,  29;  March  14. 

In  July,  1844,  Field,  with  his  brother,  and  Charles  Keemle 
started  the  St.  Louis  Reveille  and  they  began  the  republication 
of  these  sketches  which  continued  till  Field's  death  in  December. 
(Aug.  19,  26;  Sept.  9;  Nov.  18;  Dec.  2). 

Field  wrote  at  times  under  the  pseudonym  of  Phazma.  and 
under  this  title  he  proposed  to  publish  a  book  about  his  adven- 
tures in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  presumably  a  reprint  of  the  articles 
in  the  New  Orleans  Picayune. 

The  references  to  the  expedition  in  Niles  Reg.  occur  on  the 
following  dates,  all  1843:  April  1,  29,  May  27,  June  10  (re- 
printed from  the  Savannah  Republican,  and  valuable),  another, 
same  issue,  June  24,  July  8,  15,  22,  Sept.  30,  Nov.  4,  18,  25,  Dec. 
2,  9. 

Stewart  departed  for  Europe  during  the  winter,  never  to  return. 
He  carried  on  a  correspondence,  however,  with  William  L.,  Sub- 
lette  with  whom  he  apparently  had  been  joined  in  some  business 
venture.  Some  of  these  letters  are  preserved  in  the  Mo.  Hist. 
Soc.  (Information  from  Miss  Drumm,  librarian  of  the  Society). 

91 

WILLIAMS,  JOSEPH 

Narrative  Of  A  Tour  From  The  State  Of  Indiana  To  The 
Oregon  Territory,  In  The  Years  1841-2.  By  Joseph  Wil- 
liams. 

Cincinnati :  Printed  For  The  Author.  J.  B.  Wilson, 
Printer.  1843. 

8° — Title  with  Preface  on  recto,  pp.  3-48. 

It  was  not  copyrighted. 


SO  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


A  copy  in  the  N.  Y.  Hist.  Society,  probably  the  copy  sold  at 
Henkel's  in  1905. 

Very  rare  book,  not  known  to  any  writer  on  the  Northwest,  not 
even  Marshall.  My  copy  belonged  to  Gov.  Whitcomb  of  Indiana 
and  later  to  James  Whitcomb  Riley. 

The  author,  a  Methodist  preacher,  63  years  of  age,  left  Na- 
poleon, Indiana,  April  26,  1841,  with  the  evident  intention  of  join- 
ing some  advertised  party  at  Independence.  Caught  up  with  the 
Bartleson  party,  with  whom  De  Smet  was  traveling,  a  few  days 
out  of  Westport.  Bartleson's  party  split  on  the  Bear  River,  part 
going  to  Oregon  and  part  to  California.  Williams  with  the  Ore- 
gon party  reached  Oregon  some  time  in  September  or  October. 
Left  for  return,  April  3,  1842,  and  returned  by  Robidoux's  Fort  on 
the  Uintah  River,  Taos,  and  Bent's  Fort  and  arrived  at  Indepen- 
dence Oct.  25.  92 


DUNN,  JOHN 

History  Of  The  Oregon  Territory  And  British  North- 
American  Fur  Trade;  With  An  Account  Of  The  Habits 
And  Customs  Of  The  Principal  Native  Tribes  On  The 
Northern  Continent.  By  John  Dunn,  Late  Of  The  Hudson's 
Bay  Company,  Eight  Years  A  Resident  In  The  Country. 

London:     Edwards  and  Hughes.     1844. 

8°  pp.  VIII,  359,  Map. 
Map: 

A  Map  Of  Oregon  Territory — Drawn  on  Stone  by  J. 
Truxton. 

Dunn  gives  only  a  few  accounts  of  the  happenings  in  Oregon 
and  contains  no  journal.  The  work  is  devoted  largely  to  a  history 
of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  and  an  account  of  the  country,  as 
well  as  New  Calendonia,  derived  from  information  gained  on  the 
ground.  Dunn  was  stationed  at  Ft.  Vancouver  in  the  early  forties. 

93 


FARNHAM,  THOMAS  J. 

Travels  In  The  Californias,  And  Scenes  In  The  Pacific 
Ocean.  By  Thomas  J.  Farnham,  Author  of  "Travels  in  the 
Great  Western  Prairies,  the  Anhuac  and  Rocky  Mountains, 
and  in  the  Oregon  Territory." 

New  York :    Published  By  Saxton  &  Miles  ....  1844. 

8°,  416  pp.     Map  and  Plate  of  an  Indian. 
Map: 

Map  of  the  Californians  by  T.  J.  Farnham.  Copy,  by 
him  in  1845). 

This  book  is  chiefly  confined  to  Farnham's  experiences  in  Cali- 
fornia, a  sketch  of  its  history  and  account  of  its  resources,  etc. 
It  ends  with  a  short  account  of  his  return  via  San  Bias,  Mexico 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  51 


and  Vera  Cruz,  reaching  his  home  in  Illinois  some  time  in  the 
summer  of  1840. 

On  page  324,  Farnham  refers  to  Captain  Ewing  Young's  attempt 
to  reach  California  directly  west  from  Salt  Lake,  across  the  desert. 
On  pages  312,  et  seq.,  347,  371,  et  seq.,  occur  some  extended  quo- 
tations from  what  he  says  is  a  letter  from  one  Dr.  Lyman  of 
Buffalo,  a  friend  of  his.  These  consist  of  extracts  from  his 
journal  from  Santa  Fe  to  California  in  1841  and  observations  on 
the  character  of  the  country,  Indians,  etc.  The  route  was  from 
Santa  Fe  up  the  Rip  Grande,  down  the  San  Juan,  as  he  calls  it, 
over  the  Green  and  into  Southern  Utah,  thence  via  Las  Vegas  and 
the  Mohave  to  Los  Angeles,  the  regular  Spanish  trail. 

Lyman  speaks  of  following  the  Colorado,  whereas  he  simply 
went  more  or  less  parallel  to  it  over  the  regular  route.  He  was 
with  the  Workman-Rowland  party  but  on  account  of  a  disagree- 
ment about  some  Indian  captives  (p.  379),  he  and  two  others  left 
the  main  party  and  reached  California  after  the  others.  He  inti- 
mates that  he  was  three  months  on  the  trip  from  Santa  Fe. 

The  book  was  issued  in  four  parts,  with  printed  paper  titles. 
The  first  part  had  no  number  on  it  and  is  frequently  described  as 
a  complete  works  in  96  pp.  Parts  two  and  three  are  numbered. 
Number  four  I  have  not  seen.  Lyman  could  not  be  found  by  his 
friends  in  later  years  and  I  have  not  been  able  to  trace  him,  but 
investigations  at  Buffalo  make  it  probable  that  Farnham  was  mis- 
taken about  his  being  there  or  else  he  remained  there  only  a  short 
time.  He  probably  was  from  Massachusetts.  Bancroft  says  he 
was  John  H.  or  John  L.  94 


GREGG,  JOSIAH 

Commerce  Of  The  Prairies:  Or  The  Journal  of  a  Santa 
Fe  Trader,  During-  Eight  Expeditions  Across  The  Great 
Western  Prairies,  And  A  Residence  Of  Nearly  Nine  Years 
In  Northern  Mexico.  Illustrated  with  Maps  and  Engrav- 
ings. By  Josiah  Gregg.  In  Two  Volumes. 

New  York :  Henry  G.  Langley  ....  MDCCCXLIV.  2 
Vols. 

12°,  XVI,  17-320,  3  Plates,  map;  VIII,  9-318,  3  Plates, 
map. 

Map: 

Map  Of  The  Indian  Territory,  Northern  Texas  and  New 
Mexico  Showing  The  Great  Western  Prairies,  by  Josiah 
Gregg.  (Folding  map). 

Map  Of  The  Interior  Of  Northern  Mexico.  (Small  one 
page  map). 

The  first  and  principal  authority  on  the  Santa  Fe  Trade. 
Bradford  Prena  says  this  book  was  written  by  John  Bigelow,  a 
reporter  on  the  N.  Y.  Post,  1844,  from  Gregg's  notes. 

Gregg  afterward  went  to  California  during  the  gold  rush  and 
died  of  exposure  near  Humboldt  Bay  in  the  winter  of  1849-50.  95 


52 


JOURNAL  OF  A  TOUR  IN  THE  "INDIAN  TERRI- 
TORY," In  The  Spring  Of  1844. 

(Cover  title;  regular  title  follows): 

Journal  Of  A  Tour  In  The  "Indian  Territory"  Performed 
By  Order  Of  The  Domestic  Committee  Of  The  Board  Of 
Missions  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church,  In  The  Spring 
Of  1844,  By  Their  Secretary  and  General  Agent. 

New  York :  Published  For  The  Domestic  Committee  Of 
The  Board  Of  Missions.  By  Daniel  Dana,  Jr.,  1844. 

Title  (2-Extract  Minutes)  74  pp.  3  Maps. 

Maps: 

Outline  Map  of  Indian  Localities  in  1833.  G.  Catlin, 
Tosswill  &  Co. 

Aboriginal  America  East  of  the  Mississippi.  G  Hayward, 
Lith.,  N.  Y. 

United  States  Indian  Frontier  In  1840.  G.  Catlin,  Toss- 
will  &  Co. 

Left  New  Orleans  by  steamer  for  the  Red  River  Raft,  March 
8th,  and  on  the  21st  reached  Ft.  Towson,  then  visited  Ft.  Smith, 
Ft.  Gibson,  Ft.  Scott,  Shawnee  Mission  and  Ft.  Leavenworth.  96 

KENDALL,  GEORGE  WILKINS 

Narrative  Of  The  Texan  Santa  Fe  Expedition,  Compris- 
ing A  Description  Of  A  Tour  Through  Texas,  And  Across 
The  Great  Southwestern  Prairies,  The  Comanche  and 
Caygiia  Hunting-Grounds,  With  An  Account  Of  The  Suf- 
fering From  Want  Of  Food,  Losses  From  Hostile  Indians, 
And  Final  Capture  Of  The  Texans,  And  Their  March,  As 
Prisoners,  To  The  City  of  Mexico.  With  Illustrations  And 
A  Map.  By  George  Wilkins  Kendall. 

New  York:     Harper  &  Bros.     1844.    2  Vols. 

12°,  Tit.,  XII,  13-405,  Map,  2  Plates;  XII,  11-406,  3 
plates. 

Map: 

Texas  and  part  of  Mexico  and  the  United  States,  showing 
the  Route  of  the  First  Santa  Fe  expedition.    Harper  &  Bro., 
N.  Y. 
Plates : 

Plate  by  J.  W.  Casilear,  J.  G.  Chapman,  and  3  altered 
from  3  in  Ward's  book.  These  last  did  duty  in  several 
books  of  the  time. 

Kendall  was  owner  of  the  New  Orleans   Picayune  and  was  of 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  53 


an   adventurous    disposition.     Many   years    later    he   was   a    large 
sheep  owner  in  Texas. 

In  the  preface  he  says  the  map  is  based  partly  on  information 
from  Mr.  Gregg  and  Albert  Pike. 

Some  of  the  incidents  in  vol.  I  first  appeared  in  sketches  in  the 
N.  O.  Picayune  of  1842.  In  1843,  Nov.  16th,  at  the  Astor  House, 
New  York,  Kendall  addressed  a  letter  to  J.  Watson  Webb  (Niles 
Register,  vol.  65,  pp.  214),  in  which  he  charges  Capt.  Marryat  with 
having  stolen  a  lot  of  his  incidents  in  Mons.  Violet  from  these 
articles  in  the  Picaqune. 

The  correspondence  between  Mexico  and  the  United  States 
respecting  U.  S.  citizens  captured  on  this  expedition  is  contained 
in  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  325,  27th  Cong.  2nd  Sess.  Wash.,  1842,  104  pp. 

97 

LEE  [DANIEL],  AND  FROST,  J.  H. 

Ten  Years  In  Oregon.  By  Lee  and  J.  H.  Frost.  Late  Of 
The  Oregon  Mission  Of  The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

New  York:     Published  For  The  Authors:     J.   Collord, 
Printer.     1844. 
8°  344  pp.,  map. 
Map: 

A  Sketch  Of  The  Columbia  River,  And  Adjacent  Coun- 
try. (Very  crude,  small  folding  map). 

Gives  an  account  of  Hunt's  trip  across  the  plains.  L,ee  left  In- 
dependence April  28,  1834,  with  Wyeth,  Townsend  and  Nuttall. 
Arrived  at  Vancouver  Sept.  15.  There  is  no  journal  of  the  trip 
and  the  account  written  by  Frost  occupies  only  pp.  114-124.  Pages 
339-344  contain  speciments  of  Indian  dialect.  98 

MURRAY,  CHARLES  AUGUSTUS 

The  Prairie  Bird.  By  the  Hon.  Charles  Augustus  Mur- 
ray. 

London :     Adam  Bentley  .  .  .  1844.     3  vols. 
12°,  IV,  336;  (2)  352;  (2)  372. 

A  Romance  of  Adventures  on  the  prairies  among  the  Osages, 
Delawares,  Sioux  and  Crow  Indians.  *99 


PARKER,  JAMES  W. 

Narrative  Of  The  Perilous  Adventures,  Miraculous  Es- 
capes And  Sufferings  of  Rev.  James  W.  Parker,  During  a 
Frontier  Residence  in  Texas,  of  Fifteen  Years ;  With  an 
Impartial  Geographical  Description  of  the  Climate,  Soil, 
Timber,  Water,  ....  Of  Texas;  Written  By  Himself 
To  Which  Is  Appended  A  Narrative  Of  the  Capture  And 
Subsequent  Sufferings  Of  Mrs.  Rachel  Plummer,  (His 
Daughter,)  During  A  Captivity  of  Twenty-one  Months 


54  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Among  The  Cumanche  Indians,  With  A  Sketch  Of  Their 
Manners,  Customs,  Laws,  etc. ;  With  A  Short  Description 
Of  The  Country  Over  Which  She  Travelled  Whilst  With 
The  Indians ;  Written  By  Herself. 

Printed  At  The  Morning  Courier  Office,  4th  Street, 
Louisville,  Ky.  1844. 

16°  95  pp.,  incl.  title  (page  95  errata),  plus  35  (should 
be  36). 

My  copy  is  enclosed  in  paper  wrapper  with  following  title: 
Parker's  Narrative  And  History  of  Texas;  To  Which  Is  Appended 
Mrs.  Plummer's  Narrative  Of  Her  Capticity  Of  twenty-one 
months  among  the  Cumanche  Indians.  .  .  .  (Copyright).  Louis- 
ville, Ky.,  1845. 

This  is  a  famous  episode  in  Texas  History,  and  one  of  the  cap- 
tives, Cynthia  Ann  Parker,  adopted  into  the  tribe,  became  a  kind 
of  legendary  character.  The  fort  was  captured  May  19,  1836,  and 
wandered  over  the  country,  crossed  the  plains  and,  as  she  says, 
went  as  far  as  the  headwaters  of  the  Arkansas,  where  a  number  of 
tribes  of  Indians  in  March,  1837,  held  a  big  council  to  get  up  a 
combined  war  against  the  Texans. 

She  talks  of  being  on  the  headwaters  of  the  Columbia  and  even 
in  Sonora  (not  quite  certain  of  this,  however).  Finally  a  Mexican 
trader  ransomed  her  north  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  in  seven- 
teen days  she  arrived  in  Santa  Fe,  where  she  was  delivered  to  Col. 
William  Donoho,  an  American  trader,  who  finally  took  her  to  In- 
dependence about  the  beginning  of  1838.  Mrs.  Plummer's  narrative 
is  dated  January,  1839,  and  she  died  February  19.  It  has  a  separate 
title:  Narrative  of  the  Capture  And  Subsequent  Sufferings  of 
Mrs.  Rachel  Plummer,  During  A  Captivity  of  Twenty-One 
Months  Among  the  Cumanche  Indians;  With  a  Sketch  Of  Their 
Manners,  Customs,  Laws,  etc.  With  a  Short  Description  of  the 
Country  Over  Which  She  Traveled  Whilst  With  The  Indians. 
Written  by  herself.  1839. 

In  the  preface  dated  Houston,  Dec.  3,  1839,  this  is  called  the 
second  edition.  100 


TIXIER,  VICTOR 

Voyage  Aux  Prairies  Osages,  Louisiane  Et  Missouri, 
1839-40.  Par  Victor  Tixier. 

Clermont-Ferrand,  chez  Perol,  Libraire-Editeur,  etc.  Et 
A  Paris,  chez  Roret,  etc.  1844. 

8°  260  pp.  including  title  and  half  title,  two  of  vocab- 
ulary, two  of  index.  5  plates  after  designs  by  Tixier. 

Left  France  Nov.  23,  1839,  and  arrived  at  New  Orleans  Jan.  27, 
1840,  where  he  received  an  invitation  from  Major  Chouteau  to 
visit  the  Osages  and  hunt  buffalo  with  him.  Arrived  at  St.  Louis 
12th  of  May  and  from  there  went  to  Independence;  left  Indepen- 
dence May  20th  for  Papins  trading  post,  called  Nion-Chou.  Ac- 
companied the  Osages  on  a  buffalo  hunt  to  the  Grand  Saline. 

101 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  55 


FREMONT,  JOHN  CHARLES 

Report  Of  The  Exploring  Expeditions  To  The  Rocky 
Mountains  In  The  Year  1842,  And  To  Oregon  And  North 
California  In  The  Years  1843-'44.  By  Brevet  Captain  J.  C. 
Fremont,  Of  The  Topographical  Engineers,  Under  The 
Orders  of  Col.  J.  J.  Abert,  Chief  Of  The  Topographical 
Bureau.  Printed  By  Order  Of  The  Senate  Of  The  United 
States. 

Washington :     Gales  And  Seaton  .  .  .  1845. 

8°  693  pp.,  22  plates,  4  maps,  and  1  large  folding  map  in 
pocket. 
Maps: 

Map  of  Bear  River. 

Plan  Great  Salt  Lake. 

Map  Rio  de  los  Americanos. 

Plan  Beer  Springs. 
Plates : 

13  plates  scenery,  5  plates  fossil  shells,  4  plates  botany. 

Large  Map: 

Map  of  the  Exploring  Expedition  To  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tains in  the  Year  1842  and  to  Oregon  and  California  in  the 
Years  1843-4  by  Capt.  J.  C.  Fremont.  .  .  .  Lith.  E.  Weber 
&  Co.,  Bait. 

(On  top,  Profile  of  the  Route  from   the  mouth  of  the 
Kansas  to  the  Pacific  by  Capt.  J.  C.  Fremont  in  1843). 
Contents : 

Pages  3-6,  Notice  to  the  Reader  by  Fremont;  7-79,  Fre- 
mont's Report— 1842  expedition;  81-98,  Cat.  Plants;  99-101, 
Ast.  Obser.  &  Table  of  Lat.  and  Long. ;  103-294,  Fremont's 
Report,  1843-4  expedition  dated  Wash.,  March  1,  1845;  295- 
310,  Appendix  A  &  B,  Geology  and  fossils;  311-319,  Appen- 
dix C,  Plants  by  John  Torrey;  321-693,  Observations  and 
Tables. 

Same  printed  by  order  of  the  House  of  Representatives,  by 
Blair  &  Rives,  in  583  pp.  with  same  plates  and  maps,  the  astron- 
omical observations  being  omitted. 

The  plates  of  the  1842  trip  were  probably  re-engraved  for  this 
edition,  as  the  plates  of  Ft.  Laramie  and  a  view  of  the  Wind 
River  Mountains,  certainly  were. 

The  maps  were  undoubtedly  made  by  Charles  Preuss  who  ac- 
companied Fremont,  and  probably  the  sketches  were  made  by  him 
also.  102 


HASTINGS,  LANSFORD  W. 

The  Emigrants'  Guide,  to  Oregon  and  California,  Con- 
taining Scenes  and  Incidents  of  a  Party  of  Oregon  Emi- 


56 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

grants;  a  description  of  Oregon;  Scenes  and  Incidents  of  a 
party  of  California  Emigrants;  and  a  Description  of  Cali- 
fornia; With  A  Description  of  the  Different  Routes  to 
Those  Countries ;  and  All  Necessary  Information  Relative 
To  The  Equipment,  Supplies,  And  the  Method  of  Travel- 
ling. By  Lansford  W.  Hastings,  Leader  of  the  California 
Emigrants  of  1842. 

Cincinnati:    Published  By  George  Conclin  .  .  .  1845. 

8°,  Title  3-4,  Preface,  5-152  pp.  P.  P.  W.  Ban.  &  McD. 
Also  by  Conclin — 1847  in  160  pp.  Plate  (Sab).  Also  by 
Conclin — 1849  in  168  pp.  Front  of  an  Eagle.  Also  by 
Conclin — 1848,  Cine.  (Lib.  Cong.) 

The  1849  edition  same  as  first  edition  to  page  152;  153-156  ac- 
count of  California  by  R.  Semple.  157-160  The  Oregon  Treaty, 
161-8  The  Gold  Region  of  California,  which  consists  of  Mason's 
Letters.  This  Edition  has  a  different  title — A  New  History  of 
Oregon  and  California.  .  .  .  Cincinnati :  Geo.  Conclin,  1849.  Con- 
tains a  Front,  of  an  Eagle  with  a  Shield. 

The  party  left  Independence  May  15,  1842  and  Hastings  was 
elected  Captain  and  Lovejoy  2nd  Capt.  Fitzpatrick  guided  the 
party  from  Ft.  Laramie  to  the  Green  River.  Meek  acted  as  guide 
to  Ft.  Hall  for  the  advance  party  with  the  wagons.  Arrived  at  the 
settlement  in  Lower  Oregon  October  5.  This  account  occupies 
pp.  5-22,  then  follows  an  account  of  Oregon  (pp.  23-46).  Hastings 
left  Oregon  May  30,  1843,  for  California.  Pages  64-69  contain  an 
account  of  the  trip.  Then  follows  a  description  of  California,  pp. 
69-133.  Pages  134-142  is  an  account  of  the  different  routes,  and  pp. 
143-152  a  sketch  of  the  equipment,  supplies  needed,  method  of 
traveling,  Indians,  etc.,  etc.  *103 

KEARNY,  S.  W. 

Report  of  a  summer  campaign  to  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
....  in  1845.  Headquarters  1st  Regiment  Dragoons,  St. 
Louis,  Mo.,  Sept.  15,  1845.  Signed  S.  W.  Kearny,  Colonel 
1st  Dragoon. 

Pages  210-220  of  Sen.  Ex.  doc.  No.  1,  29th  Cong.,  1st  Ses- 
sion. 
Map: 

Map  Of  The  Route  Pursued  By  The  Late  Expedition 
under  the  command  of  Col.  S.  W.  Kearny,  U.  S.  1st  Dra- 
goons. By  W.  B.  Franklin,  Lieut.  Corps.  Top.  Eng 

1845.    Smith  &  McClelland  Sc.  Wash. 

Pages  210-217  contain  Journals  (abstracts)  kept  by  Lt.  Turner, 
adjutant,  and  Lt.  Franklin,  Top.  Eng.,  during  this  expedition.  The 
expedition  left  Leavenworth  May  1st;  went  up  the  North  Fork 
of  the  Platte  to  Ft.  Laramie,  and  then  over  South  Pass  to  Green 
River  returning  via  foothills  in  Colorado  to  Bent's  Fort.  Ar- 
rived at  Ft.  Leavenworth  August  24th.  Fitzpatrick  was  the  guide. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  57 


Pages  217-220  occupied  by  a  report  of  E.  V.  Sumner,  Capt.  1st 
Dragoons,  of  a  trip  from  Ft.  Atkinson  May  7th,  to  Traverse  des 
S'ioux  and  Devil's  lake.  His  object  was  to  stop  the  animal  hunt 
of  the  Red  River  halfbreeds  into  U.  S.  territory. 

Niles  Reg.,  Oct.  25,  1845,  has  an  article,  Sketches  of  the  Great 
West,  from  the  Union,  as  a  letter  from  Capt.  Cooke  of  the  Regi- 
ment giving  a  long  and  very  interesting  account  of  the  expedition. 
Kearny's  report  was  published  also  in  Niles  Register  Jan.  10, 
1846.  For  other  references  to  this  expedition  see  Niles  Register, 
1845,  May  10,  June  14,  July  12,  August  2,  and  Sept.  6.  Boston  Atlas, 
October  25  (copied  in  N.  Y.  Weekly  Tribune,  November  1),  ac- 
count by  one  of  the  party.  St.  Louis  Rep.,  September  1  (N.  Y. 
Weekly  Tribune,  September  20),  another  account.  104 

ST.  JOHN,  PERCY  B. 

The  Trapper's  Bride :  A  Tale  Of  The  Rocky  Mountains. 
With  The  Rose  Of  Ouisconsin.  By  Percy  B.  St.  John. 
Second  Edition. 

London :    Hayward  And  Adam  .  .  .  1845. 

12°  Half  tit., 'tit,  Leaf  ded.  and  adv.,  half  title,  pp.  1-71. 
Trapper's  Bride,  new  half  title,  pp.  75-166,  the  Rose  of 
Ouisconsin. 

This  is  probably  the  first  edition  in  book  form,  the  stories 
having  evidently  appeared  in  some  magazine.  In  the  advertise- 
ment St.  John  says  he  had  lived  some  years  in  the  backwoods  of 
Texas.  This  is  a  tale  of  Fort  Bent.  105 


WILKES,  GEORGE 

The  History  Of  Oreg-on,  Geographical  And  Political  With 
An  Examination  Of  The  Project  Of  A  National  Railroad, 
From  The  Atlantic  To  The  Pacific  Ocean.  By  George 
Wilkes.  Also  An  Account  Of  The  Characteristics  And 
Present  Conditions  Of  The  Oregon  Territory,  By  A  Mem- 
ber Of  The  Recently  Organized  Oregon  Legislature.  Ac- 
companied By  A  Map. 

New  York:     William  H.  Coyler  ....  1845. 

(Cover  title;  regular  title  follows): 

The  History  Of  Oregon,  Geographical  And  Political.  By 
George  Wilkes.  Embracing  An  Analysis  Of  The  Old 
Spanish  Claims,  The  British  Pretensions,  The  United  States 
Title;  An  Account  Of  The  Present  Condition  And  Char- 
acter Of  The  Country,  And  A  Thorough  Examination  Of 
The  Project  Of  A  National  Railroad,  From  The  Atlantic 
To  The  Pacific  Ocean.  To  Which  Is  Added  A  Journal  Of 
The  Events  Of  The  Celebrated  Emigrating  Expedition  Of 
1843 ;  Containing  An  Account  Of  The  Route  From  Missouri 
To  Astoria,  A  Table  Of  Distances,  And  The  Physical  And 


58 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Political  Description  Of  The  Territory,  And  Its  Settlements, 
By  A  Member  Of  The  Recently  Organized  Oregon  Legis- 
lature. The  Whole  Concluding  With  An  Appendix,  Con- 
taining The  Treaties,  Diplomatic  Correspondence,  And  Ne- 
gotiations Between  Spain,  Russia,  Great  Britain,  And  The 
United  States,  In  Relation  To  The  North  West  Coast. 

New  York:     William  H.  Colyer  .  .  .  1845. 

8°  Title;  pp.  3-4,  Preface;  5-46,  History  of  Oregon ;  47-62, 
Wilkes'  Proposal  for  a  National  Railroad;  63-114,  Travels 
across  the   Great  Western   Prairies  and  through   Oregon; 
115-127,  Appendix;  reverse  127,  errata,  Index  (1). 
Map: 

Map  has  no  title  but  embraces  from  44e  to  about  55° 
north  latitude  and  110°  to  132°  west  latitude.  In  a  note  to 
the  preface  Wilkes  says  the  map  is  taken  from  an  English 
publication  on  the  Oregon  question. 

The  account  of  the  1843  expedition  is  by  Peter  Burnett  and  is 
taken  from  letters  by  him  published  in  the  New  York  Herald, 
with  slight  changes  only,  Dec.  28.  1844,  Jan.  5,  6,  18,  1845.  See  also 
Niles  Register,  Nov.  2,  1844.  and  St.  Louis  Reporter,  Aug.  23,  1845, 
for  a  letter  by  him  dated  Nov.  10,  1843.  M.  McCarver's  letters  on 
same  expedition,  Ohio  Statesman,  Sept.  11,  1844,  N.  Y.  Herald, 
June  3,  1844,  N.  Y.  Tribune,  Aug.  5,  1844,  also  Niles  Register, 
April  19,  1844,  from  Peoria  Register. 

Doctored  and  republished  in  London  as: 

An  Account  And  History  of  the  Oregon  Territory;  To- 
gether With  A  Journal  of  The  Emigrating  Party  Across 
The  Western  Prairies  of  America,  And  to  The  Mouth  of 
The  Columbia  River. 

London:  Printed  and  Published  By  William  Lott  .  .  . 
1846. 

16°  Tit.,  160  pp.     (160  marked  169). 

P.  P.  W.  with  same  title. 

The  Burnett  Journal  appears  in  an  abridged  form  except  where 
praise  of  the  H.  B.  Co.  appears.  In  place  of  Wilkes'  Proposal  for 
a  Nat'l  R.  R.  appears  a  chapter,  "The  Capabilities  and  Prospects 
of  Oregon  By  a  Three  Years'  Resident"  [an  Englishman]. 

The  Introductory  History  is  entirely  distinct  from  Wilkes  and 
written  to  support  the  British  pretentipns.  A  few  of  Wilkes' 
documents  were  reprinted  in  the  appendix. 

The  copy  I  saw  in  the  N.  Y.  Hist  Soc.  had  no  map.  106 

ABERT,  J.  W. 

Message  From  The  President  Of  The  United  States,  In 
Compliance  With  A  Resolution  Of  The  Senate,  Communi- 
cating a  report  of  an  expedition  led  by  Lieutenant  Abert,  on 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 59 

the  Upper  Arkansas  and  through  the  country  of  the  Caman- 
che  Indians,  in  the  fall  of  the  year  1845,  June  16,  1846. 
Read  and  referred,  July  11,  ordered  printed. 

Journal  of  Lieutenant  J.  W.  Abert  from  Bent's  Fort  to 
St.  Louis  in  1845. 

Washington:  1846.  29th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  Senate  doc. 
438. 

8°,  75  pp.     Map,  11  plates  of  scenery  and  1  of  a  Day's 
March  (Colored  plates  in  my  copy). 
Map: 

Map  Showing  the  Route  pursued  by  the  Exploring  Ex- 
pedition to  New  Mexico  And  The  Southern  Rocky  Moun- 
tains Made  under  the  orders  of  Capt.  J.  C.  Fremont,  U.  S. 
Topographical  Engineers,  and  reduced  by  Lieut.  J.  W. 
Abert  assisted  by  Lieut.  W.  G.  Peck,  U.  S.  T.  E.  during  the 
year  1845. 

Abert's  report  begins  Aug.  9,  1845,  for  the  Survey  of  Purgatory- 
Creek,  Canadian  and  False  Washita  acting  on  orders  received 
from  Col.  Fremont.  Started  Aug.  12th  with  Fitzpatrick  as  guide, 
who  had  just  returned  from  South  Pass,  where  he  had  guided 
Col.  Kearny  and  the  Dragoons.  Went  West  to  Raton  Mountains 
and  thence  down  the  Canadian.  Refers  to  a  trip  of  a  Mr.  Stan- 
ley, probably  from  Gregg,  made  in  1825.  Returned  through  the 
Creek  Nation  in  the  Indian  Territory  and  arrived  at  Ft.  Gibson 
Oct.  21st. 

Contains  beautiful  colored  plates.  Abert  made  the  first  astron- 
omical observations  through  this  unknown  country  and  therefore 
his  map  is  of  great  importance.  107 

JAMES,  THOMAS 

Three  Years  Among  The  Indians  And  Mexicans.  By 
General  Thomas  James  of  Monroe  County,  Illinois. 

Waterloo,  111.  Printed  In  The  Office  Of  the  "War 
Eagle."  1846. 

8°,  130  pp. 

James  gives  an  account  of  his  experiences  on  the  Upper  Mis- 
souri, 1809-10,  his  expedition  to  Santa  Fe  in  1821-2,  and  his  ex- 
periences on  the  prairies  in  1823-4. 

The  only  copies  I  know  of  are  in  possession  of  the  N.  Y.  State 
Library,  Albany,  and  the  Missouri  Historical  Society,  St.  Louis. 

Reprinted  in  1916  by  the  Mo.  Hist.  Society,  with  notes  by 
Walter  B.  Douglas.  The  notes  give  location  of  various  later 
printed  journals,  etc. 

Journal  of  J.  B.  Trudeau  among  the  Arikara  Indians  in  1795. 
Am.  Hist.  Review,  Vol.  19,  First  Part;  Mo.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.  Vol. 
IV,  No.  1,  Second  Part;  Bradley's  Journal  Mont.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll. 
II,  p.  152;  Capt.  Wm.  Becknell's  Journal,  Mo.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll. 
Vol.  II,  No.  6;  Col.  Marmaduke's  Journal  Mo.  Hist.  Review,  VI, 
Columbia,  1911. 


60  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


For  another  early  trip  to  Santa  Fe  (in  1822)  see  Journal  of 
Jacob  Fowler,  edited  with  notes  by  Elliot  Coues,  N.  Y.,  1898. 
also  the  appendix  to  the  reprint  of  James.  *108 

JOHNSON,  OVERTON,  AND  WINTER,  WM.  H. 

Route  Across  The  Rocky  Mountains,  With  A  Description 
Of  Oregon  And  California ;  Their  Geographical  Features, 
Their  Resources,  Soil,  Climate,  Productions,  etc.,  etc.  By 
Overton  Johnson  And  Wm.  H.  Winter,  Of  The  Emigration 
of  1843. 

Lafayette,  Ind.    John  B.  Semans,  Printer.     1846. 

8°  Title;  pp.  III-V  (1),  preface;  VII-VIII,  contents, 
9-152,  text. 

Very  rare  book,  not  seen  by  Bancroft. 

Preface  states  that  the  route  to  California,  descriptive  of  that 
country,  and  the  return  to  Ft.  Hall  are  from  the  notes  of  Winter. 

Left  Independence  in  the  latter  part  of  May  (25th)  and  arrived 
at  Oregon  City  Nov.  13th.  Johnson  left  Oregon  City  to  return, 
19th  of  April,  1845.  Refers  to  Colonel  Karney's  trip  to  the  South 
Pass  that  year  with  200  Dragoons.  Reached  Westport  Aug.  29th. 

109 

[SAGE,  RUFUS  B.] 

Scenes  In  The  Rocky  Mountains,  And  In  Oregon,  Cali- 
fornia, New  Mexico,  Texas,  And  The  Grand  Prairies ;  Or 
Notes  By  The  Way,  During  An  Excursion  Of  Three  Years, 
With  A  Description  Of  The  Countries  Passed  Through, 
Including  Their  Geography,  Geology,  Resources,  Present 
Condition,  And  The  Different  Nations  Inhabiting  Them. 
By  A  New  Englander. 

Philadelphia :     Published  by  Carey  &  Hart.     1846. 

12°  XII,  13-303.    Map. 
Map: 

Map  of  Oregon,  California,  New  Mexico,  N.  W.  Texas, 
and  the  proposed  Territory  of  Ne-Bras-Ka.  By  Rufus  B. 
Sage,  1846.  F.  Michelin's  lith.,  N.  Y. 

Arrived  in  Westport  in  May,  1841,  too  late  to  accompany  a 
party  to  Oregon.  Finally  left  Sept.  2nd  with  one  of  the  return 
fur  trade  parties.  Returned  to  Independence  July  21,  1842. 
Started  out  again  in  early  August  for  Ft.  Lancaster  and  thence 
to  the  Arkansas  and  while  on  Fountain  Creek  was  passed  by 
Fitzpatrick  and  Van  Dusen  on  their  way  to  the  States.  Stopped 
at  the  Pueblo  &  Taos  and  made  an  excursion  to  Uintah  River 
with  Roubideau.  After  a  short  stay,  continued  to  Ft.  Hall  and 
arrived  there  Nov.  9th,  returned  in  December  by  North  Park  and 
Middle  Park  on  the  Platte  River  and  wintered  on  the  Platte  be- 
low Cherry  Creek. 

He  says  Captain  Warfield,  a  Texan,  came  to  Ft.  Lancaster  for 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  61 


recruits  for  some  expedition.  Sage  found  the  Texans  on  the 
Arkansas  River  below  the  old  Fort.  He  finally  joined  Warfield 
between  the  Cimaron  and  the  Arkansas.  This  was  the  Snively 
expedition  of  which  he  gives  a  long  account,  including  the  sur- 
render to  Crook.  He  then  returned  to  the  Platte.  He  met  Fre- 
mont at  Fort  Lancaster  in  July,  1843.  On  the  17th  of  March, 
1844,  he  started  from  Ft.  Lancaster  to  the  U.  S.  via  Bent's  Fort, 
thence  down  to  Van  Buren,  Arkansas,  which  he  reached  July  4th. 
The  second  edition,  revised  and  published  by  Carey  &  Hart,  in 
1847,  contains  the  name  of  the  author  on  the  title  page,  but  the 
map  was  apparently  not  issued  with  it,  and,  in  fact,  very  few 
copies  of  the  1846  edition  are  found  with  the  map.  110 

SHIVELY,  J.  M. 

Route  And  Distances  To  Oregon  And  California,  With 
A  Description  Of  Watering-Places,  Crossings,  Dangerous 
Indians,  etc.,  etc.  By  J.  M.  Shively. 

Washington,  D.  C. :    Wm.  Greer,  Printer.    1846. 

8°,  pp.  15  incl.  title.    P.  P.  W.  with  same  title. 

Shively  was  an  Oregon  pioneer  and  described  the  route  from 
personal  experience. 

At  the  end  Shively  says :  In  Preparation  by  the  Author  a  Con- 
cise Description  of  the  Oregon  and  California  Countries,  climate, 
soil,  natural  production,  together  with  a  Map  of  the  same. 

Query:     Ever  Published? 

Shively  left  Oregon  April  19,  1845  and  arrived  at  Independence 
just  before  August  14th.  Niles  Register,  Aug.  30,  1845,  page  416. 
He  afterward  returned  to  Oregon  in  the  government  service. 

Copy  in  Library  of  Congress.  Ill 

[STEWART,  WILLIAM  DRUMMOND] 

Altowan ;  Or  Incidents  Of  Life  And  Adventure  In  The 
Rocky  Mountains.  By  An  Amateur  Traveller.  Edited  by 
J.  Watson  Webb.  In  Two  Volumes. 

Harper  &  Brothers,  Publishers  .  .  .  New  York.     1846. 

12°  Tit.  XXIX,  25-255 ;  240  pp. 

Recently  again  catalogued  as  by  Sir  William  Stuart,  that  is  to 
say,  William  Drummond  Stewart,  a  noted  character  of  the  plains 
in  the  30*s.  I  see  no  resemblance  between  these  tales  and  those  in 
Edward  Warren  undoubtedly  written  by  Stewart. 

Mr.  Webb  in  the  introduction  gives  some  of  his  own  personal 
experiences  in  the  army,  including  a  trip  from  Chicago  to  Ft. 
Armstrong  on  the  Mississippi  in  the  winter  of  1821-2.  He  also 
says  the  book  itself  was  written  by  a  half-pay  officer  of  the 
British  army  who  first  came  to  New  York  in  1832,  and  then  went 
to  St.  Louis  and  with  General  Ashley  to  the  Rendezvous.  He 
then  remained  in  the  mountains,  went  to  the  Pacific,  returned  to- 
the  mountains  and  after  3%  years  in  the  mountains  returned  to- 
St.  Louis.  After  spending  the  winter  of  1836-7  on  Long  Island 
with  Webb,  he  returned  to  the  mountains,  where  he  spent  two 


62  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


more  summers  and  a  winter.  Then  he  went  to  Scotland,  but  re- 
turned again  in  1842.  This  of  course  indicates  nobody  but  Stewart 
as  the  author. 

A.  J.  Miller  accompanied  Stewart  on  the  1837  expedition. 
Stewart,  according  to  Rose,  returned  to  the  river  in  the  fall  of 
1837  and  returned  to  the  mountains  in  the  summer  of  1838.  Rose 
returned  with  him  in  the  fall,  arriving  about  November.  See 
Journal  and  Enquirer,  N.  Y.,  May  7,  1839,  announcing  opening  of 
an  exhibit  of  pictures  at  the  Apollo  Gallery,  painted  at  New  Or- 
leans by  Miller,  from  sketches  made  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  the 
property  of  a  baronet  who  had  spent  nearly  seven  years  in  the 
mountains,  and  announcing  a  full  description  the  following  day, 
but  this  did  not  appear  on  the  8th.  The  N.  Y.  Commercial  Ad- 
vertiser, May  14,  1839,  says  the  paintings,  18  in  all,  belonged  to 
Stewart  who  was  shortly  leaving  for  England.  Exhibit  adver- 
tised May  15-23. 

Mr.  Harry  Walters  has  in  hs  possesson  at  Baltimore  four  large 
portfolios  filled  with  sketches  by  Miller  of  events,  scenery,  etc., 
made  on  his  expedition  with  Stewart.  Four  of  these  paintings  by 
Miller  were  last  summer  in  the  possession  of  a  dealer  in  Edin- 
burgh. 112 

BARNUM,  JAMES  H. 

The  Traveller's  Guide,  Or  The  Life  of  James  H.  Barnum. 
Written  By  Himself. 

Gt.  Barrington:     1847. 

8°,  52  pp.,  including  title.  Green  paper  covers  with 
same  title. 

Green  paper  covers  with  same  title. 

This  entertaining  and  very  little  known  work  of  travel  and  ad- 
venture is  confined  to  wanderings  about  the  Mississippi  Valley. 
Barnum  makes  one  or  two  remarks  about  a  journey  to  Oregon, 
but  I  think  this  journey  only  existed  in  his  imagination,  as  there 
is  absolutely  nothing  in  the  book  to  bear  out  any  such  claim.  113 

BLANCHET,  F.  N. 

Memoire  Presente  A  La  S.  Congregation  De  La  Propa- 
gande  Sur  Le  Territoire  De  L'Oregon,  Par  Mgr.  F.  N. 
Blanchet,  Eveque  De  Drasa.  (In  Rapport  Sur  Les  Missions 
Du  Diocese  De  Quebec  Et  Autres  Que  En  Ont  Ci-Devant 
Fait  Partie.  Juillet  1847,  No.  7). 

Quebec  .  .  .1847. 

This  report  occupies  pp.  2-24  of  this  number  and  contains  a 
condensed  account  of  the  evangelization  of  both  Californias  and 
Oregon,  together  with  a  brief  account  of  the  early  colonization 
and  voyages,  both  by  land  and  sea.  This  is  followed  by  some 
extracts  of  letters  from  Demers  and  Bolduc  from  Oregon  City 
and  Willamette.  Demers  speaks  of  Warre  and  Vancouver,  picking 
out  a  site  for  a  fortification  on  Cape  Disappointment.  114 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 63 

THE  CONQUEST  OF  SANTA  FE  And  Subjugation  of  New 
Mexico,  By  The  Military  Forces  Of  The  United  States ; 
With  Documents  Embracing  The  Opinion  Of  The  Honro- 
able  Thomas  H.  Benton,  Gen.  Sam  Houston,  And  Others, 
In  Reference  To  Annexation ;  And  A  History  of  Colonel 
Doniphan's  Campaign  in  Chihuahua.  By  A.  Captain  of 
Volunteers. 

Philadelphia :    A.  Packer  &  Co.  ...  1847. 
8°,  48  pp.  including  cover  title  and  title.    Cover  title  same 
except  omitting  paragraph  beginning  "With  Documents". 

The  Captain  of  Volunteers  worked  with  the  scissors  only,  most- 
ly on  government  documents,  but  a  few  interesting  ones  from 
newspapers  and  other  sources  are  included.  I  understand  there 
were  several  issues  of  this  with  differences.  115 

COYNER,  DAVID  H. 

The  Lost  Trappers ;  A  Collection  Of  Interesting  Scenes 
And  Events  In  The  Rocky  Mountains ;  Together  With  A 
Short  Description  Of  California:  Also,  Some  Account  Of 
The  Fur  Trade,  Especially  As  Carried  On  About  The 
Sources  Of  The  Missouri,  Yellow  Stone,  And  On  The 
Waters  Of  The  Columbia,  In  The  Rocky  Mountains.  By 
David  H.  Coyner. 

Cincinnati :    J.  A.  &  U.  P.  James  .  .  .  1847. 

12°  XV,  17-255. 

This  contains  an  account  of  the  trip  of  Capt.  Ezekiel  Williams 
to  the  Mountains  in  1807  to  return  the  Mandan  Chief.  Also 
the  further  adventures  of  Williams  ,  Workman  and  Spencer.  At 
end  is  a  lot  of  information  about  Astor's  Co.  and  Oregon;  none 
original. 

There  has  been  much  speculation  regarding  this  book,  but  it 
appears  to  me  that  the  adventures  of  Williams,  Workman  and 
Spencer  are  in  the  main  authentic,  although  the  years  may  be  in- 
correctly stated.  For  the  true  story  of  Williams,  see  Mo.  Hist. 
Soc.  Coll.,  Vol  IV,  No.  2.  116 

CUTTS,  JAMES  MADISON 

The  Conquest  Of  California  And  New  Mexico,  By  The 
Forces  Of  The  United  States,  In  The  Years  1846  &  1847. 
By  James  Madison  Cutts.  With  Engravings,  Plans  Of 
Battle,  etc.  * 

Philadelphia:     Published  by  Carey  and  Hart,  1847. 

12°,  Port.  Kearny,  Eng.  Title  with  Port,  of  Fremont, 
264  pp.  1  Map  and  3  Plans  included  in  the  pagination. 
Pub.  both  in  cloth  and  paper  wrappers. 

This  contains  Capt.  Johnston's  notes  afterward  published  with 


64  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


the  Emory  Report.  Also  some  communications  from  Kearny  in 
California,  together  with  a  short  account  of  the  return  of  Kearny 
and  his  party  June  to  August,  1847,  over  the  mountains,  from  the 
notes  of  an  officer,  (Swords?),  one  of  the  party.  Swords  wrote  a 
journal  of  this  expedition  which  I  have  occasionally  seen  quoted, 
but  which  apparently  was  never  published.  The  book  was  pub- 
lished in  the  fall  after  the  return  of  the  Doniphan  regiment  to  St. 
Louis.  117 


EDWARDS,  FRANK  S. 

A  Campaign  in  New  Mexico  With  Colonel  Doniphan.  By 
Frank  S.  Edwards,  A  Volunteer.  With  a  Map  of  The 
Route,  And  A  Table  Of  the  Distances  Traversed. 

Philadelphia :    Carey  And  Hart.    1847. 

12°,  XVI,  inc.  title  &  half  title  17-184  pp.  Map.  [Table  of 
Distances  pp.  180-184]. 
Map: 

Map  showing  Col.  A.  W.  Doniphan's  Route  through  the 
States  of  New  Mexico,  Chihuahua  and  Coahuila.  (Eng. 
by  Thos.  Sinclair,  Phila. :  Copy,  by  Carey  &  Hart). 

This  is  the  most  entertaining  account  of  the  expedition. 
London  edition  of  1848  in  134  pp.     12°  is  the  commonest.          118 

FITZPATRICK,  THOMAS 

Letter  by  Thomas  Fitzpatrick  dated  Bent's  Fork,  Arkan- 
sas River,  Sept.  18,  1847.  30th  Cong.  1  Session,  Sen.  Ex. 
Doc.  1,  App.  to  the  Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Indian 
Affairs,  pp.  238-249. 

A  very  valuable  and  interesting  report  to  the  Indian  Commis- 
sioner in  which  he  recounts  his  experiences  with  Capt.  Love's 
party  from  June  10th,  the  attack  on  Hayden's  train  and  his  meet- 
ing with  the  Cheyenne  and  Arapahoe  chiefs.  He  wanted  a  com- 
pany of  250  riflemen  to  handle  the  Indians. 

See  Schoolcraft's  Archives,  Vol.  1,  page  257  for  an  article  by 
Fitzpatrick  on  the  Comanche  Indians.  In  the  same  volume  will 
be  found  an  article  by  R.  S.  Neighbors  on  the  Comanches  of 
Texas. 

March  1,  1847,  John  S.  Robb,  under  the  pseudonym  of  "Solitaire" 
published  in  the  St.  Louis  Reveille  (Vol.  Ill,  No.  34)  an  account 
of  the  life  and  adventures  of  Fitzpatrick.  119 

HUGHES,  JOHN  T. 

Doniphan's  Expedition    [Vignette]   By  John  T.  Hughes. 
Of  The  First  Regiment  Of  Missouri  Cavalry.     Illustrated. 
Cincinnati :     Published  By  U.  P.  James.  .... 
(Cover  title,  regular  title  follows): 

Doniphan's  Expedition ;  Containing  An  Account  Of  The 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 65 

Conquest  Of  New  Mexico;  General  Kearney's  Overland 
Expedition  To  California;  Doniphan's  Campaign  Against 
The  Navajos ;  His  Unparalleled  March  Upon  Chihuahua 
And  Durango ;  And  The  Operations  Of  General  Price  At 
.  Santa  Fe:  With  A  Sketch  Of  The  Life  of  Col.  Doniphan. 
Illustrated  With  Plans  of  Battle-Fields  And  Fine  Engrav- 
ings. By  John  T.  Hughes,  A.  B.,  Of  The  First  Regiment 
Of  Missouri  Cavalry. 

Cincinnati:    U.  P.  James  ....  [18471. 

8°,  Tit.,  VIII,  9-144  pp.     Front,  the  Volunteer,  Illus.  in 
text. 
Map: 

A  New  Map  of  Mexico,  California  and  Oregon.  Pub.  by 
J.  A.  and  U.  P.  James.  Cin.  1848. 

Woodcut  of  "The  Volunteer"  and  3  Plans  included  in  the 
pagination. 

Doniphan's  Report  from  El  Paso  to  Chihuahua  published  in 
Niles  Reg.  May  15,  1847,  in  full,  and  a  letter  from  him  in  same, 
July  3,  1847.  This  last  number  also  contains  list  of  casualties 
after  leaving  Chihuahua.  News  from  the  expedition  will  be  found 
in  Niles  Reg.,  Vol.  71,  pp.  241,  401  and  Vol.  72,  pp.  71,  102,  192,  224, 
252,  266,  316.  120 

PALMER,  JOEL 

Journal  Of  Travels  Over  The  Rocky  Mountains,  To  The 
Mouth  Of  The  Columbia  River;  Made  During  The  Years 
1845  And  1846.  By  Joel  Palmer. 

Cincinnati :    J.  A.  and  U.  P.  James  ....  1847. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  follows) : 

Journal  of  Travels  Over  The  Rocky  Mountains,  To  The 
Mouth  Of  The  Columbia  River,  Made  During  The  Years 
1845  and  1846:  Containing  Minute  Descriptions  Of  The 
Valleys  of  the  Willamette,  Umpqua,  And  Clamath ;  A  Gen- 
.eral  Description  Of  Oregon  Territory;  Its  Inhabitants,  Cli- 
mate, Soil,  Productions,  etc.,  etc. ;  A  List  Of  Necessary 
Outfit  For  Emigrants ;  And  A  Table  of  Distances  From 
Camp  to  Camp  on  the  Route;  Also  A  Letter  for  the  Rev. 
H.  H.  Spalding,  Resident  Missionary,  for  the  last  ten  years, 
among  the  Nez  Perce  Tribe  of  Indians,  on  the  Koos-Koos- 
Kee  River ;  the  Organic  Laws  of  Oregon  Territory ;  Tables 
of  about  300  words  of  the  Chinooc  Jagon,  and  about  200 
words  of  the  Nez  Perce  Language;  A  Description  of 
Mount  Hood ;  Incidents  of  Travel,  etc.  By  Joel  Palmer. 

Cincinnati :    J.  H.  &  U.  P.  James  ....  1847. 

12°  Title,  Leaf  of  dedication  to  Pioneers  of  the  West, 


66 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Leaf  of  Pub.  adv.,  Leaf  of  Contents,  pp.  9-145  Journal,  147- 
161  dist.  and  tables,  163-4  new  title,  appendix,  165-77. 
Spalding's  letter,  179-189,  Organic  Laws  of  Oregon  (189  pp. 
in  all).  Slip  of  Corrections. 

This  is  collated  from  a  copy  in  the  N.  Y.  Hist.  Soc.  The  only 
copy  with  all  the  preliminary  leaves  that  I  have  seen,  except  an 
imperfect  copy  with  the  following:  Leaf  of  dedication,  leaf  of 
preface  marked  V  on  lower  right  hand  corner,  leaf  of  contents, 
with  7  on  lower  right  hand  corner.  My  copy  has  only  leaf  of 
Pub.  adv.  marked  (III)  IV,  and  the  copy  Thwaites  used  only  the 
leaf  of  dedication  and  leaf  of  Pub.  adv.  All  these  four  copies 
therefore  differ,  even  the  two  which  have  all  three  leaves  have 
one  different. 

Palmer's  home  was  in  Laurel,  Indiana,  and  he  wrote  this  after 
his  return,  July  23,  1846.  Thwaites  says  it  did  not  come  from  the 
press  till  late  in  the  spring  of  1847. 

For  Palmer's  return  trip,  see  Niles  Reg.,  Aug.  1,  1846,  (from 
St.  Louis  Rep.,  July  18). 

Thwaites  pronounces  this  book  the  best  account  of  the  Oregon 
trail,  so  full  that  it  could  be  and  was,  used  as  a  "Guide"  by  the 
following  emigrants.  121 


ROBE,  JOHN  S. 

Great  American  Prize  Romance.  Kaam ;  Or,  Daylight. 
The  Arapahoe  Half-Breed,  A  Tale  Of  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tains. By  John  S.  Robb,  Esq 

Boston :    "Star  Spangled  Banner"  office  ....  1847. 

8°,  42  pp.  incl.  title  and  cover  with  same  title,  except  im- 
print. Jones,  Publisher  [Boston].  1847.  pp.  38-42  adv. 

A  note  on  the  title  page  says  a  premium  of  $150  was  paid  for 
this  lurid  tale  by  the  Dollar  Newspaper  of  Philadelphia.  122 


RUXTON,  GEORGE  F. 

Adventures  In  Mexico  And  The  Rocky  Mountains.  By 
George  F.  Ruxton,  Esq.  Member  of  the  Royal  Geographical 
Society,  the  Ethnological  Society,  etc.,  etc. 

London :    John  Murray  ....  1847. 

8°  VIII,  332  pp. 

Left  Southampton,  Eng.,  July  2,  1845,  and  left  Mexico  City 
Sept.  14th,  1846,  and  traveled  via  Queretaro,  Silao,  Leon,  Lagos, 
Aguascalientes,  Zacatecas  to  Durango,  arriving  there  October  4th 
and  left  the  10th  for  Chihuahua.  He  met  Lieut.  Abert  at  Valverde 
and  proceeded  to  Santa  Fe  with  him.  Arrived  at  Santa  Fe  De- 
cember 22nd.  Spent  the  winter  at  the  Pueblo  on  the  Arkansas 
and  in  March  went  to  Manitou.  Mentions  going  to  the  river  with 
Garrard,  but  not  by  name.  Garrard,  in  Wah-To-Yah,  mentions 
meeting  Ruxton  in  Buffalo  in  August,  1848,  on  his  return  to  the 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  67 


mountains   from   England,   and  says  he   died   shortly  after   in   St. 
Louis. 

A  remarkable  journey  by  a  remarkable  man,  told  in  a  most 
interesting  manner.  Nothing  seems  to  be  known  of  the  object  of 
Ruxton's  trip  to  Mexico.  123 


SIMPSON,  SIR  GEORGE 

Narrative  Of  A  Journey  Round  The  World,  During  The 
Years  1841  And  1842.  By  Sir  George  Simpson,  Governor 
In-Chief  Of  The  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  Territories  In 
North  America.  In  Two  Volumes. 

London :     Henry  Colburn,  Publisher.     1847. 

8°  XI  (1),  438  pp.  Fold.  map.  Port.  Simpson;  VII, 
469  pp. 

Map: 

Map  Showing  the  Author's  Route,  (J.  Netherclift  &  Son, 
Lithog). 


Embraces   his   trip   across   the    Hudson's    Bay   territory   to    the 
Pacific.  124 


SMET,  P.  J.  de 

Oregon  Missions  And  Travels  Over  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, In  1845-46.  By  Father  P.  J.  de  Smet,  Of  the  Society 
of  Jesus. 

New  York:  Published  By  Edward  Dunigan  .  .  .  . 
MDCCCXLVII. 

12°  half  tit,  eng.  tit.,  printed  tit.,  pp.  (2)  XI-XII,  13- 
408  (4),  map  and  13  plates  (tinted).  Plates  after  drawings 
by  F.  Point.  Introduction  reprinted  from  the  Catholic  Al- 
manac. 

Map: 
Oregon  Terr.— 1846. 

Translated,  probably  by  de  Smet  himself,  or,  at  least  prepared 
by  him,  and,  with  new  material  and  new  maps  and  plates,  as  fol- 
lows: 

Missions  de  L'Oregon  Et  Voyages  Aux  Montagnes- 
Rocheuses,  Aux  Sources  De  la  Colombie,  de  1'Athabasca  et 
du  Sascatshawain ;  pendant  1'annee  1845-46.  Par  Le  Pere 
P.  J.  De  Smet,  de  la  Compagnie  de  Jesus  .... 

Gand,  Chez  VeVander  Schelden. 

12°  Eng.  title,  pp.  (4)  IX,  (3)  9-389  and  Printed  Covers. 
3  Folded  Maps  and  15  Plates  (those  of  the  N.  Y.  edition 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


except  the  Portrait  of  Insula,  with  3  new  ones  added  and 
one  other  changed). 

Maps: 

Nouvelle  Carte  du  Territoire  de  L'Oregon,  dressee  par  le 
R.  P.  De  Smet,  de  la  Compagnie  de  Jesus,  1846. 

Nouvelle  Carte  Des  Sources  Du  Fleuve  Colombie,  dressee 
par  le  R.  P.  De  Smet,  etc.  1846. 

Nouvelle  Carte  Des  Sources  De  La  Riviere  Tete-Plate, 
dressee  par  le  R.  P.  De  Smet,  etc.  1846. 

All  lith,  by  Vander  Schelden  as  well  as  the  plates. 

Also  a  translation  with  same  plates  as  N.  Y.  ed.,  Traduit 
de  1'Anglais,  Par  M.  Bourlez,  Paris,  Libraire  De  Poussielgue- 
Rusand,  ....  1848.  12°  half  titl.,  eng.  and  printed  titles,  pp. 
II,  7-408,  13  tinted  plates,  no  map.  Printed  covers. 

Contains  a  letter  by  F.  Joset  and  one  by  F.  Accolti,  not  in  the 
Eng.  ed.,  also  Origin  Des  Americains,  376-98.  The  plates  have 
French  titles,  otherwise  appear  to  be  the  American  originals. 

In  this  volume  De  Smet  details  various  trips  through  eastern 
Washington  and  a  trip  via  the  source  of  the  Columbia  to  the 
Athabasca,  the  Assiniboine  Country  and  the  Fort  of  the  Moun- 
tains, arriving  at  Ft.  Augusta  about  Jan.  1,  1846.  He  returned 
via  Boat  Encampment  and  Colville,  thence  to  Vancouver 
Left  in  July  for  the  Upper  Mission  and  arrived  at  St.  Mary's  in 
August.  August  16th  left  for  Ft.  Lewis  and  on  the  28th  of  Sep- 
tember went  down  the  Missouri  River  to  St.  Louis,  arriving  at 
Westport  October  28th,  passing  the  Mormon  hosts  below  Council 
Bluffs  where  he  met  Brigham  Young. 

I  have  in  my  possession  the  manuscript  from  which  this  book 
was  printed,  including  De  Smet's  original  manuscript  map.  Much 
consists  of  printed  clippings  from  which  it  appears  that  a  portion 
of  these  letters  had  previously  appeared  in  print,  in  some  Catholic 
newspaper  or  probably  the  Catholic  almanac.  125 

ABERT,  J.  W. 

Report  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating  In 
Answer  to  a  resolution  of  the  Senate,  a  report  and  map  of 
the  examination  of  New  Mexico,  made  by  Lieutenant  J. 
W.  Abert,  of  the  topographical  corps.  Feb.  10,  1848.  Ord- 
ered printed. 

Washington,  1848.  (30  Cong.  1st  Ses.  Senate  Ex.  doc. 
23). 

8°,  132  pp.,  21  plates  of  scenery  and  portraits  and  3  of 
fossils,  map. 
Map: 

Map  of  the  Territory  of  New  Mexico,  made  by  order  of 
Brig.  Gen.  S.  W.  Kearny,  under  instruction  from  Lieut.  W. 
H.  Emory,  U.  S.  T.  E.,  By  Lieuts.  J.  W.  Abert  and  W.  G. 
Peck,  U.  S.  T.  E.  1846-7.  C.  B.  Graham  lith.  Wash. 
(Scale  10  miles  to  the  inch). 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  69 


The  map  bears  a  notation  that  it  is  connected  with  the  map  of 
Senate  Doc.  438,  29  Cong.,  2  Sess. 

Evidently  this  is  the  first  edition  of  this  report,  the  plates 
being  bound  together  at  the  back,  having  been  finished  after  the 
report  had  been  printed  and  sewed.  The  plates  were  lithographed 
by  C.  B.  Graham. 

This  also  appeared  in  the  House  of  Rep.  edition  of  Emory  with 
the  same  plates  re-engraved  and  a  somewhat  improved  map. 

J.  M.  Stanley  accompanied  this  expedition  and  I  suspect  made 
the  sketches  from  which  the  plates  were  made. 

For  Abert's  return  to  Missouri,  see  Niles  Reg.,  March  20,  1847. 

126 

ALLEN,  A.  J. 

Ten  Years  In  Oregon.  Travels  And  Adventures  Of 
Doctor  E.  White  And  Lady  West  Of  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tains; With  Incidents  Of  Two  Sea  Voyages  Via  Sandwich 
Islands  Around  Cape  Horn ;  Containing  Also  A  Brief 
History  Of  The  Missions  And  Settlements  Of  The  Country 
— Origin  Of  The  Provisional  Government — Number  And 
Customs  Of  The  Indians — Incidents  Witnessed  While 
Traversing  And  Residing  In  The  Territory — Description 
Of  The  Soil,  Production  And  Climate  Of  The  Country. 
Compiled  by  Miss  A.  J.  Allen. 

Ithaca,  N.  Y. :    Mack,  Andrus  &  Co.,  Printers.     1848. 

12°  pp.  XVI,  17-399,  Port.    White  &  Mrs.  White. 

A  second  edition  of  this  was  published  in  1850  by  the  same 
publishers  in  430  pp. 

White,  after  a  trip  out  and  back  to  N.  Y.  by  water,  started  from 
Independence  May  14,  1842,  with  Medprem  Crawford  and  L.  H. 
Hastings.  At  Ft.  Laramie  secured  Fitzpatrick  as  guide  to  Ft. 
Hall.  July  12,  1845,  started  back  again,  J.  C.  Saxton  in  the  party. 
Speaks  of  meeting  near  Ft.  Hall  a  Dr.  Burke,  collecting  botanical 
and  minerological  specimens  for  the  British  Government. 

White's  party  reached  Independence  Nov.  15.  (See  Niles  Reg., 
Dec.  6,  1845,  for  a  short  account  of  the  return  trip).  On  Nov.  17th 
the  Independence  Express  published  an  extra  (reprinted  in  N.  Y. 
Weekly  Tribune,  Dec.  6th)  a  long  account  of  this  trip. 

White,  besides  making  a  claim  for  robbery  by  the  Pawnees 
while  on  his  return,  immediately  set  up  a  propaganda  in  favor  of 
Oregon.  He  published  in  the  Washington  Union  six  letters  on  the 
subject  (reprinted  in  N.  Y.  Weekly  Tribune,  Dec.  20  and  27,  1845), 
and  later  two  more  letters  in  the  Tribune  of  Feb.  21,  1846,  dated 
Feb.  2  and  9,  also  probably  from  the  Union. 

He  brought  the  Oregon  Memorial  which  was  presented  to  the 
Senate  Dec.  8th  by  Benton  and  to  the  House  by  Ingersoll. 

Charles  S'axton  returned  with  White.  He  addressed  a  letter 
from  Cincinnati,  Dec.  1  to  the  Ohio  Statesman  (Niles  Reg.,  Dec. 
20,  1845). 

The  N.  Y.  Weekly  Tribune,  March  14,  1846,  has  an  account  of  a 
lecture  in  N.  Y.  City,  March  8,  by  Saxton  largely  devoted,  to 
abuse  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Co. 

After   their    return,    both    White   and    Saxton    published    books, 


70  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


both  of  excessive  rarity:  The  Oregonian,  Or  History  of  the  Ore- 
gon Territory,  etc.,  By  Charles  Saxton.  Washington :  Oregon 
City  ....  1846.  12°  48  pp.  and  leaf  for  certificate  and  copyright. 
Title  calls  for  a  map,  but  the  copy  in  the  Wisconsin  Hist.  Soc., 
from  which  this  collation  is  taken,  apparently  has  none. 

A  Concise  View  of  Oregon  Territory,  etc.,  By  Elijah  White, 
Wash.,  1846,  8°  72  (1)  pp.  This  is  nothing  but  a  reprint  of  White's 
letters  to  the  departments  in  Washington  from  Oregon,  previously 
printed  in  the  Govt.  reports.  127 

BRYANT,  EDWIN 

What  I  Saw  In  California:  Being  The  Journal  Of  A 
Tour,  By  The  Emigrant  Route  And  South  Pass  Of  The 
Rocky  Mountains,  Across  The  Continent  Of  North  Amer- 
ica, The  Great  Desert  Basin,  And  Through  California,  In 

The  Years  1846,  1847 By  Edwin  Bryant,  Late  Alcalde 

Of  St.  Francisco. 

New  York :    D.  Appleton  &  Co MDCCCXLVIII. 

12°  455  pp. 

The  3rd  ed.  in  1849  with  a  map,  480  pp.,  and  tinted  wrappers. 
[Map  surcharged  Appleton  &  Co.  1849]. 

Left  Independence  May  5,  1846;  arrived  Sutter's  Fort  Septem- 
ber 5th  with  Colonel  Russell's  party.  Bryant  returned  overland 
via  the  Truckee  with  Col.  Kearny's  party  in  June,  1847.  128 

CLAYTON,  W. 

The  Latter-Day  Saints'  Emigrants'  Guide:  Being  A 
Table  of  Distances,  Showing  All  The  Springs,  Creeks, 
Rivers,  Hills,  Mountains,  Camping  Places,  And  All  Other 
Notable  Places,  From  Council  Bluffs,  To  The  Valley  Of 
The  Great  Salt  Lake.  Also,  The  Latitudes,  Longitudes 
And  Altitudes  Of  The  Prominent  Points  On  The  Route. 
Together  With  Remarks  On  The  Nature  Of  The  Land, 
Timber,  Grass,  etc.  The  Whole  Route  Having  Been 
Measured  By  A  Roadometer,  And  The  Distance  From 
Point  To  Point,  In  English  Miles,  Accurately  Shown.  By 
W.  Clayton. 

St.  Louis,  Mo. :  Republican  Steam  Power  Press — 
Chambers  and  Knapp.  1848. 

12°,  Title;  3-4  Preface;  5-21  Guide;  22-4  Notes. 

Preface  dated  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  13th  March,  1848.  Clayton  had 
evidently  been  over  the  road  and  make  the  guide  from  personal 
experience. 

I  have  not  seen  any  other  copy  than  mine  of  this  guide,  written 
by  a  Mormon  who  went  out  to  Salt  Lake  with  the  advanced 
Mormon  emigration  and  invented  an  odometer  to  measure  the 
distance.  Afterward  Clayton  was  a  very  prominent  citizen  of 
Utah.  129 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 71 

EMORY,  W.  H. 

Notes  Of  A  Military  Reconnaisance  From  Fort  Leaven- 
worth,  In  Missouri,  to  San  Diego,  In  California,  Including 
Parts  Of  The  Arkansas,  Del  Norte,  and  Gila  Rivers.  By 
W.  H.  Emory,  Brevet  Major,  Corps  Topographical  Engi- 
neers, Made  in  1846-7,  With  The  Advanced  Guard  Of  The 
"Army  Of  The  West." 

Washington :  Wendell  and  Van  Benthuysen,  Printers. 
1848.  (30  Cong.  1st  Sess.  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  7). 

8°,  416  pp.    26  Plates  of  Scenery  and  Portraits.    3  Plans, 
14  Plates  Botany.    Map  in  Pocket. 
Map: 

Military  Reconnaisance  of  the  Arkansas;  Rio  del  Norte 
and  Rio  Gila,  By  W.  H.  Emory,  Lieut.,  Top.  Eng.,  .... 
Constructed  under  the  orders  of  Col.  J.  J.  Abert,  Ch.  Corps, 
Top.  Eng.,  1847.  Drawn  by  Joseph  Welch  &  Co.  C.  B. 
Graham,  Lith.,  Wash. 
Contents : 

Title  and  preface,  pp.  1-6;  Report  of  Emory  dated  Sept. 
1,  1847,  pp.  7-14;  Journal  from  Bent's  Fort  to  the  Pacific, 
pp.  15-126;  Appendix  I:  Some  ethographical  notes  by  A. 
Gallatin  and  letter  to  Gallatin  by  Emory,  3  plans,  26  plates 
scenery,  pp.  127-134;  Appendix  II:  Botany  by  John  Torey, 
with  14  plates,  pp.  135-159;  Appendix  III-V;  tables,  pp. 
160-385 ;  Appendix  VI :  J.  W.  Abert's  notes,  from  Ft.  Leav- 
enworth  to  Bent's  Fort,  pp.  386-414 ;  Appendix  VII ; 
Cooke's  Detour,  pp.  411-416;  Report  of  Lieut.  J.  W.  Abert 
of  His  Examination  of  New  Mexico  In  the  Years  1846-47, 
pp.  417-546,  21  plates  of  scenery,  3  of  fossils,  map  New  Mex. 
by  W.  G.  Peck ;  Notes  concerning  fossils  by  J.  W.  Bailey, 
pp.  547-8;  Report  of  Lieut.  Col.  P.  St.  George  Cooke  of  his 
march  from  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico,  to  San  Diego,  Upper 
California,  pp.  549-563,  map  (Sketch  of  the  Route) ;  Jour- 
nal of  Captain  A.  R.  Johnston,  First  Dragoon,  pp.  565-614. 

The  plates  in  the  Emory  narrative  are  from  sketches  by  J.  M. 
Stanley,  lithographed  by  C.  B.  Graham,  Wash.,  and  those  in  the 
Abert  narrative  by  Abert  himself,  or  possibly  Stanley. 

Abert's  second  narrative  also  contains  an  account  of  his  jour- 
ney back  to  Ft.  Leavenworth  Dec.  28,  1846,  to  March  1,  1847. 

Emory's  report  is  the  same  as  in  the  previous  Senate  edition 
down  to  the  end  of  Gallatin's  letters  on  page  130;  the  rest  seems 
to  have  been  reprinted  on  some  pages  but  without  any  or  only 
verbal  differences. 

This,  the  first  appearance  of  this  report,  contains  Emory's 
Report  in  full,  also  Lieut.  Abert's  and  Cooke's  report  limited  to 
two  pages,  being  dated  Wash.,  Dec.  6th,  1847. 

The  Abert  Report  is  devoted  to  a  description  of  the  route  from 


72  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Ft.  Leavenworth  to  the  date  of  his  being  taken  ill,  July  21st,  near 
Bent's  Fort. 

The  plates  of  scenery  were  lithographed  by  E.  Weber  &  Co., 
Bait.  The  Botany  Plates  by  G.  &  W.  Endicott,  N.  Y. 

The  H.  R.  also  printed  this  report  with  additions  and  with  the 
same  title.  e  30  Cong.  1  Sess.,  Ex.  Doc.,  No.  41,  Feb.  9.  1848,  ordered 
printed.  8°  614  pp.,  64  plates,  3  plans,  3  folding  maps. 

Emory's  Journal  from  Ft.  Bent  Aug.  3  to  Sept.  7  just  before 
departure  from  Santa  Fe  to  California  was  printed  in  Niles  Reg- 
ister, Vol.  71,  pp.  138,  154.  174  (Oct.  and  Nov.,  1846)  reprinted  from 
the  Wash.  Union.  The  diary  differs  somewhat  from  that  published 
in  this  book,  having  many  more  details  of  a  personal  character 
and  therefore  more  interesting,  but  in  the  main  is  the  same.  Niles 
Register  for  last  half  of  1846  and  first  half  of  1847  contains  many 
scattered  notices  of  New  Mexico  and  the  campaign  there.  Niles 
Register  for  June  12,  1847  contains  an  extract  of  letter  from 
Stanley  on  the  rivers  in  the  Gila  Valley.  See  also  Niles  Reg- 
ister, May  29,  1847,  for  Lieut.  Peck's  return  trip  from  Santa  Fe 
with  Lieuts.  Talbot  and  Beale,  Kit  Carson  and  Robert  E.  Russell 
from  California.  See  also  same  number  for  a  letter  from  Emory 
dated  Panama,  March  15  (on  his  return)  in  regard  to  the  Kearny- 
Stockton  dispute.  130 

FREMONT,  JOHN  CHARLES 

Geographical  Memoir  Upon  Upper  California,  In  Illus- 
tration Of  His  Map  Of  Oregon  And  California,  By  John 
Charles  Fremont ;  Addressed  To  The  Senate  Of  The  United 
States. 

Washington :  Wendell  and  Van  Benthuysen.  1848.  (30 
Cong.  1  Sess.  Sen.  Misc.  Doc.  148). 

8°  67  pp,  map.    P.  P.  W.  with  same  title. 
Map: 

Map  of  Oregon  and  Upper  California  from  the  Surveys 
of  John  Charles  Fremont,  etc.,  drawn  by  Charles  Preuss. 
Scale  of  one  to  3,000,000. 

Very  few  copies  issued  with  the  map.  I  have  seen  many  copies 
in  the  original  wrappers,  only  one  with  the  map.  I  found  it  once 
sewed  in  with  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  23  of  the  same  Congress. 

A  letter  from  Fremont,  dated  S.  F.,  Jan.  24,  1846,  giving  a  short 
description  of  his  journey  to  California,  was  published  in  Niles 
Reg.  May  16,  1846  (page  161).  (Appears  to  have  been  addressed 
to  his  wife).  131 

HOLMES,  CAPTAIN  REUBEN 

The  Five  Scalps,  a  Mountain  Story  by  the  late  Capt.  R. 
Holmes,  U.  S.  Army. 

St.  Louis  Reveille,  July  17,  24,  1848,  and  first  published 
in  the  St.  Louis  Beacon  in  1828. 

Capt.  Holmes,  while  stationed  at  Council   Bluffs  in  1823-26,  be- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  73 


came  acquainted  with  Edward  Rose  and  obtained  from  him  the 
facts  concerning  his  career  which  are  embodied  in  this  story, 
"Five  Scalps"  being  one  of  Rose's  Indian  names.  (Information 
from  Miss  Drumm,  librarian  of  the  Mo.  Hist.  Soc). 

For  a  later  account  of  Rose  see  Montana  Hist.  Soc.,  Cont,  Vol. 
VIII,  pp.  156,  for  an  article  by  Lieut.  Bradley.  132 

RICHARDSON,  WILLIAM  H. 

Journal  of  William  H.  Richardson,  A  Private  Soldier  In 
the  Campaign  Of  New  and  Old  Mexico.  (Vignette  en- 
titled A  Camp  Mess). 

New  York :    Published  By  William  H.  Riohardson.    1848. 

(Cover  title;  regular  title  same,  except  vignette  is  omit- 
ted and  "Under  The  Command  Of  Colonel  Doniphan,  Of 
Missouri"  is  added.  Same  imprint). 

12°  Front.  1  Sheet  with  facsimile  letter  from  Doniphan, 
96  pp.  2  plates. 

From  a  daily  journal. 

I  think  this  was  first  printed  in  Baltimore,  probably  in  1847, 
but  I  have  not  seen  a  copy.  133 

ROBINSON,  JACOB  S. 

Sketches  of  the  Great  West.  A  Journal  of  The  Santa-Fe 
Expedition,  Kept  By  Jacob  S.  Robinson. 

Portsmouth:    Published  by  Wm.  B.  Lowd.     1848. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  as  follows): 

Sketches  of  the  Great  West.  A  journal  Of  The  Santa- 
Fe  Expedition  Under  Col.  Doniphan,  Which  Left  St. 
Louis  in  June,  1846.  Kept  By  Jacob  S.  Robinson  Of 
Portsmouth,  N.  H.,  a  Member  of  the  Expedition. 

Portsmouth :     Portsmouth  Journal  Press.     1848. 

18°  Title;  leaf  of  introduction;  pp.  5-71. 

Went  on  the  Navajo  expedition  of  which  he  gives  a  very  inter- 
esting account,  as  well  as  of  the  journey  from  Ft.  Leavenworth -to 
Santa  Fe.  134 


SCHMOLDER,  CAPTAIN  B. 

Neuer  Praktischer  Wegweiser  fur  Auswandered  nach 
Nord-Amerika  in  drei  Abtheilungen  mit  Karten,  Planen  und 
Ansichten.  Erste  Abtheilung  enthalt:  Oregon  und  Cali- 
fornien  und  Allgemenes  iiber  das  Mississippi  und  Missouri 
— Thai,  ferner:  Anweisungen  mit  Zeitgewinn  die  besten  und 
billigsten  Landereien  und  Pachtungen  von  Furman,  wie 
auch  verschiedene  Gewerbszweige  in  Stadten  aiisfindig  zu 
machen,  Klima,  Boden,  Produkte,  Agrikultur  und  Handels 


74  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


verhaltnisse,  Kosten-Ueberschlag  der  vortheilhaftesten 
Reise-Routen  zu  Wasser  und  zu  Land  nach  alien  neuen 
Staaten  und  Gebieten  bis  an  die  West-Kiiste.  Von  Capitan 
B.  Schmolder,  Landereinen-agent  der  vereingten  Staaten 
von  Nord-Amerika. 

Mainz.     1848. 

8°  Port.  Sutter  facing  title  ;  title  ;  leaf  introduction  dated 
Mainz,  December,  1847  and  signed  by  Schmoelder;  leaf 
contents,  120  pp. 

I  have  not  seen  the  edition  with  1848  on  the  title  page,  but  my 
copy  of  1849  has  exactly  the  same  title  except  for  the  difference  in 
date,  (1849). 

The  above  collation  is  taken  from  my  copy,  so,  also  is  the  list 
of  maps  and  plates  which  follows : 

Maps: 

Map    Die    vereininten    Staaten    von    Nord-America    und 

Mexico M.  Landrath  Capt.  B.  Schmolder 

Plates: 

View  of  San  Francisco  harbor,  page  17;  Buffalo  Chase 
on  the  Platte,  page  51;  View  Fort  Helvetia,  page  73;  Plan 
of  Sutterville,  page  79. 

The  map  was  drawn  and  lithographed  in  Mainz  after  Schmoeld- 
er's  notes. 

From,  a  note  at  the  top  of  this  map  the  work  was  circulated  in 
America  by  German  newspapers,  but  Schmoelder  already  had 
agents  in  San  Francisco — Franksen  and  Wosselhof. 

Schmoelder  went  overland  from,  the  Missouri,  probably  in  1845- 
46,  and  seems  to  have  worked  up  a  colonization  scheme  with 
Sutter.  He  evidently  returned  to  Germany  before  December,  1847, 
(date  of  the  introduction),  and  published  this  book  to  boost  his 
colonization  scheme.  It  seems  likely  that  the  gold  discovery 
killed  the  plan. 

Some  time  after  the  discovery  of  gold,  probably  about  January, 
1849,  this  book  was  made  the  basis  of  an  "Emigrant's  Guide  To 
California,  Describing  Its  Geography,  Agricultural  and  Commer- 
cial Resources.  Containing  A  Well-Arranged  List  of  the  Com- 
modities most  Desirable  For  Exporting  To  That  Country,  etc.. 
etc.,  Together  With  A  Valuable  Map,  etc.,  and  an  Authentic 
Sketch  of  San  Francisco,  etc.  By  A  Traveller  Recently  Returned 
From  California  "(i-e.  Schmoelder).  London:  Pelham  Richardson 
(n.  d.).  Front,  map  65  pp.,  XII,  app.,  1,  index.  All  of  this  except 
the  introduction  and  the  appendix  and  the  part  beginning  on  page 
60,  "How  to  reach  California,"  is  a  translation  from  Schmoelder. 

The  most  interesting  part  of  Schmoelder's  book,  the  trip  to 
Oregon  and  California,  pp.  45-57,  the  scheme  for  founding  a  trad- 
ing station  in  San  Francisco,  pp.  89-96,  and  the  route  from  Santa 
Fe  to  California  and  his  scheme  for  a  communal  settlement,  pp. 
96-102  were  not  translated.  Pp.  102-120  gives  routes,  distances,  etc., 
etc.  The  translated  portions  consist  of  a  description  of  California. 
The  account  of  Capt.  Schmoelder  says  he  had  a  land  grant  of 
50  square  stunden  (2l/2  miles  square)  from  the  sea  coast  northwest. 

135 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 75 

WARRE,  H. 

Sketches  In  North  America  And  The  Oregon  Territory. 
By  Captain  H.  Warre,  (A.  D.  C.  to  the  late  Commander  of 
the  Forces). 

[London] :  Lithographed,  Printed  and  Published  by 
Dickinson  &  Co.,  114  New  Bond  Street.  1848. 

4°  Title,  leaf  ded.,  5  pp.  text,  20  views  on  16  plates, 
map. 

Map  shows  author's  route  across  the  continent  by  the  Hudson's 
Bay  Go's,  brigade  route,  although  from  Edmonton  they  went  far 
south  and  crossed  to  Kootenay  Lake,  probably  by  what  is  now 
known  as  the  Crow's  Nest  Pass. 

Lieut.  Vavassour  accompanied  Warre  who  was  no  doubt  sent 
out  by  the  Government  to  obtain  some  information  regarding 
Oregon.  The  party  left  Montreal  May  5,  1845,  reaching  Vancouver 
Aug.  25.  After  visiting,  during  the  winter,  the  Willamette  coun- 
try, Vancouver's  Island  and  the  Puget  Sound,  the  party  left  on 
return  March  25  and  proceeding  rapidly  via  Boat  Encampment, 
arrived  at  Montreal  July  20  arid  Liverpool  August  12. 

The  plates  were  issued  in  two  forms,  black  and  tinted,  and  it 
is  possible  some  were  even  issued  colored  by  hand,  but  it  is  more 
likely  that  the  colored  copies  which  exist  were  colored  by  the  pur- 
chasers, a  common  practice  at  that  time. 

From  references  in  correspondence  of  the  times  it  seems  these 
officers  were  sent  out  by  the  British  government  with  the  intention 
of  fortifying  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  River.  See  reports  of 
documents  regarding  their  mission  in  Washington  Hist.  Quarterly 
for  April,  1912.  136 

WEBBER,  CHARLES  W. 

Old  Hicks  The  Guide:  Or,  Adventures  in  the  Camanche 
Country  In  Search  Of  A  Gold  Mine.  By  Charles  W.  Web- 
ber. 

New  York :    Harper  &  Bros.     1848. 

12°,  356  pp. 

This  is  a  wonderful  love  story  embelished  with  adventures 
among  the  Indians  on  the  western  borders  of  Texas.  The  last 
part  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  a  search  for  the  famous  Gold 
Mountain  which  the  author  places  somewhere  between  the  north 
Canadian  River  and  the  Guadalupe  Mountains.  137 

WIZLIZENUS,  [F.]  A. 

Memoir  Of  A  Tour  To  Northern  Mexico,  Connected 
With  Col.  Doniphan's  Expedition,  In  1846  And  1847.  By 
A.  Wizlizenus,  M.  D 

Washington :  Tippin  &  Streeper,  Printers.  1848.  (30 
Cong.  1  Sess.  Sen.  Misc.  Doc.  26). 

8°   86  pp.   of  text,   Botanical  Appendix  by   Dr.    George 


76 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Engleman   pp.   87-116;   Meteorological   Tables    pp.    117-33. 
Geol.  Sketch  and  Misc.,  pp.  135-141,  three  maps. 

Maps : 

[Profiles  of  his  route] : 

Geological  Sketch. 

Map  of  a  Tour  from  Independence  to  Santa  Fe,  Chihua- 
hua, Monterey  and  Matamoros  By  A.  Wislizinus  in  1846 
and  1847.  Lith.  by  E.  Weber  &  Co.,  Baltimore. 

My  copy  has  a  special  title — A  Tour  in  Northern  Mexico 
Connected  With  Colonel  Doniphan's  Expedition  in  1846-47.  By  A. 
Wizlizenus.  Washington :  Tippin  and  Streeper,  1848. 

Started  from  Independence  May  14,  1846,  on  a  private  trip  and 
reached  Chihuahua  Aug.  24.  Went  with  Speyer's  train.  After 
an  exile  of  six  months  at  Cusihuiriachic  he  joined  Doniphan  and 
continued  with  him  on  the  march  back.  138 

BLANCHET,  F.  N. 

Missions  De  Walla-Walla.  (Published  in  "Rapport  Sur 
Les  Missions  Du  Diocese  De  Quebec  Avril  1849,  No.  8. 
pp.  1-33.  Quebec:  1849). 

Contains  a  short  account  of  the  journey  of  Bishop  Blanchet  in 
1847  from  Westport  to  Oregon,  together  with  the  account  by 
Brouillet  of  the  Whitman  massacre.  This  account  contains  copies 
of  correspondence  with  Colonel  Gilliam,  Governor  Abernathy  and 
letters  of  Blanchet  regarding  the  massacre.  This  account  of 
Brouillet  was  taken  from  the  Melanges  Religieux,  (published  in 
Belgium),  and  the  accounts  of  the  journey  are  extracts  from  the 
same  journal.  139 

COOKE,  P.  ST.  GEORGE 

Reports  From  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating,  In 
Compliance  with  a  Resolution  of  the  Senate  of  the  25th  of 
February  1849,  a  copy  of  the  official  journal  of  Lieut.  Col. 
P.  St.  George  Cooke  from  Santa  Fe  to  San  Diego,  etc. 
March  19,  1849.  Read  and  ordered  to  be  printed. 

Washington,  1849.  (30th  Cong.  Special  Session,  Senate 
doc.  2). 

8°,  85  pp. 

This  is  the  first  publication  in  full  of  this  journal,  short  ex- 
tracts only  being  appended  to  Emory's  Reconnaisance  in  1847. 
Col.  Cooke  commanded  the  Mormon  Battalion  on  this  march. 

The  History  of  the  Mormon  Battalion  and  this  march  was 
written  by  Sergeant  Daniel  Tyler,  one  of  them.  A  Concise  His- 
tory of  the  Mormon  Battalion  In  the  Mexican  War,  1846-1847.  By 
Sergeant  Daniel  Tyler.  1881.  [Probably  at  Salt  Lake].  8°  VIII, 
9-376  pp.  140 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 77 

CREUZBAUR,  ROBERT 

Route  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Lower  Mississippi 
Valley  to  California  and  the  Pacific  Ocean,  Illustrated  By 
A  General  Map  And  Sectional  Maps;  With  directions  to 
travelers.  Compiled  by  Robert  Creuzbaur,  1849. 

Published  By  H.  Long  &  Brother,  New  York.  Robert 
Creuzbaur,  Austin,  Texas.  1849. 

16°,  40  pp.  plus  1  adv.  5  maps. 

Maps: 

No.  1 — General  Map. 

No.  2 — Ford's  Route  from  Austin  to  El  Paso. 

No.  3 — Sketch  of  Part  of  the  March  and  Wagon  road  of 
Lt.  Col.  Cooke  in  1846-7. 

No.  4 — Copied  from  W.  H.  Emory's  Map  of  1847. 

No.  5 — Copied  from  Fremont's  Maps  of  1845-8. 

Contains  1  large  and  4  other  small  maps  numbered.  The  large 
map  is  important  and  rare,  one  of  the  smaller  ones  being  new 
and  the  other  three  being  copies  from  Emory,  etc.  Cloth  cover 
with  title, — Guide  To  California  And  The  Pacific  Ocean,  etc.,  etc. 

Maps  2-5  show  the  route  from  Austin,  Texas,  through  to  Nueva 
Helvetia  via  El  Paso,  the  Gila  and  Los  Angeles. 

Of  the  text  the  only  part  of  any  value  is  the  letter  of  Ford, 
dated  Austin,  June  18,  1849,  addressed  to  the  editor  of  the  Texas 
Democrat  and  giving  a  condensed  report  on  the  route  from  Austin 
to  El  Paso,  obtained  on  an  expedition  made  by  Ford  with  Major 
Neighbors  in  1849.  The  rest  of  the  text  is  compiled  from  Fre- 
mont, Emory  and  Cooke  and  the  Records  of  the  General  Land 
Office  of  the  State  of  Texas. 

A  complete  copy  in  the  Library  of  the  University  of  Texas. 

*141 

DEMERS,  MODESTE 

Mission  De  Vancouver.  Latre  de  Monseigneur  de  Van- 
couver a  un  pretre  de  1'Archeveche.  (In  Rapport  Sur  Les 
Missions  Du  Diocese  De  Quebec.  Avril  1849.  No.  8. 
Quebec:  1849). 

This  contains  an  account  by  Demers  of  his  journey  from  Van- 
couver Island  to  St.  Paul  from  March  20,  1846,  to  August  15, 
passing  by  the  H.  B.  Go's,  route  through  Ft.  Jasper,  Ft.  Carleton 
and  Red  River.  14Z 

McLEAN,  JOHN 

Notes  Of  A  Twenty-Five  Years'  Service  In  The  Hudson's 
Bay  Territory.  By  John  M'Lean.  In  Two  Volumes. 

London :    Richard  Bentley,  West  Burlington  Street.  1849. 

12°  XII  (Including  tit.  &  hlf.  tit.)  13-308;  VII,  (Inch, 
title),  9-328  pp.  Sometimes  found  as  issued  2  vols.  in  1. 

In   Vol.    I,   after   services    in   Central    Canada,   he   was   sent   to< 


78  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


New  Calendonia  via  Winnipeg  and  the  Saskatchewan  and  put  in 
charge  of  Ft.  George.  In  Vol.  II  he  returned  via  Norway  House 
to  Labrador,  thence  later  to  Ft.  Simpson.  Apparently  McLean 
was  never  in  Oregon  except  for  a  short  trip  to  Ft.  Colville  and 
Okanagan.  McLean  entered  the  services  of  the  company  in  the 
winter  of  1820-1.  143 


PARKMAN,  FRANCIS 

The  California  and  Oregon  Trail:  Being  Sketches  Of 
Prairie  And  Rocky  Mountain  Life.  By  Francis  Parkman, 
Jr. 

New  York:    Geo.  P.  Putnam 1849. 

12°  Front.;  eng.  tit.;  title;  preface  dated  Boston,  Feb. 
15,  1849;  pp.  7-8  contents;  pp.  9-448  text.  Also  issued  in  2 
parts. 

Left  St.  Louis  with  Quincy  A.  Shaw  April  28,  1846,  and  West- 
port  some  time  later,  going  as  far  as  Ft.  Laramie.  Traveled  with 
his  brother  and  three  Englishmen.  On  the  return  from  Ft.  Bentr 
passed  the  Mormon  Batallion.  The  Englishmen  went  on  to  Ore- 
gon and  returned  to  New  York  via  the  Sandwich  Islands  and 
Panama. 

The  plains  were  full  of  white  men  and  Indians  in  the  summer 
of  1846,  and  Parkman  had  plenty  of  company.  He  mentions  finding 
Bissonette  encamped  100  miles  south  of  Ft.  Laramie  with  a  half- 
breed  family,  possibly  Long's  Bissonette. 

Originally  published  in  the  Knickerbocker  Magazine,  N.  Y., 
1848,  Vols.  31  and  32.  144 


PRATT,  ORSON 

Interesting  Items  Concerning  the  Journeying  of  the  Lat- 
ter-Day Saints  from  the  City  of  Nauvoo,  until  their  location 
in  the  Valley  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake.  (In  Millenial  Star, 
v.  XI  and  XII,  Liverpool,  1849-50). 

Extracted  from  the  private  journal  of  Orson  Pratt.  145 


ROSS,  ALEXANDER 

Adventures  Of  The  First  Settlers  On  The  Oregon  Or 
Columbia  River:  Being  A  Narrative  Of  The  Expedition 
Fitted  Out  By  John  Jacob  Astor,  To  Establish  The  "Pacific 
Fur  Company" ;  With'  An  Account  Of  Some  Indian  Tribes 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 79 

On  The  Coast  Of  The  Pacific.    By  Alexander  Ross,  One  of 
the  Adventurers. 

London :    Smith,  Elder  &  Co 1849. 

8°,  pp.  XV  (1),  352.    Map. 
Map: 

Map  Of  The  Columbia  to  Illustrate  Ross's  Adventures. 
George  &  Co.,  Lithog. 

Gives  a  detailed  account  of  the  overland  expeditions  of  Hunt 
and  Stuart,  pp.  169-184  and  227-243.  146 

RUXTON,  GEORGE  FREDERIC 

Life  In  The  Far  West.  By  George  Frederic  Ruxton, 
Author  of  "Adventures  In  Mexico  and  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains" etc. 

New  York :    Harper  &  Bros 1849. 

12°  XII,  13-235  pp. 

First  printed  in  Blackwood's  Magazine  Nos.  63  and  64.  (1848). 
I  have  not  seen  a  copy  in  book  form  with  1848  on  the  title  page, 
although  I  believe  it  was  first  published  as  a  book  in  that  year. 

Ruxton  went  to  England  in  1847,  wrote  his  first  book  and  also 
this  series  of  sketches.  In  these  sketches  occurs  an  account  of 
Walker's  expedition  to  California  in  1833-4,  possibly  told  him  by 
Mark  Head  who  was  one  of  the  party,  probably  of  the  indepen- 
dent trappers  to  which  Leonard  belonged.  This  account  is  some- 
what fanciful.  It  plainly  states  that  the  party  returned  by  the 
Spanish  trail  as  no  doubt  a  part  of  the  party  did. 

The  preface  contains  a  sketch  of  Capt.  Ruxton  who  died  in 
St.  Louis  in  September,  1848,  on  his  way  to  the  Rocky  Mts.  on  a 
second  trip,  having  outlined  a  trip  to  Colorado,  South  Park  and 
then  to  Salt  Lake.  147 

THORNTON,  J.  QUINN 

Oregon  And  California  In  1848:  By  J.  Quinn  Thornton, 
Late  Judge  Of  The  Supreme  Court  Of  Oregon,  And  Cor- 
responding Member  Of  The  American  Institute.  With  An 
Appendix,  Including  Recent  And  Authentic  Information  On 
The  Subject  Of  The  Gold  Mines  Of  California,  And  Other 
Valuable  Matter  Of  Interest  To  The  Emigrant  ....  With 
Illustrations  and  a  Map.  In  two  volumes. 

New  York :    Harper  &  Bros 1849. 

12°  IX  (1),  13-393  pp.,  fold,  map,  6  plates;  V-IX  (3),  13- 
379,  6  plates. 
Map: 

Map  of  California,  Oregon,  Texas,  etc.  J.  H.  Colton,  N. 
Y.  1849.  (Harper  and  Brothers). 

With  Col.  Russell,  leader,  left  Westport  May  12,  1846,  with  the 


80  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


California  Donner  party  behind  them.  The  Donners,  however, 
caught  up  on  Soldier  Creek.  Arrived  Ft.  Hall  August  7.  Here 
they  met  Jesse  Applegate  who  had  come  out  from  Oregon  on  his 
new  road  which  road  the  company  now  took.  On  Ogden's  River 
Ex-Gov.  Boggs  left  the  party  and  went  to  California.  Arrived  at 
Forest  Grove,  Oregon,  Nov.  29,  after  very  harrowing  experiences. 
Vol.  II  contains  a  long  account  of  the  Donner  party,  with  full 
accounts  of  the  various  relief  expeditions.  On  page  17  of  Vol.  II, 
Thornton,  in  speaking  of  Hall  J.  Kelley's  emigration  scheme  which 
had  been  abandoned,  says  that  John  Ball  and  Calvin  Tibbits  who 
went  out  with  him  in  1832,  were  members  of  Kelley's  society. 

148 

WARE,  JOSEPH  E. 

The  Emigrants'  Guide  To  California,  Containing  Every 
Point  Of  Information  For  The  Emigrant — Including 
Routes,  Distances,  Water,  Grass,  Timber,  Crossing  of 
Rivers,  Passes,  Altitudes,  With  A  Large  Map  Of  Routes, 
And  Profile  Of  Country  ....  With  Full  Directions  For 
Testing  And  Assaying  Gold  And  Silver  Ores.  By  Joseph 
E.  Ware.  (Vignette). 

St.  Louis,  Mo.:     Published  By  J.  Halsall. 

On  reverse  of  title — St.  Louis,  Mo.  Printed  at  the  Union 
Office:  1849. 

16°   Title,  leaf  dedication  to  Benton,  leaf  int.,  pp.  7-56. 
Map  47^x15  inches  on  very  thin  paper. 
Map: 

Map  of  the  Route  To  California,  Compiled  From  Accu- 
rate Observations  and  Surveys  by  Government.  Engraved 
By  Joseph  E.  Ware,  No.  31  Locust  St.,  St.  Louis.  (Copy- 
right secured  according  to  law).  At  the  top  is  a  Profile  of 
the  Route  from  the  Mouth  of  the  Kansas  to  San  Francisco. 

On  reverse  of  title:  We  are  authorized  by  Major  S.  P.  Sub- 
lette,  the  celebrated  mountaineer,  to  say  that  the  "Emigrant's 
Guide  to  California"  is  accurate  and  complete  in  its  description, 
routes,  etc. 

The  route  described  was  via  the  South  Pass,  Sublette  Cut-off, 
Salt  Lake  City  and  the  Humbold,t  River. 

I  had  a  copy  of  this  with  a  Colton,  1849,  map  in  it,  but  I 
finally  located  the  proper  map  in  a  copy  belonging  to  N.  Y.  Hist. 
Soc.  149 


WEBBER,  CHARLES  W. 

The  Gold  Mines  of  the  Gila.  A  Sequel  to  Old  Hicks  The 
Guide.  By  Charles  W.  Webber.  Vol.  I. 

New  York :    Dewitt  &  Davenport,  Publishers.    1849. 

12°  Title,  3  leaves  of  dedication,  preface  and  contents,  pp. 
1-134;  new  title,  leaf  of  contents,  pp.  135-263. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  81 


This  lurid  tale  of  Texas  life  on  the  border  was  written  with  a 
distinct  object  of  getting  up  what  the  author  calls  the  Centralia 
Exploring  Expedition  to  California  via  the  valleys  of  the  Pecos, 
the  Gila  and  the  Colorado  of  the  West. 

Webber,  who  had  been  a  member  of  the  Rangers  in  Texas,  had 
heard  numerous  tales  about  the  existence  of  a  gold  and  quicksilver 
region  north  of  the  Gila  River  and  he  wanted  to  get  up  an  expe- 
dition to  explore  what  he  calls  the  unknown  and  unconquered 
land.  Pages  188  to  the  end  of  this  book  contain  extracts  from 
nearly  all  the  authors  known  to  him  who  had  written  on  New 
Mexico  and  who  had  anything  to  say  about  mines.  He  also 
quotes  from  the  New  Orleans  Picayune  an  article  by  Mr.  Peebles 
on  the  Corpus  Christi  route  to  California  via  El  Paso.  150 

ABBEY,  JAMES 

California.  A  Trip  Across  The  Plains  In  The 
Spring  Of  1850,  Being  A  Daily  Record  Of  Incidents  Of 
The  Trip  Over  The  Plains,  The  Desert,  And  The  Moun- 
tains, Sketches  Of  The  Country.  Distances  From  Camp  To 
Camp  &c,  And  Containing  Valuable  Information  To  Emi- 
grants, As  To  Where  They  Will  Find  Wood,  Water,  And 
Grass  At  Almost  Every  Step  Of  The  Journey.  By  James 
Abbey. 

New  Albany,  Ind. :  Published  by  Jno.  Nunmacher,  City 
Book  Store,  Kent  and  Norman,  Ledger  Building.  1850. 

(Cover   title;   regular   title    same   except   imprint). 

New  Albany,  Ind. :  Published  by  Kent  &  Norman  And 
J.  R.  Nunemacher.  1850. 

12°  Title,  leaf  of  int.,  pp.  5-64. 

In  the  form  of  a  diary  from  St.  Joe,  April  13,  1849,  to  arrival 
at  Weaverville  August  19  and  in  the  diggings  to  September.  Went 
by  the  Sweetwater  and  Salt  Lake.  A  very  circumstantial  diary, 
the  first  part  of  which  had  been  printed  in  the  New  Albany 
Ledger.  151 

BENNETT,  EMERSON 

The  Prairie  Flower;  Or,  Adventures  In  The  Far  West. 

By  Emerson  Bennett New  Edition,  Revised  and 

Corrected  By  the  Author. 

Cincinnati :    Published  By  U.  P.  James [n.  d.l 

8°  VI,  7-120.    P.  P.  W.  same  title. 

1st  edition,  Cine.,  1849,  120  pp.     (Not  seen). 

The  note  to  the  introduction  says  this  first  appeared  in  1849,  and 
although  a  large  edition  was  printed,  the  edition  was  exhausted  in 
three  months.  The  work  is  a  romance  based  on  a  trip  to  Califor- 
nia in  which  Kit  Carson  figures.  The  route  was  via  Brown's  Hole 
and  Utah  Lake,  arriving  at  Sutler's  Fort.  The  journey  was  sup- 
posed to  have  taken  place  in  1840.  From  there  they  were  supposed 


82  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


to  have  gone  to  Mexico  and  a  year  later,  in  the  spring  of  1842,  ar- 
rived at  Los  Angeles.  Thence  returned  part  way  to  the  Wind 
River  Mts.  and  then  to  Oregon. 

This  and  the  sequel  were  undoubtedly  either  written  by  some- 
one familiar  with  the  western  country,  or  from  a  tale  told  by 
some  such  person.  Sidney  W.  Moss  who  went  with  the  Hastings 
party  in  1842  said  he  wrote  the  "Prairie  Flower"  and  gave  it  to 
Overton  Johnson  who  went  back  in  1844,  and  that  Bennett  got 
hold  of  it  and  published  it  as  his  own.  152 


BENNETT,  EMERSON 

Leni    Leoti ;    Or    Adventures    In    The    Far    West. 
Sequel  To  "Prairie  Flower."     By  Emerson  Bennett.  .  .  , 
New  Edition,  Revised  and  Corrected  By  The  Author. 

Cincinnati:     Published  By  U.  P.  James [1850?] 

P.  P.  W.  same  title. 

8°  Tit.  7-1 10  pp. 


1st  edition  Cine.,  1849,  108  pp.     (Not  seen). 

A  romance  of  Oregon  in  1843  also  hunting  and  trapping  at  Ft. 
Uintah  and  thence  to  Taos,  South  Park,  Ft.  St.  Vrain,  the  Black 
Hills  and  thence  returned  to  Oregon  in  Nov.,  1843.  In  1844  re- 
turned to  the  States.  153 


BESCHKE,  WM. 

The  Dreadful  Sufferings  And  Thrilling-  Adventures  Of 
An  Overland  Party  of  Emigrants  To  California.  Their 
Terrific  Conflicts !  With  Savage  Tribes  Of  Indians ! !  And 
Mexican  Bands  Of  Robbers ! ! !  With  Marriage,  Funeral, 
And  Other  Interesting  Ceremonies  And  Customs  Of  Indian 
Life  In  The  Far  West.  Compiled  From  The  Journal  Of 
Mr.  George  Adam,  One  Of  The  Adventurers,  By  Prof.  Wm. 
Beschke. 

St.  Louis,  Mo. :  Published  By  Barclay  &  Co.    1850. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  same,  except  slight  change 
in  punctuation). 

8°  Front.,  title,  plate,  VI-X  pp.,  plate  (both  sides).  13-71 
pp.  with  cut  on  the  back  of  p.  71,  also  on  back  cover. 

This  has  all  the  appearance  of  being  a  romance.  154 

CARLETON,  [JAMES  HENRY] 

The  Overland  Route  To  California.  Major  Carleton's 
Tables  of  Distances.  (In  Stryker's  Am.  Reg.  and  Maga- 
zine for  July,  1850,  pp.  246-52.) 

In  a  letter  from  Ft.  Leavenworth,  Feb.  1,  1850  to  the  editors  of 
the  Intelligencer. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  83 


The  routes  described  are  from  Ft.  Leavenworth  to  El  Paso  via 
Santa  Fe,  Ft.  Leavenworth  to  Ft.  Laramie,  Ft.  Laramie  to  Ft. 
Pierre.  Carleton  says  the  information  is  from  Col.  Aeneas 
Mackay  and  Capt.  Alexander  B.  Dyer.  155 


CROSS,  OSBORNE 

A  Report,  In  The  Form  Of  A  Journal,  To  The  Quarter- 
master General,  Of  The  March  Of  The  Regiment  Of 
Mounted  Riflemen  To  Oregon,  From  May  10  To  October 
5,  1849.  By  Major  O.  Cross,  Quartermaster  United  States 
Army. 

Philadelphia:     C.  Sherman,  Printer.     1850. 

8°  Tit.,  IV,  5-228;  Map,  37  plates. 

Map: 

Map  of  North  America,  by  J.  Calvin  Smith,  [with  small 
map  of  the  Gold  Regions  of  California  as  inset]. 

Contains  all  of  the  plates  published  by  the  Government  in  its 
publication  of  this  march,  in  the  Report  of  the  Quartermaster 
General  for  1850.  As  this  well  printed  copy  seems  to  be  the  only 
one  known;  Query:  Did  Cross  have  it  printed  for  his  own  use? 

List  calls  for  35  plates,  but  there  are  36,  and  one  extra  of  the 
Dalles.  Same  extra  plate  occurs  in  the  Government  report.  This 
report  occupies  pages  126-240  of  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  No.  1,  31  Cong., 
2nd  Session  and  has  36  plates,  although  the  list  only  calls  for 
35.  156 


CULBERTSON,  THADDEUS  A. 

Journal  Of  An  Expedition  To  The  Mauvaises  Terres  And 
The  Upper  Missouri  In  1850.  By  Thaddeus  A.  Culbertson. 

Smith.  Inst.  Ann.  Report,  1850,  App.  IV,  also  32  Cong., 
Spec.  Sess.  Senate,  Doc.  No.  1. 

8°  pp.  84-145. 

Started  from  Ft.  Pierre  May  7.  Gives  a  very  interesting  ac- 
count of  the  forts  and  Indians  on  the  Missouri  River. 

For  a  long  account  of  Culbertson  and,  in  fact,  the  history  of 
the  Upper  Missouri  country,  see  Lieut.  James  H.  Brady's  "Affairs 
At  Fort  Benton"  in  Contributions  to  the  Historical  Society  of 
Montana,  Vol.  III.  157 


GARRARD,  LEWIS  H. 

Wah-To-Wah,  And  The  Taos  Trail;  Or  Prairie  Travel 
and  Scalp  Dances,  With  A  Look  At  Los  Rancheros  From 
Muleback  And  The  Rocky  Mountain  Campfire.  By  Lewis 
H.  Garrard. 


84  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Cincinnati:  Published  By  H.  W.  Derby  &  Co.;  New 
York.  A.  S.  Barnes  &  Co.  1850. 

12°  pp.  VI   (2),  349. 

Left  camp  near  Westport  Sept.  12,  1846,  with  a  Santa  Fe  train 
under  St.  Vrain  and  went  to  Ft.  William.  Gives  an  account  of 
the  Taos  massacre  and  the  subsequent  trials  of  the  prisoners  at 
which  he  was  present.  Met  Jim  Beckworth  and  gives  some  ac- 
count of  him.  Also  met  Carson  and  Beale  on  their  way  east.  Mr. 
Ruxton  also  joined  the  party  on  the  Purgatoire  on  their  return  to 
St.  Louis  in  the  summer  of  1847. 

In  a  footnote  on  page  299  he  tells  of  meeting  Ruxton  again  in 
Buffalo  in  Aug.,  1848.  Ruxton  admitted  being  the  author  of  Life 
in  the  Far  West,  then  in  course  of  publication  in  Blackwood's 
Magazine.  Ruxton  was  on  his  way  to  the  mountains  and  left  the 
same  day  but  died  in  St.  Louis.  15S 


JOHNSTONE,  J.  E.,  AND  OTHERS 

Reports  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  With  Reconnaisances 
of  Routes  From  San  Antonio  To  El  Paso,  By  Brevet.  Lt. 
Col.  J.  E.  Johnston ;  Lieut.  W.  F.  Smith ;  Lieut.  F.  T.  Bry- 
an ;  Lieut.  N.  H.  Michler ;  and  Captain  S.  G.  French,  of 
Q'master's  Dep't.  Also,  The  Report  of  Capt.  R.  B.  Marcy's 
Route  From  Fort  Smith  To  Santa  Fe ;  and  The  Report  of 
Lieut.  J.  H.  Simpson  Of  An  Expedition  Into  the  Navaio 
Country ;  and  the  Report  of  Lieutenant  W.  H.  C.  Whiting's 
Reconnaisances  of  the  Western  Frontier  Of  Texas.  July 
24,  1850.  Ordered  Printed. 

Washington:  Printed  At  The  Union  Office.  1850.  (31st 
Cong.,  1st  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  doc.  64). 

8°  Title,  Letters,  Anderson  &  Abert,  pp.  3-4;  Smith's  Re- 
port, pp.  4-7,  13-14;  Michler's  Report,  pp.  7-13,  29-39;  Bry- 
an's Report,  pp.  14-25;  French's  Report,  pp.  40-54,  map; 
Simpson's  Report,  pp.  55-168,  map;  Marcy's  Report,  pp. 
169-233 ;  Whiting's  Report,  pp.  235-250.  72  plates  (nos.  2, 
21  and  39  never  published). 
Maps: 

Map — Reconnaisances  of  routes  from  San  Antonio  to  El 
Paso  of  Johnston,  [etc.]  including  Whiting's,  1849. 

Map  of  the  Route  pursued  by  Lieut.  Col.  Washington  in 
the  expedition  against  the  Navajos.  By  J.  H.  Simpson, 
assisted  by  E.  M.  Kern. 

The  plates  belong  to  the  Simpson  Report  and  were  made  by  R. 
H.  a.nd  E.  M.  Kern,  mostly  by  the  latter,  and  were  lithographed 
by  P.  S.  Duval,  Philadelphia.  159 


__ THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 85 

KANE,  THOMAS 

The  Mormans,  A  Discourse  Delivered  Before  The  His- 
torical Society  of  Pennsylvania:  March  26,  1850.  By 
Thomas  L.  Kane. 

Philadelphia:     King  &  Baird.  .  .  .  1850. 

8°  84  pp.  including  title. 

An  account  of  the  Morman  migration  to  Utah  in  1846-7.  160 

MCNEIL,  SAMUEL 

McNeil's  Travels  In  1849,  To,  Through  And  From  The 
Gold  Region,  In  California.  By  Samuel  McNeil,  A  Shoe- 
maker. 

Columbus:     Scott  &  Bascom,  Printer.     1850. 

8°  40  pp. 

Left  New  Orleans  Feb.  28,  1849,  via  Brazos,  Monterey,  Parras, 
Durango  and  Mazatlan  and  arrived  in  San  Francisco  May  30. 
Very  short  account  of  his  journey  across  Mexico. 

A  copy  of  this  very  rare  book  in  the  Bancroft  Library.  161 

RAE,  JOHN 

Narratives  Of  An  Expedition  To  The  Shores  Of  The 
Arctic  Sea  in  1846  and  1847.  By  John  Rae,  Hudson  Bay 
Company's  Service,  Commander  of  the  Expedition.  With 
Maps. 

London :    T.  &  W.  Boone.    1850. 

8°  pp.  VIII,  247  (1)  2  Maps. 

Rae  passed  over  the  Ft.  William — Norway  House  trail  in  1845. 
Not    seen;    collation    from    Sabin.  *162 

ROBINSON,  J.  H. 

Kosato,  The  Blackfoot  Renegade.  By  J.  H.  Robinson, 
Author  of  "Silver  Knife,"  Etc. 

Boston:  Published  at  the  Yankee  Notion  Office.  .  .-..  . 
1850. 

8°  48  pp.  P.  P.  W.  with  same  title  except  imprint  is, — 
Boston :  Published  By  Hotchkiss  &  Co 

The  "Kosato"  occupies  the  first  38  pp.  and  is  followed  by 
"Clemence  De  La  Faille,"  by  Thomas  Williams,  Esq.  163 

SALAZAR  YLARREGUI,  JOSE 

Datos  De  Los  Trabajos  Astronomicos  Y  Topograficas, 
Dispuestos  En  Forma  De  Diario.  Practicados  Durante  El 


86 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Ano  De  1849  Y  Principios  De  1850  For  La  Comision  De 
Limites  Mexicana  En  La  Linea  Que  Divide  Esta  Republica 
De  La  De  Los  Estados-Unidos,  Por  El  Geometra  De 
Dicha  Comision,  Jose  Salazar  Ylarregui 

Mexico.    Imprenta  De  Juan  R.  Navarro 1850. 

8°  Title,  V,  7-123,  pp.  2  maps.     Pp.  7-16,  Introduction; 
17-38,  Resumen  (of  the  work) ;  39-123.    Tables  and  Astron- 
omical Data. 
Maps: 

Piano  de  la  parte  austral  del  puerto  de  S.  Diego,  etc.,  Ano 
de  1850. 

Piano  de  la  Confluencia  de  los  rios  Gila  Y  Colorado  .... 
Ano  de  1850. 

A  very  rare  book,  even  in  Mexico.  164 

SAWYER,  LORENZO 

Way  Sketches.  Containing  Incidents  of  travel  across  the 
Plains  from  St.  Joseph,  to  California. 

These  sketches  appeared  in  the  Family  Visitor  of  Cleveland, 
probably  copied  from  the  Ohio  Statesman,  during  the  fall  of  1850 
and  winter  of  1850-1.  They  were  written  by  Lorenzo  Sawyer, 
afterward  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  California,  in 
the  form  of  a  day  by  day  journal  and  forms  one  of  the  most 
readable  of  all  the  overland  narratives  of  gold  rush  days  that  I 
have  read.  165 


SIMPSON,  [J.  H.] 

Report  From  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating,  In 
Compliance  with  a  Resolution  of  the  Senate,  the  report  and 
map  of  the  route  from  Fort  Smith,  Arkansas,  to  Santa  Fe, 
New  Mexico,  made  by  Lieutenant  Simpson.  Jan.  14,  1850. 
Ordered  printed. 

31st  Cong.  1st  Sess.  Senate,  Ex.  doc.  12. 

8°  25  pp.  4  maps. 
Maps: 

Map  of  route  pursued  by  U.  S.  Troops  from  Fort  Smith, 
Arkansas,  to  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico,  via  South  Side  of 
Canadian  River  in  the  year  1849.  Lt.  Simpson,  assisted  by 
E.  M.  Kern  and  Mr.  Champlin. 

Map  No.  2  Showing  A  Continuation  of  Details  by  Simp- 
son. 

Map  No.  3  Showing  A  Continuation  of  Details  by  Simp- 
son. 

Map  No.  4  Showing  A  Continuation  from  Tucumcari 
Creek  to  Santa  Fe. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  87 


Simpson's  report  is  dated  Santa  Fe,  Aug.  13,  1849.  Capt.  R.  B. 
Marcy  was  in  command  of  25  of  the  First  Dragoons,  50  of  the 
Fifth  Infantry.  See  Johnston's  Reconnaisance  for  Marcy's  ac- 
count of  this  expedition.  166 

THURSTON,  SAMUEL  R. 

Geographical  Statistics.  Oregon,  Its  Climate,  Soil  Pro- 
duction, Etc.  (In  Stryker's  American  Register  and  Maga- 
zine for  July,  1850,  pp.  210-226,  from  the  National  Intelli- 
gencer). 

This  contains  a  description  of  the  overland  route  from  St. 
Joseph  from  Thurston's  own  experience,  together  with  a  statement 
of  the  necessary  outfit.  167 

ALDRICH,  LORENZO  D. 

A  Journal  Of  The  Overland  Route  To  California!  And 
The  Gold  Mines,  By  Lorenzo  D.  Aldrich  Of  Lansingburgh, 
Rensselaer  Co.,  N.  Y. 

Lansingburgh,  N.  Y. :  Alexr.  Kirkpatrick,  Printer 

1851. 

8°  Title,  leaf  of  preface,  pp.  5-46.  (Imperfect,  lacking  one 
or  two  leaves  at  end). 

Stevens,  in  1872,  had  a  copy  of  this  rare  book,  but  did  not  give 
collation  and  I  have  not  located  a  copy  to  ascertain  whether  the 
book  should  have  48  or  50  pages. 

Left  Albany  April  18th,  Ft.  Smith  May  23rd,  Santa  Fe 
July  31st  and  then  via  the  Rio  Grande  Mountains,  Santa  Cruz, 
Tucson  and  the  Gila,  arriving  at  San  Diego  December  3rd.  168 

BLANCHET,  F.  N. 

Voyage  De  L'Eveque  De  Walla-Walla.  (In  Rapport  Sur 
Les  Missions  Du  Diocese  De  Quebec,  ....  Mars,  1851. 

No.  9,  pp.  1-28  and  map.    Quebec: 1851). 

Map: 

Trace  De  La  Route  De  Westport,  Etal  De  Missouri,  A 
Walla  Walla,  Oregon.  Lithographed  by  Lakeland,  Mont- 
real. 

This  journey  by  Bishop  Blanchet  began  at  Montreal  April  3, 
1849.  The  Bishop  proceeded  by  way  of  Pittsburgh  to  St.  Louis 
and  thence  by  steamer  to  Kansas  Landing.  The  party  left  West- 
port  May  8  with  Wiggins  as  guide  and  proceeded  by  the  ordin- 
ary Oregon  road,  arriving  at  Walla  Walla  Sept.  5.  169 

t 

KELLER,  GEORGE 

A  Trip  Across  the  Plains  and  Life  in  California;  Em- 


88 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

bracing  a  Description  of  the  Overland  Route;  Its  Natural 
Curiosities ;  the  Gold  Mines  of  California ;  Its  Climate,  etc. 
By  George  Keller. 

Massillon  (Ind.):  1851. 

8°  58  pp. 

Collation  from  Cowan's  Bibl.  of  California,  who  states  the  only 
copy  he  ever  saw  was  in  MacDonald's  collection,  now  belonging 
to  Mr.  H.  E.  Huntington.  A  typewritten  copy  recently  turned  up 
in  the  auction  room  and  I  believe  the  purchaser  has  some  inten- 
tion of  reprinting  it.  170 

KELLY,  WILLIAM 

An  Excursion  To  California  Over  The  Prairie,  Rocky 
Mountains,  And  Great  Sierra  Nevada.  With  A  Stroll 
Through  The  Diggings  And  Ranches  Of  That  Country. 
By  William  Kelly,  J.  P.  In  Two  Volumes. 

London :     Chapman  and  Hall,  ....  MDCCCLI. 

8°  X,  342  pp.;  VIII,  334  pp. 

Started  from  Westport  April  6th  ,1849  with  Col.  Russell's  party. 
Landed  on  Webber  Creek,  near  Pleasant  Valley,  July  26th.  171 

McCALL,  COLONEL 

Report  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating.  In 
compliance  with  a  resolution  of  the  Senate,  Colonel  McCall's 
reports  in  relation  to  New  Mexico.  Feb.  11,  1851.  Ordered 
printed. 

31st  Cong.  2nd  Sess.  (Sen.)  Ex.  doc.  26 

8°  23  pp. 

McCall's  Report,  dated  Santa  Fe,  July  15,  1850.  A  very  good  de- 
scription of  the  territory.  172 

MILES,  WILLIAM 

Journal  Of  The  Sufferings  And  Hardships  Of  Capt. 
Parker  H.  French's  Overland  Expedition  To  California, 
Which  Left  New  York  City,  May  13th,  1850,  By  Way  Of 
New  Orleans,  Lavacca  And  San  Antonia,  Texas,  El  Paso, 
On  The  Rio  Grande,  The  River  Gila  To  San  Diego  On  The 
Pacific,  And  Landed  at  San  Francisco,  December  14.  By 
William  Miles,  of  Carlisle,  Pa.  Copyright  secured. 

Chambersburg,  Pa. :  1851. 

(Cover  title  on  green  paper  wrappers). 

8°  Title,  leaf  of  preface,  (on  reverse  Journal  begins),  pp. 
5-24. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  89 


Regular  Title  same  to   May  13th,  1850,  then:  And  Arrived  At 
San  Francisco.  Dec.  14.     By  William  Miles.     Copyright  secured. 
Chambersburg:    Printed  at  the  Valley  Spirit  Office.    1851. 

The  preface,  written  at  Carlisle,  Pa.,  is  signed  by  Wesley  Miles, 
a  brother,  acting  on  the  suggestion  contained  in  a  letter  dated 
San  Francisco,  Dec.  20th. 

Charles  Cardinell,  whose  name  appears  as  one  of  the  enlisted 
men  in  Miles'  account,  published  in  the  California  Chronicle,  (S. 
F.)  Jan.  21,  Feb.  5  and  16,  1856,  extracts  from  his  diary  of  more 
dreadful  sufferings  still. 

Recently  reprinted  from  the  copy  now  in  my  possession.        173 

RICHARDSON,  SIR  JOHN 

Arctic  Searching-  Expedition :  A  Journal  Of  a  Boat- 
Voyage  through  Rupert's  Land  and  the  Arctic  Sea,  in 
search  of  the  Discovery  Ships  under  Command  of  Sir  John 
Franklin.  With  an  Appendix  on  the  Physical  Geography  of 
North  America.  By  Sir  John  Richardson,  C.  S.  F.  R.  S., 
....  In  Two  Volumes. 

London  :    Longman,  Brown 1851. 

8°  pp.  VIII,  413 ;  VII,  426.     10  col.  plates,  map.     Plates 
lithographed  by  M.  &  N.  Hashart  after  sketches  by  A.  H. 
Murray  (9)  and  E.  N.  Kendall  (1). 
Map: 

British  North  America.  S.  Hall,  sclup.  London,  Long- 
man &  Co. 

Dr.  Rae  and  Sir  John  Richardson  made  this  journey  in  1848-49, 
crossing  the  Hudson's  Bay  Territory  to  the  Athabasca  and  Great 
Slaves  Lake  by  the  usual  route. 

Appendix  No.  1  is  devoted  to  the  Physical  Geography  of  the 
Country.  174 

SLATER,  N. 

Fruits  Of  Mormonism,  Or,  A  Fair  And  Candid  Statement 
Of  Facts  Illustrative  Of  Mormon  Principles,  Mormon 
Policy,  And  Mormon  Character,  By  More  Than  Forty  Eye- 
Witnesses.  Compiled  By  N.  Slater,  A.  M. 

Coloma,  Cal. :    Harmon  and  Springer.     1851. 

12°  Title,  pp.  3-93  (1). 

Slater  came  by  Salt  Lake  in  the  fall  of  1850  and  spent  the 
winter  in  Salt  Lake  City.  When  the  party  which  had  spent  the 
winter  there  reached  Carson  Valley  in  the  spring,  there  was  a 
meeting  and  200  signed  a  set  of  resolutions  and  later  a  number 
drew  up  a  memorial  to  Congress,  both  of  which  are  printed  by 
Slater,  setting  forth  bitter  complaints  against  the  Mormons  and 
charging  them  with  treason,  murder,  larceny  and  all  kinds  of 
crime.  Urged  Congress  to  abolish  Territorial  government  in 
Utah  and  establish  a  military  government. 

The  book,  which  is  rare,  is  made  up  of  accounts  of  these  crimes. 

175 


90 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

STREET,  FRANKLIN 

California  in  1850,  Compared  With  What  It  Was  In  1849, 
With  A  Glimpse  At  Its  Future  Destiny.  Also  A  Concise 
Description  Of  The  Overland  Route,  From  the  Missouri 
River,  by  the  South  Pass,  to  Sacramento  City,  including  A 
Table  of  Distances,  From  point  to  point.  With  notes  on 
the  facilities  along  the  route  for  Constructing  A  Railroad. 
And  Also  A  Brief  Notice  Of  The  Water  Route,  By  the 
Isthmts  (sic)  of  Panama.  By  Franklin  Street. 

Cincinnati:  R.  E.  Edwards  &  Co.  .  .  .  Louisville.  .  .  . 
1851. 

12°  Front.,  Title,  5-88.     P.  P.  Wrappers  with  same  title. 

This  embodies  a  guid.e  from  the  Missouri  River  to  California 
via  the  Central  Emigrant  route  and  the  book  was  so  issued. 
Copy  in  Lib.  Congress.  176 

AUDUBON,  J.  W. 

Illustrated  Notes  Of  The  Expedition  Through  Mexico 
And  California,  In  1849-50. 

New  York:  Published  by  J.  W.  Audubon,  24  Liberty 
Street.  1852. 

4°    Title,    leaf    of    preface,    pp.    1-47,    4    colored    plates 
engraved  on  stone  by  C.  Gildemeister,  printed  by  Nagel  & 
Weingartner. 
Plates: 

The  plates  of  great  beauty  are  as  follows: 

Fourth  of  July  Camp,  The  Night  Watch,  Canon  of  Jesus 
Maria,  Mexican  Village  of  Jesus  Maria. 

There  is  a  copy  in  N.  Y.  Pub.  Lib.  which  formerly  belonged 
to  Evert  Duyckink,  also  with  colored  plates.  It  has  a  front  wrap- 
per in  brown  paper  with  the  above  title  except  it  bears  the  in- 
scription No.  1,  Price  $1.00  plain,  $1.50  colored,  and  at  bottom  H. 
Ludwig,  Printer,  No.  53  Vesey  S't. 

The  party  of  nearly  100  left  N.  Y.  Feb.  8,  1849.  Col.  Webb  in 
command,  with  Audubon  as  second.  They  went  by  the  Ohio  and 
Mississippi  to  New  Orleans,  by  steamer,  to  Brazos  and  thence 
overland  by  Saltella,  Parras,  Mapimi,  Parral  to  Jesus  Maria  where 
Part  I  ends.  They  were  detained  on  the  Rio  Grande  a  long  time 
by  the  cholera  which  carried  off  a  number  of  the  party. 

No  more  than  this  number  was  published,  at  least  no  more  has 
survived,  but  the  journal  was  kept  in  his  family  and  in  1906  it  was 
published  in  Cleveland,  edited  'by  F.  H.  Hodder.  Part  I  was 
reprinted  in  Tarrytown  in  1915  by  W.  Abbott  in  83  pp.  and  with 
the  four  plates,  much  reduced  from  this  copy  now  in  my  posses- 
sion, 177 

CHILD,  ANDREW 

Overland  Route  To  California,  Description  Of  The  Route, 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 91 

via  Council  Bluffs,  Iowa:  Keeping-  The  North  Side  Of  The 
Platte  River,  For  The  Whole  Of  The  Distance,  Lying 
Near  That  Stream ;  Thence  Over  the  South  Pass,  via  The 
Great  Sublette  And  Bear  River  Cut-Offs,  And  The  Truckie 
River  Road,  Over  The  Sierra  Nevada,  to  Sacramento  Val- 
ley. By  Andrew  Child,  Of  Wisconsin. 

Milwaukee:  Daily  Sentinel  Steam  Power  Press.  1852. 
(At  end):  Pub.  by  Cyrus,  Field. 

Printed  Bds.  with  label:  New  Guide  For  The  Overland 
Route  To  California.  By  Andrew  Child.  1852. 

24°  Title  III-VIII,  9-61  pp. 

Child  sent  this  from  Nevada  City,  with  a  letter  published  as 
Preface,  dated  Dec.  10,  1850,  in  which  he  says  the  route  is  copied 
from  a  daily  journal  kept  by  him  on  the  road.  States  that  the 
1849  emigration  suffered  from  lack  of  a  reliable  guide  book.  178 

CLARKE,  A.  B. 

Travels  In  Mexico  And  California;  Comprising  a  Jour- 
nal of  a  Tour  from  Brazos  Santiago,  through  Central 
Mexico,  by  way  of  Monterey,  Chihuahua,  the  country  of 
the  Apaches,  and  the  River  Gila,  to  the  Mining  Districts  of 
California.  By  A.  B.  Clarke. 

Boston :  Wright  &  Hasty's  Steam  Press,  8  Water  Street. 
1852. 

Cover  title;  regular  title  same  wording,  but  different 
type  and  Wright  &  Hasty,  Printers. 

12°  Title,  Leaf  of  Note ;  pp.  5-138. 

Preface  dated  Westfield,  July  2,  1852, 

Left  N.  Y.  Jan.  29,  1849,  as  a  member  of  the  Hampden  Mining 
Company  of  46  persons.  Left  Brazos,  Santiago,  Feb.  21st,  Monte- 
rey March  16th,  Chihuahua  April  15th,  Janos  April  28th,  Santa 
Cruz  May  25th,  Tucson  May  30th,  then  via  the  Gila.  Mentions 
meeting  Dr.  Field  of  North  Adams  who  had  been  with  Fannin's 
party  in  Texas,  the  author  of  "Three  Years  in  Texas,"  and  thence 
traveled  with  him  as  messmate.  June  20th  reached  the  Colorado, 
thence  to  Los  Angeles,  arriving  there  July  9th,  thence  overland  via 
Santa  Barbara,  San  Luis  Obispo  and  San  Juan.  Returned  in 
March,  1851.  179 


COKE,  HENRY  J. 

A  Ride  Over  The  Rocky  Mountains  To  Oregon  And 
California  With  A  Glance  At  Some  Of  The  Tropical  Is- 
lands, Including  The  West  Indies  And  The  Sandwich  Isles. 
By  the  Hon.  Henry  J.  Coke,  etc. 

London  :    Richard  Bentley 1852. 

8°  pp.  X,  388,  (2).    Portrait  Coke. 


92 


Left  England  Dec.  18,  1849,  passed  to  the  West  Indies  and  Cuba 
and  thence  to  Charleston.  Left  St.  Louis  May  28,  1850,  by  river 
to  St.  Joe  which  they  left  June  3rd,  following  the  River  to  Council 
Bluffs.  July  25th  at  Ft.  Laramie.  Passed  Kit  Carson  on  his  way 
east  on  the  Sweetwater.  Arrived  at  the  Dalles  Oct.  12th.  Nov. 
14th  embarked  for  the  Sandwich  Islands.  Most  of  the  book  is  de- 
voted to  Coke's  diary  of  his  experiences  crossing  the  plains.  180 


GRAHAM,  J.  D. 

Report  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating,  In 
Compliance  with  a  resolution  of  the  Senate,  the  report  of 
Lieutenant  Colonel  Graham  on  the  subject  of  the  boundary 
line  between  the  United  States  and  Mexico.  Ordered 
printed  Aug.  31,  1852. 

32  Cong.  1  Sess.  Senate  Ex.  doc.  121. 

8°  250  pp.,  2  maps  and  barometic  profile. 
Maps: 

Mexican  Boundary,  Sketch  A. 

Mexican  Boundary,  Sketch  B.  Extract  from  the  Treaty 
Map  of  Disturnett  of  1847. 

Barometric  Profile  of  the  Route  from  San  Antonio  .... 
to  the  Copper  Mines  of  Santa  Rita  in  1851. 

Graham's  report  is  dated  Washington,  Jan.  18,  1852,  and  is 
largely  filled  with  his  troubles  with  Bartlett.  Contains,  however, 
much  interesting  information  about  southern  New  Mexico,  with 
several  partial  journals  of  his  various  trips.  Including  also 
Whipple's  reports  on  his  survey  of  the  Gila  River.  181 


GUNNISON,  J.  W. 

The  Mormons,  Or,  Latter-Day  Saints,  In  The  Valley  Of 
The  Great  Salt  Lake:  A  History  Of  Their  Rise  and  Pro- 
gress, Peculiar  Doctrines,  Present  Condition,  And  Pros- 
pects, Derived  From  Personal  Observation,  During  A  Resi- 
dence Among  Them.  By  Lieut.  J.  W.  Gunnicon,  Of  The 
Topographical  Engineers. 

Philadelphia:     Lippincott,  Grambo  &  Co.     18$2. 

12°  pp.  IX,  13-168;  Plate  (Nauvoo). 

Slight  sketch  of  Jim  Bridger  and  his  description  of  the  Yellow- 
stone Park,  page  151,  but  the  book  is  mainly  devoted  to  the  Mor- 
mon doctrine  and  history.  182 


HORN,  HOSEA  B. 

Horn's  Overland  Guide,  From  The  U.  S.  Indian  Sub- 
Agency,  Council  Bluffs,  On  The  Missouri  River,  To  The 
City  Of  Sacramento,  In  California ;  Containing  A  Table  Of 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 93 

Distances,    And    Showing   All    The    Rivers  ....  With    a 
Complete  and  Accurate  Map.    By  Hosea  B.  Horn. 

New  York:    J.  H.  Colton 1852. 

16°  pp.  IV,  (2),  7-83;  (1),  18  (adv.)     Fold.  map. 
Map: 

Map  To  Illustrate  Horn's  Overland  Guide  To  California 
And  Oregon.  Pub.  By  J.  H.  Colton 1852. 

Really  only  67  pages  of  Guide;  the  rest  advertisements.  This 
and  Child's,  published  the  same  year,  are  the  first  real  guides,  ex- 
cept Ware's,  founded  on  the  traveled  routes  that  appeared.  Horn 
says  Clayton's  Guide  to  Salt  Lake  was  the  only  previous  one  of 
any  value.  183 

INGALLS,  E.  S. 

Journal  of  a  Trip  to  California  by  the  Overland  Route 
across  the  Plains  in  1850-51. 

Waukegan,  (Ills.):  Tobey  &  Co.     1852. 
8°  51  pp.  and  3  of  advertisements. 

The  only  copy  I  have  seen  was  one  sold  at  the  Hubbard  sale  at 
Merwin's,  May  5th,  1914,  probably  bought  by  him  at  a  Lobbie  sale 
some  years  previously.  *184 

MONTAIGNES,  FRANCOIS  DES  [PSEUD] 

The  Plains,  Being  a  Collection  of  Veracious  Memoranda, 
taken  during  the  Expedition  of  Exploration  in  the  year 
1845,  from  the  Western  Settlements  of  Missouri  to  the 
Mexican  Border,  and  from  Bent's  Fort  on  the  Arkansas  to 
Fort  Gibson  via  South  Fork  of  Canadian — North  Mexico 
and  North  Western  Texas.  By  Francois  Des  Montaignes 
of  St.  Louis.  (In  The  Western  Journal  &  Civilian,  vol.  9, 
no.  1  to  vol.  10,  no.  6.  St.  Louis,  1852-53). 

An  amusing  account  of  Fremont's  expedition  from  the  stand- 
point of  an  amateur.  He  says  Fremont  forbade  anyone  to  keep  a 
journal  or  memoranda. 

Chapter  6  refers  to  the  killing  of  James  White  of  Independence 
at  Point  of  Rivers  by  Apaches  and  the  captivity  of  Mrs.  White. 

Miss  Drumm  of  the  Mo.  Hist.  Soc.  tells  me  that  they  never 
have  been  able  to  discover  the  real  name  of  the  author.  185, 

SIMPSON,  JAMES  H. 

Journal  Of  A  Military  Reconnaisance  From  Santa  Fe,. 
New  Mexico,  To  The  Navajo  Country,  Made  With  The 
Troops  Under  Command  of  Brevet.  Lieutenant  Colonel 
John  M.  Washington,  Chief  Of  The  Ninth  Military  De- 
partment, And  Governor  Of  New  Mexico,  In  1849.  By 


94  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


James  H.  Simpson,  A.  M.,  First  Lieutenant,  Corps  of 
Topographical  Engineers. 

Philadelphia :     Lippincott,  Grambo  And  Co 1852. 

8°  140  pp.  map,  72  plates,  of  which  34  are  colored.  Plates 
by  R.  H.  Kern  and  lithographed  by  P.  S.  Duval's  Steam 
Lith.  Press,  Philadelphia. 

Some  of  the  plates  of  scenery  are  after  sketches  by  E.  M.  Kern. 
Plates  No.  2,  21  and  39  were  not  published  either  in  the  Govt. 
ed.  of  1850  or  in  this.  Plates  66  and  67  which  were  long  sheets  in 
the  Govt.  ed.  are  cut  here  into  2  and  3  respectively.  Plate  65, 
which  was  a  large  folding  plate  in  the  Govt.  ed.,  is  reduced  in 
this  to  less  than  half  size  and  plates  66  and  67  to  half  the  original 
size.  186 


STANSBURY,  HOWARD 

An  Expedition  To  The  Valley  Of  The  Great  Salt  Lake 
Of  Utah :  Including  A  Description  Of  Its  Geography, 
Natural  History,  And  Minerals,  And  An  Analysis  Of  Its 
Waters :  With  An  Authentic  Account  Of  The  Mormon 
Settlement.  Illustrated  By  Numerous  Beautiful  Plates, 
From  Drawings  Taken  On  The  Spot.  Also  A  Reconnais- 
ance  Of  A  New  Route  Through  The  Rocky  Mountains, 
And  Two  Large  And  Accurate  Maps  Of  That  Region.  By 
Howard  Stansbury,  Captain  Corps  Topographical  Engi- 
neers, United  States  Army. 

Philadelphia:     Lippincott,  Grambo  &  Co.     1852. 

8°  487  pp. 

Contents : 

Pages  1-267,  Report  (35  plates  of  scenery  and  La  Hon- 
tan's  map);  pp.  269-294,  Appendix  A:  Table  of  Distances; 
pp.  295-303,  Appendix  B :  Table  Lat.  &  Long. ;  pp.  305-379, 
Appendix  C:  Zoology  by  S.  P.  Baird  (10  plates);  pp.  381- 
397,  Appendix  D:  Botany  by  John  Torrey  (9  plates);  pp. 
399-414,  Appendix  E:  Geol.  &  Paleon.,  James  Hall  (4 
plates);  pp.  415-421,  Appendix  F;  Analysis  Water  by  L.  D. 
Gale;  pp.  423-478,  Appendix  G:  Meteorological  Table;  pp. 
479-487,  Index. 

2  Maps  in  Separate  case.    Drawings  from  views  made  by 
•     F.  C.  Grist,  and  engraved  by  Ackerman.     Maps  drawn  by 
J.  W.  Gunnison  and  Chas.  Preuss  and  engraved  by  Acker- 
man. 

Maps: 

Map  of  Great  Salt  Lake  and  adjacent  country. 
Map  of  Reconnaisance  between  Salt  Lake  Valley  and  Ft. 
Leavenworth. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  95 


Expedition  left  Leavenworth  May  31,  1849,  with  J.  W.  Gtmni- 
son  as  assistant.  Albert  Carrington,  a  Mormon,  was  also  engaged 
in  Salt  Lake  as  assistant.  All  the  scientific  portions  were  written 
in  the  east  from  speciments. 

This  was  issued  in  1852  by  the  government  as  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  2, 
32d  Cong.  Spec.  Sess.,  March,  1851,  printed  by  Lippincott,  Grambo 
&  Co.,  Phila.,  in  fact  exactly  the  same  book  with  only  a  different 
title,  preceded  by  the  usual  government  document  title.  The  title 
of  this  edition  reads :  Exploration  And  Survey  Of  The  Valley  Of 
The  Great  Salt  Lake  Of  Utah,  Including  A  Reconnaisance  Of  A 
New  Route  Through  The  Rocky  Mountains.  By  [then  the  same  as 
the  other].  187 

BREWERTON,  GEORGE  D. 

A  Ride  With  Kit  Carson  Through  The  Great  American 
Desert  And  The  Rocky  Mountains.  By  George  D.  Brew- 
erton.  (In  Harper's  New  Monthly  Magazine:  Aug.,  1853). 

Incidents  Of  Travel  In  New  Mexico  by  G.  Douglass 
Brewerton,  (In  ibid.  April,  1854). 

In  The  Buffalo  Country  (In  ibid.,  Sept.,  1862). 

These  three  articles,  published  at  intervals,  detail  Brewerton's 
trip  from  San  Francisco  via  Los  Angeles  to  Santa  Fe  and  Inde- 
pendence in  the  summer  of  1848.  The  party  left  Los  Angeles  May 
4th  and  proceeded  by  the  Mohave  and  the  old  Spanish  trail  to 
Taos. 

Parts  of  this  were  reprinted  in  Van  Tramp's  Rocky  Mountain 
Adventures  but  I  do  not  think  were  ever  compiled  in  book  form, 
although  forming  one  of  the  most  interesting  accounts  of  all 
overland  expeditions. 

Brewerton  in  the  first  number  gives  an  account  of  Aubry's 
famous  ride  from  Santa  Fe  to  Independence,  having  met  him  on 
his  return.  He  also  gives  an  account  of  the  death  of  Bill  Wil- 
liams. 188 


LAFLECHE,  RICHER 

Lettre  de  M.  Richer  Lafleche,  Missionaire,  a  un  de  ses 
amis.  Saint-Francois  de  la  Prairie  du  Cheval-Blanc,  le  4 
Septembre,  1851.  (Published  in  Rapport  Sur  Les  Missions 
Du  Diocese  de  Quebec,  Mars.  1853.  No.  10,  pp.  44-70. 
Quebec:  ....  1853). 

This  report  contains  a  most  entertaining  account  of  a  trip  which 
Father  Lafleche  made  in  the  summer  of  1851  with  the  Red  River 
half-breeds  on  the  annual  buffalo  hunt  to  the  Grand-Couteau. 

189 

LEROUX,  ANTOINE 

Extracts  From  A  Letter  By  Antoine  Leroux  To  The 
Missouri  Democrat  In  1853. 

St.  Louis  Journal  and  Civilian  for  April,  1853. 


96  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Leroux  describes  and  advocates  the  central  route,  that  is,  Fre- 
mont's and  Benton's.  Leroux  was,  perhaps,  after  Carson,  the  most 
famous  guide  in  the  Southwest  during  the  fifties.  Joseph  Tasse 
in  "Les  Canadiens  de  L'Ouest,"  Montreal,  1878,  gives  a  consider- 
able account  of  Leroux.  but  taken  almost  entirely  from  Govern- 
ment reports  and  Mollhausen's  book.  Apparently  Tasse  neither 
mentions  the  date  of  his  birth  or  his  death.  190 


MARCY,  RANDOLPH  B. 

Exploration  Of  The  Red  River  Of  Louisiana,  In  The 
Year  1852:  By  Randolph  B.  Marcy,  Captain  Fifth  Infantry 
U.  S.  Army,  Assisted  By  George  B.  McClellan,  Brevet 
Captain  U.  S.  Engineers.  With  Reports  On  The  Natural 
History  Of  The  Country,  And  Numerous  Illustrations. 

Washington:  Robt.  Armstrong,  Public  Printer.  1853. 
(32  Cong.,  2nd  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  54). 

8°  XV,  320  pp.,  2  maps  in  separate  volume.,  12  plates  of 
scenery  (4  tinted),  lith.  by  Ackerman ;  10  geological  sec- 
tions by  Dr.  Geo.  G.  Shumard ;  6  plates  fossils ;  18  plates 
reptiles;  19  plates  botany  (No.  18  not  published). 

Contents : 

Journal,  pp.  10-82;  Remarks,  83-108;  Pacific  Rwy.,  109- 
117.  Appendix  A  &  B,  Tables  119-152;  Appendix  C,  Min- 
erology  by  C.  U.  Shepard,  153-9;  Appendix  D,  Geology,  Ed. 
Hitchcock  and  Geo.  G.  Shumard,  161-195 ;  Appendix  E, 
Palaentology,  B.  F.  Shumard,  197-211;  Appendix  F,  Zoo- 
logy (various),  213-275;  Appendix  G,  Botany,  John  Torrey, 
277-304;  Appendix  H,  Ethnology,  Marcy  and  Prof.  Turner, 
305-311;  Index  313-320. 

Maps: 

Map  of  the  country  between  the  frontiers  of  Arkansas 
and  New  Mexico ;  embracing  the  section  explored  in  1849, 
'50,  '51  and  '52,  by  Captain  R.  B.  Marcy,  etc. 

Map  of  the  country  embraced  within  the  basin  of  the 
Upper  Red  River,  explored  in  1852  by  Capt.  R.  B.  Marcy, 
etc. 

J.  R.  Suydam  of  N.  Y.,  a  civilian  friend,  of  Marcy,  accompanied 
the  expedition.  Dr.  Geo.  G.  Shumard  was  surgeon. 

Plates  do  not  show  by  whom  drawn. 

In  1866  Marcy  published  Thirty  Years  Of  Army  Life  On  The 
Border.  By  Colonel  R.  B.  Marcy,  ....  New  York:  Harper  & 
Brothers,  ....  1866.  8°  XVI,  17-442  pp.  13  plates. 

Marcy  knew  the  plains,  and  all  his  books  are  filled  with  most 
interesting  and.  valuable  information.  191 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 97 

PALLISER,  JOHN 

Solitary  Rambles  And  Adventures  Of  A  Hunter  In  The 
Prairies.    By  John  Palliser,  Esq.    With  Illustrations. 
London :    John  Murray,  ....  1853. 
8°  Front,  eng.  title,  XIV,  (2),  326  pp.,  6  other  plates. 

Left  England  1847  and  N.  Y.  March  25th.  Crossed  the  moun- 
tains and  took  the  steamer  for  New  Orleans.  On  Sept.  2nd  left 
Independence  with  Mr.  Kipp's  party  of  the  American  Fur  Co., 
thence  overland  to  Ft.  Pierre,  thence  to  Ft.  Union.  After  a  visit 
to  Ft.  Berthold  in  the  spring,  returned  to  Ft.  Union.  Hunted 
the  Yellowstone  and  again  returned  to  Ft.  Union.  In  the  fall 
descended  the  river,  and  after  a  stay  at  Ft.  Berthold  went  to  St. 
Louis  in  the  Steamer  Martha,  thence  to  New  Orleans  and  home. 

192 

PERRY,  J.  A. 

Thrilling  Adventures  of  a  New  Englander.  Travels, 
Scenes  and  Sufferings,  In  Cuba,  Mexico,  &  California.  Il- 
lustrated With  Engravings.  By  Elder  J.  A.  Perry. 

Boston:  Redding  &  Co.,  ....  1853.  Printed  At  The 
Yankee  Privateer  Office. 

Cover  title  with  vignette  of  miners  washing  gold,  regular 
title,  same  wording,  but  with  vignette  of  a  ship,  and  print- 
ers omitted. 

8°  Title,  leaf  preface,  pp.  5-96;  illus.  in  text. 

Left  New  York  Feb.  3,  1849,  for  Vera  Cruz  via  Havana.  Trav- 
eled via  Jalapa,  Perote,  Mexico,  Queretaro,  Celaya,  Guadalajara, 
Tepic,  San  Bias,  S.  F.  to  Mormon  Island. 

A  very  interesting  account  of  the  journey  through  Mexico 
with  a  few  pages  at  the  end  descriptive  of  life  at  the  mines.  193 

SITGREAVES,   L. 

Report  Of  An  Expedition  Down  The  Zuni  And  Colo- 
rado Rivers  By  Captain  L.  Sitgreaves,  Corps  Topographical 
Engineers.  Accompanied  By  Maps,  Sketches,  Views,  And 
Illustrations. 

Washington :  Robert  Armstrong,  1853.  (32  Cong.,  2d 
Sess.  Senate,  Ex.  Doc.  59). 

8°    198  pp.     Map.     23   Plates   of   Scenery;  6   Plates   of 
Mammals;   5   Plates  of   Birds    (no   No.   2);   21    Plates  of 
Reptiles;  3  Plates  of  Fishes;  21  Plates  of  Plants   (1  over 
list). 
Map: 

Reconnaisance  of  the  Zuni,  Little  Colorado,  and  Colorado 
Rivers,  made  in  1851,  under  the  direction  of  J.  J.  Abert, 
etc.  Drawn  by  R.  H.  Kern. 

The  scenery  plates  were  drawn  by  Kern  and  engraved  by  Ack- 


98  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


erman.     Many  of  the  plates  of  animals,  birds,  etc.,  are  also  after 
sketches  by  Kern. 

Party  organized  in  Santa  Fe  and  besides  Sitgreaves  consisted 
of  J.  G.  Parke,  Dr.  S.  W.  Woodhouse,  R.  H.  Kern  and  Antoine 
Leroux  as  guide ;  Major  H.  L.  Kendrick  in  command  of  the  escort. 
Expedition  left  Santo  Domingo  August  1,  1851,  and  stopped  at 
Zuni  from  September  1st  to  24th.  Diary  from  Sept.  24th  to  Nov. 
9th.  Party  arrived  at  Fort  Yuma  Nov.  30th.  194 

SMET,  PIERRE  JEAN  DE 

Voyage  Au  Grand-Desert  En  1851.  Par  Le  R.  P.  Pierre 
De  Smet,  Missionaire  de  la  Compagnie  de  Jesus. 

Bruxelles,  Imprimerie  De  J.  Vandereydt,  ....  1853. 
18°  pp.  36;  71.    2  Parts  in  I  Vol. 

Second  part  has  a  title  similar  to  the  first,  with  the  addition  of 
the  words  Lettres  inedites.  Extracted  from  "Collection  de  precis 
historiques,"  par  Ed.  Terwecoren,  S.  J.  Contains  the  voyage  au 
Grand  Desert  reprinted  in  Cinquante  Nouvelles  Lettres. 

In  a  list  of  De  Smet's  Works  in  the  Cinquante  Nouvelles  Let- 
tres this  is  given  with  the  same  imprint.  18°  436  pp. 

Not  seen.  195 


TRAITS   OF  AMERICAN-INDIAN   LIFE   AND   CHAR- 
ACTER.   By  A  Fur  Trader. 

London :     Smith,  Elder  And  Co.,  ....  1853. 
12°  XIV,  (2),  218  pp. 

Disconnected  sketches  about  one  of  the  principal  Hudson  Bay 
traders  in  Oregon,  said  to  be  by  Peter  Skeene  Ogden.  Relates 
Smith's  (Jed.)  story  of  his  travels  in  Oregon  in  1828. 

Father  Morice  in  his  history  of  the  Northern  Interior  of  Brit- 
ish Columbia  has  a  long  appendix  on  the  authorship  of  this  and 
denies  emphatically  that  Ogden  wrote  it,  although  it  contains  a 
number  of  Ogden's  adventures.  He  concludes  that  the  book  was 
written  by  Duncan  Finlayson.  The  publishers  informed  Father 
Morice  in  1904  that  the  book  was  received,  from  the  Hudson  Bay 
Co.  on  account  of  Finlayson  and  was  edited  by  Mr.  Rich.  196 

AUB"RY,  F.  x. 

Aubry's  Journey  from  California  to  New  Mexico.  Notes 
By  F.  X.  Aubry.  In  Western  Journal  &  Civilian:  St. 
Louis.  1854). 

This  contains  a  journal  of  Aubry  from  Tejon  Pass  July  10th, 
1853,  to  Sept.  10th,  day  of  arrival  at  Albuquerque,  by  way  of  Cen- 
tral Arizona  and  Zuni. 

I  have  the  following  note  of  what  seems  to  refer  to  the  same 
journey,  but  have  not  seen  it:  Notes  on  a  route  from  near  Tejon 
Pass  through  Western  New  Mexico  and  the  Colorado  to  Santa 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  99 


Fe  in  the  fall  of  1853.     Wash.,  1854,  about  12  pp.     (Possibly  part 
of  some  government  document). 

Joseph  Tasse  in  his  "Les  Canadiens  De  L'Ouest,"  Montreal, 
1878,  Vol.  II,  gives  a  long  account  of  Aubry,  with  a  portrait.  In 
the  appendix  will  be  found  a  French  version  of  the  above  journal 
and  also  "Second  Voyage  De  La  Californie  Au  Nouveau-Mexique." 
This  embraces  a  journal  of  a  trip  leaving  San  Jose  6th  of  July, 
1854,  but  is  only  partial,  containing  July  22nd  to  Aug.  16th,  in- 
clusive. 197 


BARTLETT,  JOHN  RUSSELL 

Personal  Narrative  Of  Exploration  And  Incidents  In 
Texas,  New  Mexico,  California,  Sonora  And  Chihuahua, 
Connected  With  The  United  States  And  Mexican  Boundary 
Commission,  During  The  Years  1850,  '51,  '52  And  '53.  By 
John  Russell  Bartlett,  United  States  Commissioner  During 
That  Period.  In  Two  Volumes  With  Map  And  Illustra- 
tions. 

New  York:    D.  Appleton  &  Co.    MDCCCLIV. 

8°  Half  Title,  pp.  XXII,  506;  Half  Title,  XVII,  624, 
Map: 

General  Map  Showing  the  Countries  Explored  and  Sur- 
veyed By  The  United  States  and  Mexican  Boundary  Com- 
mission In  the  Years  1850,  51,  52  &  53.  Under  the  direction 
of  John  R.  Bartlett,  U.  S.  Commissioner.  D.  McLellan, 
Printer. 

The  Front,  in  Vol.  I  belongs  in  Vol.  II  and  in  Vol.  II  there  is 
a  Lith.  of  Tucson  in  place  of  one  of  the  2  Geyser  Plates,  called 
for  in  list.  The  woodcuts,  pp.  98  and  254,  in  Vol.  I  are  usually 
found  in  Vol.  II. 

Vol.  I  has  Front,  6  other  Lith.,  4  full  page  woodcuts;  Vol.  II 
9  colored  Lith.,  24  woodcuts  (full  page).  Plates  lithographed  by 
Sarony. 

Bartlett's  Despatches,  Correspondence,  etc.,  are  to  be  found  in 
32  Cong.  1  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  119.  Washington,  1852,  in  515  pp. 
with  7  maps.  Also  a  Letter  to  A.  H.  H.  Stuart,  Secy,  of  Interior. 
Special  Sess.,  1853,  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  6,  Wash.,  1853,  173  pp.  Also 
Report  on  the  Subject  of  the  Boundary  Line,  32  Cong.  2  Sess., 
Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  41 ;  Wash.,  1852.  31,  (1)  pp.,  5  maps. 

This  expedition  left  Indianola  Sept.  5,  1850,  with  A.  W. 
Whipple,  Dr.  T.  H.  Webb,  Secretary,  Mr.  Thurber,  Botanist,  J.  C. 
Cremony,  Interpreter.  Arrived  El  Paso  Nov.  13th.  Major  Bryan 
of  the  Topographical  Corps  traveled  this  road  by  the  Hueco 
Tanks  in  the  summer  of  1849,  i.e.,  the  road  by  Fredericksburg  and 
Delaware  Creek. 

This  is  a  very  interesting  book  of  travels  in  the  Southwest,  as 
Bartlett  went  everywhere  from  Mazatlan  to  San  Francisco  and 
spent  about  three  years  on  a  regular  junket. 

Mr.  Bartlett's  troubles  with  Colonel  Graham  were  thoroughly 
ventilated.  Also  Mr.  Emory,  Col.  Graham's  successor  and  ulti- 
mately Mr.  Bartlett's,  also,  had  his  troubles  with  Bartlett. 


100  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Dr.  J.  M.  Bigelow,  Dr.  C.  C.  Perry,  L  H.  Clark  and  Arthur 
Schott  were  also  at  times  associated  with  the  commission.  Mr. 
Henry  C.  Pratt  was  the  artist ;  he  came  put  with  Graham  in  the 
summer  of  1851  as  draughtsman  and  artist.  Bartlett  says  Pratt 
made  the  sketches,  but  in  spite  of  this,  all  the  lithographs  but 
three  were  marked  J.  R.  B.,  only  one  of  the  3  by  Pratt,  another 
by  R.  Hillyard  and  one  with  no  name.  Some  of  the  woodcuts  are 
by  Lappan,  Baker  &  Zabriskie,  none  of  whose  names  appear  on 
the  roster.  198 


BEALE,  E.  R,  AND  HEAP,  GWINN  HARRIS 

Central  Route  To  The  Pacific,  From  The  Valley  Of  The 
Mississippi  To  California:  Journal  Of  the  Expedition  Of  E. 
F.  Beale,  Superintendent  Of  Indian  Affairs  In  California, 
and  Gwinn  Harris  Heap,  From  Missouri  to  California,  In 
1853.  By  Gwin  Harris  Heap. 

Philadelphia :     Lippincott,  Grambo  &  Co.,  ....  1854. 

8°  136  pp.,  13  tinted  lithograph  plates,  map.     Plates  after 
sketches  by  Mr.  Heap. 
Map: 

Map  Of  The  Central  Routes  From  The  Valley  of  The 
Mississippi  to  California,  Compiled  and  Drawn  By  G.  H. 
Heap,  Engraved  By  P.  S.  Duval  &  Co.,  Phila. 

Left  Westport  May  15,  1853.  Went  by  Ft.  Massachusetts,  the 
Rio  Grande  Valley  and  the  Uncompahgre  to  the  Grand.  Returned 
to  Taos  for  supplies  and  then  continued  via  Las  Vegas.  Utah. 

Quotes  an  extract  from  Rev.  J.  W.  Brier,  who  published  an  ac- 
count of  his  trip  from  Salt  Lake  via  Owens  Lake  and  Walker's 
Pass,  in  the  Christian  Advocate  of  S.  F. 

Very  beautiful  plates.  199 

BELISLE,  D.  W. 

The  American  Family  Robinson ;  Or,  The  Adventures  of 
a  Family  Lost  In  The  Great  Desert  Of  The  West.  By  D. 
W.  Belisle. 

Phila.,  1854. 

I  have  not  seen  this,  probably  the  original  edition.  In  the 
seventies  it  rivaled  Robinson  Crusoe  in  the  affections  of  boys 
and  immense  numbers  of  the  later  Porter  &  Coates  edition  were 
sold.  2O? 

BENTON,  T.  H. 

Letter  From  Col.  Benton  To  The  People  Of  Missouri. 
Central  National  Highway  From  The  Mississippi  River  To 
The  Pacific. 

8°  24  pp.  Running  title  only,  dated  at  end  Wash.,  March 
4,1853. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  101 


In  this  Benton  refers  to  Fremont's  winter  trip  of  1848-9.  Re- 
prints Fremont's  letter  to  the  Phila.  Railroad  Convention  April, 
1850,  also  Leroux's  statement  made  to  Benton,  dated  March  1, 
1853,  in  which  he  states  he  joined  Ashley  &  Henry  in  1830  and  in 
1832  went  to  New  Mexico,  married  and  lived  there  ever  since  in 
Taos.  For  about  15  years  trapped  beaver,  generally  in  the  waters 
of  the  Colorado.  Had  made  four  trips  to  California  as  guide. 

201 

DELANO,  A. 

Life  On  The  Plains  And  Among  The  Diggings ;  Being 
Scenes  And  Adventures  Of  An  Overland  Journey  To  Cali- 
fornia: With  Particular  Incidents  Of  The  Route,  Mistakes 
And  Sufferings  Of  The  Emigrants,  The  Indian  Tribes,  The 
Present  And  The  Future  Of  The  Great  West.  By  A. 
Delano. 

Auburn  And  Buffalo:     Miller,  Orton  &  Mulligan.     1854. 

12°  Front.  XI,  13-384  pp.,  3  other  plates. 

Left  St.  Joe  about  April  20,  1849,  arrived  at  Feather  River 
Sept.  9th.  Long  account  of  an  interesting  journey.  Went  by  Ft. 
Hall.  This  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  all  California  books, 
having  been  written  in  1852. 

Delano  came  originally  from  Auburn,  New  York,  but  was  living 
at  Ottawa,  Illinois,  when  the  gold  boom  broke  out.  He  became  a 
well  known  and  prosperous  banker  in  Grass  Valley,  where  he  final- 
ly made  his  home  and  became  locally  famous  as  "Old  Block,"  the 
writer  of  many  characteristic  mining  stories,  illustrated  by  the 
noted  California  artist,  Charles  Nahl.  202 

FREMONT,  J.  C. 

Central  Railroad  Route  To  The  Pacific.  Letter  Of  J.  C. 
Fremont  To  The  Editors  Of  The  National  Intelligencer, 
Communicating  Some  general  results  of  a  recent  winter 
expedition  across  the  Rocky  Mountains,  for  the  survey  of  a 
route  for  a  railroad  to  the  Pacific. 

Dec.  27,  1854.  Ordered  Printed.  33  Cong.  2nd  Sess. 
H.  R.  Mis.  Doc.  8. 

8°  7  pp. 

This  route  followed  his  1848  expedition  as  far  as  the  San  Luis 
Valley,  Colorado,  then  up  this  river,  the  Sah-watch  and  over  the 
Coochatope  Pass,  thence  to  the  Colorado  River  and  over  the 
Wahsatch  Mountains  to  Parowan  and  Cedar  City  and  thence  West 
to  the  Sierra  Nevadas.  As  this  was  in  March  and.  the  mountains 
were  covered  with  snow,  Fremont  went  south  to  a  low  pass  and 
crossed  over  to  the  headwaters  of  Kern  River.  Speaks  of  having 
passed  the  southern  route  from  Cedar  City  via  the  Rio  Virgen 
and  the  Cajon  Pass,  both  in  1849  and  1851. 

Read  Carvalho's  book  for  this  expedition  where  you  get  the 
real  truth  about  this  trip  in  the  winter  of  1853-4.  203 


102  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


NOBLES,  WM.  H. 

Speech  Of  The  Hon.  Wm.  H.  Nobles,  Together  With 
Other  Documents,  Relative  To  An  Emigrant  Route  To 
California  And  Oregon,  Through  Minnesota  Territory. 
Printed  by  order  of  the  Council. 

Saint  Paul :    Olmstead  &  Brown,  ....  1854. 

8°  13  pp. 

Nobles  was  the  advocate  of  the  Nobles  Pass  route  into  Hum- 
boldt  County,  having  been  over  the  route ;  in  1852  was  advocating 
the  route  in  Shasta  County,  California.  *204 

[RICHARDS,  R.] 

The  California  Crusoe ;  Or  The  Lost  Treasure  Found.  A 
Tale  of  Mormonism.  By  [R.  Richards.] 

London  :     John  Henry  Parker 

New  York:    Stanford  and  Swords.    MDCCCLIV. 
18°  IV-162  pp.,  1  Plate. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  Saints'  journey  to  Salt  Lake,  leaving 
Nauvoo  Feb.  3,  1846.  Richards  remained  at  Nauvoo  until  May. 
Fled  from  Salt  Lake  as  an  apostate  and  went  to  California.  205 


[STEWART,  WM.  DRUMMOND] 

Edward  Warren. 

London :    G.  Walker,  26  Maddox  Street.     1854. 

8°  Title,  II,  3-724  pp.  Some  copies  are  divided  into  two 
volumes  by  having  a  new  title  page,  the  same  as  the  first, 
except  Vol.  II,  inserted  between  pages  370  and  371. 

This  book,  remarkable  both  for  interest  and  rarity,  was  private- 
ly printed  by  an  out-of-the-way  printer  and  badly  printed  at  that. 
My  copy,  bound  in  vellum,  contains  many  corrections  made  with  a 
pen  and  is  a  presentation  copy  from  Stewart  himself.  It  is  a  Mid- 
Victorian  novel,  the  scenes  of  which  are  laid  in  London  and  the 
Rocky  Mountains  in  the  3ffs.  Many  of  Stewart's  personal  experi- 
ences are  related.  About  one-half  is  devoted  to  the  hero's  adven- 
tures in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  in  which  he  introduces  the  well- 
known  mountain  characters  of  the  Thirties.  The  footnotes  are 
few,  some  are  valuable.  He  speaks  of  himself  in  the  third  person 
by  name  in  a  note  to  page  162,  in  which  he  says  Captain  Stewart 
brought  out  an  ounce  balled  rifle  in  1833  and  a  double  barreled 
rifle  and  fowling  piece  in  1837,  the  first  in  the  mountains.  His 
first  year  was,  as  he  says,  the  year  Campbell's  Company  so  com- 
pletely beat  Fontenelle.  At.  Capt.  Bonneville's  Trading  Camp  on 
Horse  Creek  also,  another  year,  with  the  Whitman  first  party  out. 

Copies  in  the  Lib.  Cong.,  Mo.,  Hist.  Soc.  and  the  collection  of 
Mr.  Charles  Sheldon.  206 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 103 

WALTER,  GEORGE 

History  of  Kansas,  Also  Information  regarding  Routes, 
Laws,  ....  By  George  Walter,  Agent  and  Master  of 
Emigration  for  the  N.  Y.  Kanzas  League.  For  Sale  at 
the  office  of  the  N.  Y.  Kanzas  League.  [N.  Y.  18541. 

12°  59  pp.  Map.    P.  P.  W.  with  same  title. 
Map: 

Map  of  the  Great  Central  Route  Between  the  Atlantic 
and  the  Mississippi,  1854.  Lith.  by  Endicott  &  Co.,  N.  Y. 

This  map  shows  the  projected  routes  to  the  South  Pass  and  the 
Central  Route  via  the  Arkansas. 

It  may  be  that  this  George  Walter  was  the  noted  plainsman 
and  trapper,  as  he  says  he  had  passed  several  years  in  the  vicinity 
of  Kansas,  whatever  that  may  mean,  but  he  gives  an  extremely 
condensed  summary  of  the  territory.  207 

[WEBB,  T.  W.] 

Organization,  Objects,  And  Plan  Of  Operations,  Of  The 
Emigrant  Aid  Company:  Also  A  Description  Of  Kansas. 
For  The  Information  Of  Emigrants. 

Boston:    Mudge  &  Son,  ....  1854. 

8°  22  pp.  incl.  title. 

Pages  9-19  contain  "Notes  Of  A  Trip  Up  Kansas  River,  Includ- 
ing Observations  On  The  Soil,  Climate,  Scenery,  Etc."  By  Geo. 
S.  Park. 

This  is  an  extremely  interesting  account  of  a  trip  by  a  small 
steamer,  the  "Excel,"  up  Kansas  River  to  Fort  Riley  and  forty 
miles  up  the  Smoky  Hill  in  June,  1854.  I  think  this  must  have 
been  the  first  steamer  to  ascend  the  river  to  Riley.  The  pamphlet 
was  written  by  the  secretary,  Thos.  W.  Webb.  208 

BOYNTON,  C.  B.  AND  MASON,  T.  B. 

A  Journey  Through  Kansas ;  With  Sketches  Of  Ne- 
braska: Describing  The  Country,  Climate,  Soil,  Mineral, 
Manufacturing,  And  Other  Resources.  The  Results  Of  A 
Tour  Made  In  The  Autumn  of  1854.  By  Rev.  C.  B.  Boyn- 
ton  and  T.  B.  Mason,  Committee  From  The  "Kansas  Lea- 
gue" of  Cincinnati.  With  a  New  and  Authentic  Map  from 
Official  Sources. 

Cincinnati:     Moore,  Wilstach,  Keys  &  Co.,  ....  1855. 

12°  X,  216  pp.    Map. 
Map: 

Map  of  Kansas  with  portions  of  Nebraska,  ....  Re- 
drawn, ....  by  H.  V.  Boynton.  Eng.  by  Middleton,  Wal- 
lace &  Co.,  Cine.  209 


104  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


CARLETON,  JAMES  HENRY 

Diary  Of  An  Excursion  To  The  Rivers  Of  Abo,  Quarra, 
and  Gran  Quivira,  in  New  Mexico,  Under  the  Command  of 
Major  James  Henry  Carleton,  U.  S.  A. 

Ninth  annual  report  of  Smith  Inst.,  Wash.,  1855 ;  pp.  296- 
316. 

The    excursion    was    made    from    Albuquerque    Dec.    14-24,    1853. 

210 

GRAY,  A.  B. 

Report  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  In  Compliance 
With  A  Resolution  of  the  Senate,  of  Jan.  22,  communicating 
a  report  and  map  of  A.  B.  Gray,  relative  to  the  Mexican 
boundary,  (Feb.  8,  1855). 

[Washington,  1855.]  (33rd  Cong.,  2  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc. 
55). 

8°  50  pp.,  sheet  errata,  2  maps. 
Maps: 

That  Part  of  Disturnell's  Treaty  Map  in  the  Vicinity  of 
the  Rio  Grande  and  Southern  Boundary  of  New  Mexico. 

Map  of  That  Portion  of  the  Boundary  between  the  United 
States  and  Mexico  From  the  Pacific  Coast  To  The  Junction 
of  the  Gila  and  Colorado  Rivers.  Surveyed  Under  the  Di- 
rection of  Hon.  John  B.  Weller,  U.  S.  Commissioner,  .... 

Both  maps  lith.  by  Ackerman,  N.  Y. 

Letter  dated  Feb.  8th  and  Gray's  report  dated  Washington,  May 
1853.  Pages  1-35,  Gray's  remarks,  consisting  largely  of  his  defense 
in  his  troubles  with  Bartlett.  Pages  35-50,  copies  of  letters,  and 
page  46,  copy  of  report  of  Committee  in  the  Senate,  Aug.  20,  1852. 

211 

GRAY,  A.  B. 

Texas  Western  Railroad.  Survey  Of  Route,  Its  Cost  And 
Probable  Revenue,  In  Connection  With  The  Pacific  Rail- 
way ;  Nature  of  Country,  Climate,  Mineral  and  Agricultural 
Resources,  ....  By  A.  B.  Gray. 

Cincinnati,  Ohio:     Porter,  Thrall  &  Chapman.     1855. 

8°  108  pp.,  slip  errata. 

First  edition  without  maps  or  plates.  Printed  during  the  sum- 
mer. 212 

INGALLS,  RUFUS 

Report  of  the  Quartermaster  General.     (Attached  to  Re- 
port of  Secretary  of  War,  pages  152-168  and  map.  34  Cong., 
1st  Sess.  House,  Ex.  Doc.  I,  Part  II). 
Map: 

[Showing  the  routes  from  Salt  Lake  City  westl. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  105 


I  have  not  seen  this  map. 

This  contains  a  report  by  Rufus  Ingalls  of  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  a  trip  with  Colonel  Steptoe  from  Ft.  Leavenworth 
to  Salt  Lake,  Jan.  1st  to  Aug.  31st,  1854.  In  1855  Colonel  Steptoe 
went  on  to  California  by  the  emigrant  route  but  Ingalls  with  a  de- 
tachment of  cavalry  left  the  command  at  Lassen's  Meadows  on 
the  Humboldt  June  14,  1855,  and  proceeded  by  way  of  Goose  Lake 
on  Fremont  trail,  and  then  through  Applegate  Pass  to  Fort  Lane. 

Detailed  in  two  letters  to  the  Quartermaster  General.  *213 

JOURNEY  FROM  NEW  ORLEANS  TO  CALIFORNIA. 

(In  Chambers  Journal  of  Popular  Literature,  ....  Lon- 
don: Dec.  1,  8,  15,  22,  29,  1855). 

This  seems  to  be  an  entirely  veracious  narrative  of  a  journey 
by  persons  with  fictitious  names  from  New  Orleans  via  St.  Louis, 
Kansas  City  and  the  overland  trail  to  California  in  the  summer  of 
1849.  214 


LANGWORTHY,  FRANKLIN 

Scenery  Of  The  Plains,  Mountains  And  Mines ;  Or  A 
Diary  Kept  Upon  The  Overland  Route  To  California,  By 
Way  Of  The  Great  Salt  Lake:  Travels  In  The  Cities, 
Mines,  And  Agricultural  Districts — Embracing  The  Return 
By  The  Pacific  Ocean  And  Central  America,  In  the  Years 
1850,  '51,  '52  and  '53.  By  Franklin  Langworthy 

Ogdensburgh :     Published  By  J.  C.  Sprague,  ....  1855. 

12°  VI,  7-342. 

Left  home  April  1,  1850,  crossed  Iowa  to  Kanesville ;  left  the 
Missouri  River  May  15th  and  traveled  via  the  Platte,  Ft.  Laramie, 
Salt  Lake.  After  a  short  stay  there,  left,  Aug.  29th,  via  Humboldt 
and  Carson  Valley,  and  21st  Oct.  reached  Ringgold  on  Weaver 
Creek,  near  Weaverville. 

Diary  occupies  pages  7-180.  Balance  of  the  book  is  devoted  to 
a  description  of  California  and  life  there  and  the  return  trip  via 
Nicaragua.  215 

LINFORTH,  JAMES 

Route  From  Liverpool  To  Great  Salt  Lake  Valley  Illus- 
trated With  Steel  Engravings  And  Wood  Cuts  From 
Sketches  Made  By  Frederick  Piercy,  Including  Views  of 
Nuavoo Together  With  A  Geographical  and  His- 
torical Discription  of  Utah,  and  a  Map  of  the  Overland 
Routes  to  that  Territory,  from  the  Missouri  River,  Also,  An 
Authentic  History  of  The  Latter  Day  Saints'  Emigration 
From  Europe  From  The  Commencement  Up  To  The  Close 
of  1855,  With  Statistics.  Edited  by  James  Linforth. 


106 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Liverpool:  Published  By  Franklin  D.  Richards,  etc., 
MDCCCLV. 

4°  pp.  VIII,  120.    Map,  30  Plates  of  Portraits  and  Scen- 
ery, all  beautiful  steel  engravings,  after  design  by  an  art- 
ist (Piercy). 
Map: 

Utah  and  the  Overland  Routes  to  it  from  the  Missouri 
River.  Published  ....  by  F.  D.  Richards,  Liverpool,  1855. 

The  narrative,  as  well  as  the  sketches,  is  by  Piercy.  Piercy 
left  Liverpool  Feb.  5,  1853,  arrived  New  Orleans  March  21 ;  after 
visiting  Keokuk  and  Nauvoo,  he  returned  to  St.  Louis  and  went 
to  St.  Joe  by  boat,  thence  to  Kanesville  by  land,  leaving  then  for 
Salt  Lake  June  9th,  where  he  arrived  Aug.  9th.  216 


PACIFIC  RAILROAD  EXPLORATIONS 
AND  SURVEYS 

In  the  early  spring  of  1853,  Congress  passed  a  bill  auth- 
orizing the  Government  to  send  out  various  expeditions  to  the 
Pacific  Coast  with  the  object  of  selecting  the  best  route  for 
a  railway.  It  was  at  first  intended  only  to  make  a  reconnais- 
ance  of  the  southern  route  and  the  one  through  South  Pass, 
but  later  the  Secretary  of  War,  Jefferson  Davis,  added  the 
northern  route.  Davis  made  a  report  Dec.  1,  1853,  explaining 
four  routes  to  be  examined  and  added  copies  of  the  instruc- 
tions to  the  various  engineers  selected.  The  actual  routes 
reconnoitered  were  known  as  those  of  the  32nd,  35th,  38th  and 
47th  parallels.  The  various  expeditions  were  made  during 
the  years  1853  and  1854  and  Davis  presented  his  report,  sum- 
marizing the  results  Feb.  27,  1855.  This  report,  to  which 
were  added  the  various  reports  made  by  the  engineers  ap- 
peared as 

33rd  Cong.,  1st  Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.   129. 

and  is  usually  bound  in  3  volumes  of  reports  and  1  volume  of 
maps,  no  illustrations  appearing  in  this  edition. 

The  whole  report  consists  of :  Report  of  the  Secretary  of 
War  on  the  Several  Pacific  Explorations.  Washington,  1855, 
43  pp.  (No  map  was  issued  with  the  first  report,  but  there 
was  issued  later  a  large  general  map  and  profile).  Examina- 
tion of  reports  by  Humphreys  &  Warren ;  Memorandum  of 
Capt.  Geo.  B.  McClellan ;  Report  of  General  Jessup ;  Stevens' 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 107 

Report ;  Beckwith's  two  Reports ;  Whipple's  Report ;  John 
Pope's  Report;  Parke's  Report;  Extract  from  Emory's  Re- 
port ;  Williamson's  Report  and  later  a  report  by  F.  W.  Lander 
was  printed  and  included  as  part  of  doc.  129. 

The  following-  eight  items  belong  to  this  report: 

HUMPHREYS,  A.  A.,  AND  WARREN,  G.  K. 

An  Examination  By  Direction  Of  The  Hon.  Jefferson 
Davis,  Secretary  Of  War,  Of  The  Reports  Of  Explorations 
For  Railroad  Routes  From  The  Mississippi  To  The  Pacific, 
Made  Under  The  Orders  Of  The  War  Department  In  1853- 
54.  And  Of  The  Explorations  Made  Previous  To  That 
Time,  Which  Have  A  Bearing-  Upon  the  Subject.  By  Capt. 
A.  A.  Humphreys  and  G.  K.  Warren,  Corps  Topographical 
Engineers. 

Washington:  Nicholson,  1855.  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st  Sess., 
House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  116  pp.    Map. 
Map: 

Map  of  Routes  for  a  Pacific  Railroad,  compiled  to  accom- 
pany the  report  of  the  Hon.  Jefferson  Davis,  Secretary  of 
War,  in  the  offices  of  P.  R.  R.  Survey,  1855.  Lith.  by  J. 
Bien,  N.  Y.  Scale,  1  to  6,000,000.  [A  note  on  this  map, 
signed  G.  K.  Warren,  says  it  is  only  a  hurried  compilation 
to  exhibit  the  relations  of  the  different  routes]. 

The  examination  of  the  routes  gives  a  full  resume  of  the  re- 
sults of  each  expedition,  but  the  report  does  not  contain  any  ac- 
count of  previous  explorations,  except  some  notes  from  Wizliz- 
enus'  Report  on  the  Santa  Fe  road  from  Independence.  This  was 
reprinted  in  the  4°  edition,  vol.  I,  pp.  35-111  of  Davis'  Report. 
The  resume  of  previous  explorations  was  printed  in  1859  and 
forms  the  first  part  of  vol.  XI  of  the  4°  edition  as:  Memoir  To 
Accompany  The  Map  Of  The  Territory  Of  The  United  States 
From  The  Mississippi  River  To  The  Pacific  Ocean,  Giving  A 
Brief  Account  Of  Each  Of  The  Exploring  Expeditions  Since  A. 
D.  1800,  With  A  Detailed  Description  Of  The  Method  Adopted  In 
Compiling  The  General  Map.  By  Lieut.  Gouverneur  K.  Warren, 
Corps  of  Topographical  Engineers,  U.  S.  A-  1859.  4°  115  pp., 
117-120  Index.  4  Maps  (all  reduced  copies). 

Map  of  Territory  west  of  the  Mississippi,  from  Winter- 
bottom's  History  of  1796. 

Rector  and  Roberdeau's  map  of  the  territory  west  of  the 
Mississippi,  1818. 

Map  of  the  territory  west  of  the  Mississippi  from  Finley's 
map  of  North  America,  published  1826. 

Captain  Bonneville's  map  of  the  region  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains  and  the  Pacific,  published  in  1837  (in  Irving's 
Capt.  Bonneville). 


108  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


The  large  map,  not  ready  when  the  Secretary's  report  was 
printed,  in  1855,  was  finally  issued  with  the  4°  edition,  vol.  XI, 
with  the  title:  Map  of  the  Territory  Of  The  United  States  From 
The  Mississippi  To  The  Pacific  Ocean  Ordered  By  The  Hon. 
Jefferson  Davis,  Secretary  of  War,  To  Accompany  The  Reports 
Of  The  Exploration  For  A  Railroad  Route,  ....  Compiled  .... 
by  Lieut.  G.  K.  Warren,  Topi.  Engrs.,  under  direction  of  Bvt.  Maj. 
W.  A.  Emory  ....  in  1854  and  of  Capt.  A.  A.  Humphreys  .... 
1854-5-6-7.  Eng.  by  Selmar  Siebert  (up  to  May  1,  1857). 

A  large  sheet  of  Profiles  of  the  Main  Routes  Surveyed,  Com- 
piled in  1855  by  Warren  &  Abbott,  1856,  also  appeared  in  the  4* 
edition,  vol.  XL  217 


STEVENS,  ISAAC  I. 

Report  of  Exploration  Of  A  Route  For  The  Pacific  Rail- 
road Near  the  Forty-Seventh  And  Forty-Ninth  Parallels, 
From  St.  Paul  To  Puget  Sound.  By  I.  I.  Stevens,  Govern- 
or of  Washington  Territory. 

[Washington:  Nicholson,  1855.]  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st 
Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  XII,  599  pp.,  XV  Index.  Map  in  3  sheets,  usually  ap- 
pearing as  3  maps,  showing  route  and  profile  from  St.  Paul 
to  the  Pacific. 

Instructions  to  Stevens  were  given  April  8.  1853,  and  the  re- 
port is  dated  Wash.,  June  30,  1854.  A  brief  report  of  progress  was 
published  as  33  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  29,  with  a  map  from 
St.  Paul  to  Ft.  Union. 

The  report  was  reprinted  in  quarto,  more  complete,  in  Vol.  I  of 
the  Series  of  Pacific  R.  R.  Explorations  in  1855  with  same  title. 
VII,  651  pp.,  4  maps,  3  of  route  and  1  of  profiles.  No  plates 
issued  with  this  report.  (Maps  in  Vol.  XI). 

Governor  Stevens  had  a  distinguished  party  including  Dr. 
George  Suckley,  Surgeon  and  Naturalist,  J.  M.  Stanley,  Artist,  F. 
W.  Lander,  Lieut.  John  Mullan,  Elwood  Evans  and  Max  Strobel. 
The  party  in  the  Western  Division  consisted  of  Capt.  George  B. 
McClellan,  Dr.  J.  G.  Cooper,  George  Gibbs,  Lieut.  Sylvester 
Mowry  and  others.  A  very  interesting  account  of  this  expedition 
is  to  be  found  in  the  life  of  General  Stevens  by  his  son  Hazard, 
who  as  a  boy  accompanied  his  father. 

On  Feb.  7,  1859,  Stevens  presented  his  final  report,  rewriting 
the  journals  and  adding  the  observations  made  during  his  various 
expeditions  after  1854  in  connection  with  the  Indian  treaties.  It 
also  contains  the  various  scientific  reports  and  a  beautiful  set  of 
plates  of  scenery  by  J.  M.  Stanley.  The  Government  published 
it  in  1860  as  Vol.  XII-XIII  of  the  Pacific  R.  R.  Exploration,  36 
Cong.,  1st  Sess.  House,  Ex.  Doc.  56,  Part  I,  358  pp.,  app. 
A  and  B  and  index,  41  pp.  There  are  70  colored  lithographs,  of 
these  56  are  by  Stanley  after  his  own  sketches.  One  (No.  69)  is  a 
view  of  Mt.  Rainer  by  him  from  sketch  of  Dr.  Cooper,  three  by 
him  from  sketches  of  Gustavus  Sohon.  a  member  of  the  expedi- 
tion, and  nine  by  Gustavus  Sohon.  One  plate  has  no  name  (no. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  109 


63),  one  is  profiles,  2  maps.  The  plates  were  lithographed  by 
Sarony,  Major  &  Knapp,  N.  Y.,  and  are  fine  examples. 

Pages  31-195  contain  his  report  of  the  expedition  in  1853.  Pages 
196-225,  Narrative  of  the  1855  Exp.;  pp.  226-306,  Geographical 
Memoir  of  very  great  value,  pp.  261-306,  by  Dr.  J.  G.  Kohl;  pp. 
307-331,  Meteorology;  pp.  332-351,  Railroad  Report  and  Estimate; 
pp.  352-358,  Computation  of  Altitudes ;  41  pp. — Appendix  A,  Height 
and  Distances,  Appendix  B,  Meterological  Register,  Index. 

Gustavus  Sohon,  who  drew  some  of  the  sketches  in  the  report, 
was  a  private  soldier  of  the  4th  Infantry  who  accompanied  the 
expedition  of  Lieut.  Mullan  to  the  Bitter  Root  in  1854.  Stevens 
says  he  had  shown  great  taste  as  an  artist  as  well  as  an  ability  to 
learn  the  Indian  language.  Stevens  took  him  with  him  in  1855  to 
the  Blackfoot  Council. 

Vol.  XII,  Book  II  usually  marked  Vol.  XIII,  contains  the 
Scientific  Reports.  Part  II,  Botanical  Report,  J.  G.  Cooper,  1860, 
76  pp.,  6  plates.  Part  III,  Zoological  Report,  1860,  Leconte, 
Suckley,  Cooper  &  Gibbs,  VIII,  (2),  399  pp.,  46  plates  (2  insects, 
5  mammals.  8  birds,  11  reptiles,  20  fishes;  all  the  list  calls  for,  but 
some  different  numbers  from  the  list). 

The  collation  of  plates  in  the  Govt.  edition  agrees  with  Hasse 
except  that  she  includes  plate  43  of  fishes,  which  Suckley  &  Coop- 
er say  was  not  published  in  this  edition,  nor  does  the  list  call 
for  it. 

In  1860  this  material  was  printed  in  New  York  by  Bailliere 
Bros,  as  the  "Natural  History  of  Washington  Territory  and  Ore- 
gon; Edited  By  Geo.  Suckley,  M.  D.,  and  J.  G.  Cooper,  M.  D., 
Naturalists  of  the  Late  N.  P.  Railroad  Exploration,  ....  In 
Quarto.  Some  plates  published  in  this  were  not  included  in  the 
Government  edition.  218 


BECKWITH,  E.  G. 

Report  of  Exploration  Of  A  Route  For  The  Pacific  Rail- 
road, Near  The  38th  And  39th  Parallels  of  Latitude,  From 
The  Mouth  Of  The  Kansas  To  Sevier  River,  In  The  Great 
Basin.  By  Lieut.  E.  G.  Beckwith,  Third  Artillery. 

[Washington:  Nicholson,  1855.]  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st 
Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  Title,  Cont.  2  pp.,  149  pp.     Map  (from  Westport  to 
Sacramento  Valley)  and  sheet  Profile   (from  Westport  to 
Salt  Lake  Valley). 
Contents : 

Pp.  1-87,  Journal;  pp.  88-98,  Summary;  pp.  98-103,  Note 
on  Methods ;  pp.  105-149,  Barometric  and  Meteorological 
Observations. 


Report  dated  Washington,  Nov.  25,  1854.  This  is  a  revised  re- 
port, the  first  one  having  been  sent  by  Beckwith  from  Salt  Lake 
Feb.  1,  1854.  The  party  set  out  June  23rd  from  the  mouth  of  Kan- 
sas River,  under  command  of  Capt.  J.  W.  Gunnison  who  was  after- 
wards killed  in  Utah  (Oct.  26th).  Besides  Gunnison,  the  party 
consisted  of  Beckwith,  R.  H.  Kern,  topographer  and  artist,  Shep- 


110  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


part  Homans,  astronomer,  Dr.  James  Schiel,  surgeon  and  geologist, 
F.  Creutzfeldt,  botanist,  J.  A.  Snyder,  assistant  topographer.  Es- 
cort under  command  of  Capt.  R,  M.  Morris  and  Lieut.  L-  S. 
Baker,  John  Moses,  an  Indian  as  guide  and  James  Sanders,  inter- 
preter. The  journal  was  kept  by  Beckwith.  The  party  proceeded 
via  Bent's  Fort,  Fort  Massachusetts  (at  Taos  they  obtained  An- 
toine  Leroux  as  guide),  up  San  Luis  Valley,  Sawatch  Valley, 
Coochetopa  Pass,  the  Uncompahgre  Valley,  to  the  Grand  (Gunni- 
son)  River  (Roubidou's  old  fort  at  the  junction)  and  through 
Wahsatch  Pass.  Struck  the  old  Spanish  trail  near  Green  River. 
Crossed  the  river  at  the  ford  and  followed  the  trail  a  short  dis- 
tance. Later  followed  it  through  Wahsatch  Pass  over  the  moun- 
tains to  near  Seven  Lakes  and  back  to  Cedar  Springs.  Gunnison, 
Kern  and  Creutzfeldt  were  killed  by  Indians  near  there.  The 
party  arrived  at  Salt  Lake  Nov.  8th. 

Homans  made  a  map  from  Kern's  sketches  but  the  map  accom- 
panying the  report  was  made  from  the  same  notes  by  F.  W. 
Egloffstein  in  Washington.  The  report  was  reprinted  in  the  4° 
edition  of  the  Pacific  Railroad  Report,  vol.  II,  1855,  118  pp.,  to 
which  were  added:  Appendix  A,  pp.  119-124,  Letters  from  Gun- 
nison and  Beckwith  to  Secretary  of  War  during  the  expedition; 
Appendix  B,  pp.  125-128,  Explanation  of  the  map  and  illustrations; 
map  (in  Vol.  XI)  in  4  sections,  13  colored  lith.  plates,  3  by  Kern, 
1  by  Egloffstein  and  9  by  J.  M.  Stanley,  after  sketches  by  Kern. 
The  profiles  are  on  the  same  sheet  as  those  of  the  other  Beckwith 
expeditions. 

The  1857  edition  of  Capt.  Gunnison's  book  on  the  Mormons  con- 
tains a  letter  from  W.  W.  Drummond,  dated  Chicago,  April  27, 
1857,  purporting  to  be  a  narrative  of  the  death  of  Gunnison. 

A  sketch  of  the  portion  between  the  104th  and  110th  Meridian 
appeared  in  Report  of  Secretary  of  War,  29th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  Sen. 
Ex.  Doc.  29.  219 


BECKWITH,  E.  G. 

Report  of  Explorations  For  The  Pacific  Railroad,  On  The 
Line  Of  The  Forty-First  Parallel  Of  North  Latitude.  By 
Lt.  E.  G.  Beckwith,  Third  Artillery.  1854. 

[Washington:  Nicholson,  1855.]  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st 
Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  136  pp. 

Contents : 

Pages  5-67,  Journal;  67-77,  Summary;  77-81,  Tables  dis- 
tances; 82,  Geographical  positions;  83-119,  Meterological 
data;  120-136,  Geology  by  J.  Schiel.  This  geological  article 
covers  both  expeditions  beginning  at  Westport,  Mo. 

Map  in  four  sections  in  vol.  XI  of  the  4°  edition.  The 
profiles  are  combined  with  those  of  the  other  expedition  on 
one  sheet. 

This  geological  article  covers  both  expeditions  beginning  at 
Westport,  Mo. 

According  to  Warren's   Memoir   (Pacific   Railroad  Report,  Vol. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  111 


XI,  pp.  75)  this  report  was  accompanied  by  a  preliminary  map, 
but  I  conclude  that  only  one  map  was  published  at  the  time  cov- 
ering both  the  Beckwith  expeditions.  The  only  map  covering 
these  routes  published  in  this  edition  covers  the  entire  territory 
to  the  Pacific  and  was  made  by  Egloffstein,  as  Beckwith  states  in 
his  letter  of  transmittal  to  Secretary  of  War  of  Dec.  30,  1854. 
Apparently  no  profiles  were  made,  as  Warren  does  not  mention 
them. 

This  was  reprinted  in  the  quarto  edition  Pacific  R.  R.  Surveys, 
vol.  II,  in  132  pp.,  sheet  errata,  4  plates  of  geology  and  10  of 
botany  and  13  fine  engravings  of  scenery  issued  in  vol.  XI.  These 
plates  were  after  sketches  of  F.  W.  Egloffstein.  There  were  added 
to  this  edition,  pp.  115-132,  a  Botanical  Report  on  both  expeditions 
by  John  Torrey  and  Asa  Gray  on  plants  collected  by  F.  Creutz- 
feldt  in  the  first  expedition  and  J.  A.  Snyder  in  the  second.  Schiel's 
Geology,  pp.  96-112. 

The  party  left  Salt  Lake  April  4,  1854,  for  Fort  Bridger  and  re- 
turned to  Salt  Lake  by  Weber  River.  Left  Salt  Lake  May  5th, 
on  orders  from  Secretary  of  War,  to  proceed  to  the  coast.  Went 
via  Fish  Springs,  Valley  of  the  Humboldt,  over  the  Medelin  Pass 
to  Fort  Reading.  They  also  reconnoitered  Noble  Pass.  Dr. 
Schiel  accompanied  the  party  and  the  same  escort  and  others,  ex- 
cept the  ones  killed.  Egloffstein  apparently  joined  the  party  at 
Salt  Lake. 

S.  F.  Baird,  Chas.  Girard,  and  J.  L.  Leconte  made  a  report  on 
the  zoology  of  both  the  Beckwith  expedition  (vol.  X  of  the  4° 
edition)  in  27  pp.  plus  1  of  Index,  3  plates  mammals,  7  birds,  4 
reptiles,  6  fishes,  (article  on  insects  omitted).  According  to  Hasse 
only  4  of  birds,  although  list  calls  for  5.  My  copy  contains  7 
which  are  all  described,  and  no  more.  220 


WHIPPLE,  A.  W. 

Report  of  Explorations  For  A  Railway  Route,  Near  The 
Thirty-Fifth  Parallel  Of  Latitude,  From  The  Mississippi 
River  To  The  Pacific  Ocean.  By  Lieut.  A.  W.  Whipple, 
Corps  of  Topographical  Engineers. 

[Washington :  Nicholson,  1855.]  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st 
Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  154  pp.,  VI  Index,  II  Errata,  1  map  in  2  sheets,  sheet 
profiles  (2). 

This  report  dated  Washington,  July  31,  1854,  contains  no  journal, 
but  a  condensed  statement  by  Whipple  in  first  87  pages,  Appendix 
A,  pp.  87-100,  and  tables  and  Appendix  B  and  C  (tables),  pp. 
101-154. 

The  party  started  from  Napoleon,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Arkansas 
River,  and  proceeded  via  Little  Rock,  Fort  Smith,  crossed  the 
Canadian,  Cross  Timbers,  Anton  Chico,  past  Tucumcari  to  Albu- 
querque, Central  New  Mexico,  Mojave  Villages,  up  the  Mojave 
River,  over  the  Cajon  Pass  to  Los  Angeles  and  concluded  at  San 
Pedro.  The  party  consisted  of  Lieut.  J.  C.  Ives,  Asst.;  A.  H. 
Campbell,  Asst.  R.  R.  Engineer;  Jules  Marcou,  geologist;  H.  B. 
Mollhausen,  topg.  and  artist;  Dr.  C.  B.  R.  Kennerly,  doctor  and 


112  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


naturalist;  Dr.  J.  M.  Bigelow,  surgeon  and  botanist,  and  several 
assistants. 

There  are  chapters  written  by  Campbell,  Marcou,  Kennerly  and 
Bigelow.  D.  S.  Stanley  of  the  2nd  Dragoons  commanded  the 
escort.  According  to  Whipple,  L.  Blod,get  in  Washington  com- 
piled a  climatological  map  from  observations  made  during  the 
survey,  which  accompanied  the  report  but  was  not  printed. 

Antoine  Leroux  was  the  guide  from  Albuquerque  to  the  coast. 
As  this  route  was  to  be  the  government  route  in  case  the  territory 
south  of  the  Gila  could  not  be  obtained  from  the  Mexican  govern- 
ment, it  received  a  large  share  of  official  attention.  The  report 
was  republished  in  vol.  Ill  of  the  4°  edition  of  the  Pacific  R.  R. 
Surveys. 

The  contents  of  the  revised  report  follows:  X  VII,  (1)  pp. 
Part  I,  Journal  not  previously  printed,  136  pp.,  10  plates  of  scen- 
ery (five  by  Mollhausen,  1  by  Campbell,  3  by  J.  C.  Tidbale,  and  1 
without  name,  probably  by  Mollhausen),  colored  and  lithographed 
by  Sarony.  Part  II,  Report  of  Topographical  Features.  Wash., 
1856.  77  pp.,  2  colored  plates  and  8  plates  of  diagrams  (not  pre- 
viously published,  probably  by  Campbell).  Part  III,  Report  on 
the  Indian  Tribes  by  Whipple,  Thomas  Ewbank,  and  Prof.  W.  W. 
Turner,  1855.  Front,  colored  view  of  Colorado  near  Mojave 
Village,  by  Campbell,  (probably  belongs  in  Part  II),  127  pp.,  7 
colored  plates  by  Mollhausen.  Part  IV,  Report  of  the  Geology  of 
the  Route,  by  W.  P.  Blake,  1856.  VII  (1)  pp.,  2  sheets  errata, 
general  report  (2),  164  pp.,  resume  of  a  geological  reconnaisance 
from  Napoleon  to  Los  Angeles,  by  Jules  Marcou,  pp.  165-175,  3 
plates,  (1  scenery,  2  fossls),  3  geological  maps.  In  vol.  XI  are  the 
2  general  maps  and  sheet  of  profiles.  Part  V  (vol.  IV),  Botany 
of  the  Expedition,  Wash.,  1856,  by  Dr.  J.  M.  Bigelow,  John  Tor- 
rey,  Dr.  Gep.  Engelmann  and  W.  S.  Sullivant.  VII,  193  pp.,  large 
sheet  botanical  profile  (colored),  by  Dr.  Bigelow.  24  sheets  cact- 
aceae,  25  plates  plants  (no.  X,  should  be  XI),  10  plates  mosses,  by 
Ackerman.  Part  VI  (in  vol.  IV),  Report  on  The  Zoology  of  the 
Expedition.  Washington,  1856.  Field  notes  and  explanation  by 
C.  B.  R.  Kennerly.  17  pp.  Appendices — Observations,  288  pp. 
Part  VI,  No.  2  (in  vol.  X),  Zoological  Report.  Washington,  1859. 
64  pp.  6  plates  mammals,  11  colored  birds,  3  reptiles,  14  fishes. 
(All  called  for  and  described  in  list;  no.  XIII  of  mammals  in 
place  of  VIII,  probably  misprint  in  the  list). 

It  will  be  seen  that  Marcou  did  not  write  the  geological  report. 
The  reason  for  this  he  gives  in  his  Geology  of  North  America. 
Zurich,  1858.  4°  VI  (2),  144  pp.,  Geological  map  U.  S.,  Geological 
map  New  Mexico.  7  plates,  map  of  United  States  (copy  of  one 
by  Maclure,  printed  in  Paris  in  1811).  In  this  Marcou  reprints  his 
preliminary  report  in  the  8°  edition  with  extensive  notes :  A  Report 
on  Pope's  Exploration  made  at  the  request  of  Pope  from  observa- 
tions, and  a  general  description  of  fossils  and  geology  in  the 
West  from  his  observations  while  with  Lieut.  Whipple.  The  book 
also  contains  an  exhaustive  history  of  American  geology  with  a 
bibliography. 

Mr.  Mollhausen  also  published  a  book  on  this  expedition  after 
his  return  to  Germany.  221 

POPE,  JOHN 

Report    Of   Exploration    Of   A   Route    For   The    Pacific 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 113 

Railroad,  Near  The  Thirty-Second  Parallel  Of  Latitude, 
From  The  Red  River  To  The  Rio  Grande.  By  Brevet  Cap- 
tain John  Pope,  Corps  of  Topographical  Engineers. 

[Washington:  Nicholson,  1855.]  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st 
Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  324  pp.    General  map  with  profile  on  same  sheet. 

Contents : 

Pages  1-4,  Title  and  Contents;  5-64,  Report  by  Pope; 
66-122,  Diary  by  J.  H.  Byrne ;  123-4,  Tables  of  Camps ; 
125-8,  Letters  by  Jules  Marcou  with  Geology;  129-31,  Let- 
ters by  Baird  &  Booth;  132-306,  Tables;  307-324,  Cata- 
logues of  Plants  by  Dr.  Torrey. 

Report  dated  Wash.,  Oct.  17,  1854. 

The  expedition  left  Dona  Ana  Feb.  12,  1854,  consisting  of  Cap- 
tain Pope,  Lieut.  K.  Garrard,  assistant  engineer,  Capt.  C.  S.  Tap- 
lin,  mineralogist,  Dr.  W.  S.  Diffendorfer,  surgeon  and  naturalist, 
John  Byrne,  computer,  and  Lieut.  L.  H.  Marshall  in  command  of 
the  escort.  Reached  Preston,  Texas,  May  15.  Byrne  says  they 
could  obtain  no  one  as  guide  who  had  been  over  the  route. 

Reprinted  in  Vol.  II  of  the  4°  edition  of  the  Pacific  R-  R.  Sur- 
veys. IV,  (2),  185  pp.,  10  plates  botany.  (Report  by  Torrey  & 
Gray,  pp.  157-178,  index  179-185).  Geology  of  the  route  by  W.  P. 
Blake.  Leaf  explanation,  44  pp.,  index  45-50,  geological  map  and 
geological  section.  In  vol.  XI,  large  map  with  profile  at  the 
bottom. 

No  extended  scientific  reports  on  this  expedition  seem  to  have 
been  made,  at  least  none  were  printed^.  Probably  what  notes  were 
made  were  used  in  the  compilaton  of  the  general  scentific  re- 
ports on  the  whole  explorations.  222 

PARKE,  JOHN  G. 

Report  of  Explorations  For  That  Portion  Of  A  Railway 
Route,  Near  The  Thirty-Second  Parallel  Of  Latitude,  Lying 
Between  Dona  Ana,  On  The  Rio  Grande,  And  Pimas  Val- 
lages,  On  The  Gila.  By  Lieut.  Jno.  G.  Parke,  U.  S.  A., 
Corps  Topographical  Engineers. 

[Washington:  Nicholson,  1855.]  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st 
Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  Title,  53  pp.    Map  of  survey  and  sheet  of  profiles. 

Contents : 

Pages  3-24,  Journal ;  24-32,  Barometric  measurements ; 
33-53,  Extracts  from  Report  of  Lt.  Col.  Emory  of  a  Military 
Reconnaisance  made  in  1846  and  1847. 

Party  started  from  San  Diego  January  24,  1854,  consisting  of 
Parke,  Henry  Custer,  assistant  and  topographer,  Dr.  A.  Heermann, 
physician  and  naturalist,  Lieut.  George  Stoneman,  in  command  of 
the  escort.  Went  by  Warner's  Ranch  to  Fort  Yuma  and  up  the 


114  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Gila.  From  the  Pimas  Villages  to  Tucson  and  thence  over  the 
southern  route  to  Ft.  Fillmore. 

Republished  in  the  quarto  edition,  Pacific  R.  R.  Surveys,  vol. 
II  in  28  pp.  and  the  Emory  extract  separately  in  22  pp.  No  maps 
published  in  this  edition  with  this  report. 

Drs.  Heermann  and  Hallowell  submitted  a  report  on  birds  and 
reptiles,  printed  in  1859  in  vol.  X  of  the  4°  edition  in  24  pp.  with 
3  colored  plates  of  birds  and  1  of  reptiles.  Bird  plates  No.  1,  IV, 
VI;  reptiles  No.  II.  According  to  Hasse,  however,  there  should 
be  6  of  birds,  although  the  list  only  calls  for  3,  which  are  all  that 
are  described 

In  1854  Parke  made  another  survey  from  San  Jose,  Calif.,  via 
the  coast  route  to  Los  Angeles.  Started  again  from  San  Diego 
May  26th  and  followed  the  emigrant  road  to  Ft.  Yuma  and  went 
over  most  of  the  ground  of  the  1854  survey  to  Ft.  Fillmore.  No 
journal  with  this  report,  which  occurs  in  the  4°  edition,  vol.  VII. 
22  (2),  42  pp.  (Part  I),  8  colored  plates  of  scenery  by  A.  H. 
Campbell.  (Lith.  by  A.  Hoen,  Baltimore,  Wash.,  1856). 

Part  II,  Geology  by  Dr.  Thomas  Antisell,  204  pp.  Antisell's 
report  to  page  188;  T.  A.  Conrad  on  palaeontology,  189-196;  10 
plates  fossils.  Order  of  strata  and  explanation  of  plate,  197-204; 
14  plates  geological  sections.  (Colored)  geological  map — San 
Francisco  to  Los  Angeles,  along  route  of  Parke  to  accompany 
Thos.  Antisell's  Report.  (Colored)  geological  plan  and  section 
from  Rio  Grande  to  Pimas  Villages,  route  of  Parke.  Part  III, 
Botany  by  John  Torrey,  Wash.,  1856.  28  pp.,  8  plates.  Appendix 
A,  Meteorology — Remarks  on  meteorology  by  A.  H.  Compbell ; 
14  pp.,  11  plates.  Appendix  B,  Engineer  Charles  H.  Poole's  Re- 
port, pp.  15-28.  Appendix  C,  pp.  29-30,  Trans,  of  a  Document  from 
the  Spanish  archives.  Appendix  D,  pp.  31-116,  tables.  2  maps  and 
sheet  of  profile  (vol.  XI).  This  last  report  of  Parke's  was  printed 
in  1857.  223 


LANDER,  FRED  W. 

Synopsis  Of  A  Report  Of  The  Reconnaisance  Of  A  Rail- 
road Route  From  Puget  Sound  Via  South  Pass  To  The 
Mississippi  River.  By  Fred  W.  Lander,  Civil  Engineer. 

Washington,  D.  C.,  1856.  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st  Sess., 
House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

Vol.  II  of  the  Pacific  R.  R.  Surveys  4°  edition. 

4°  45  pp. 

This  expedition  was  a  volunteer  enterprise  of  Lander  who  after 
going  to 'the  coast  with  the  Stevens  expedition  evidently  wished 
the  government  to  pay  his  expenses  back.  He  got  the  Washington 
legislature  to  endorse  him  and  tried  to  get  Congress  to  pay  the 
bill.  This  report  is  stated  to  be  revised  since  first  transmitted  to 
the  War  Department.  It  was  first  printed  as  a  part  of  House 
Doc.  129,  33rd  Cong.,  1st  Sess. 

Lander  took  24  pages  to  expound  his  views  of  how  best  to  con- 
struct a  transcontinental  railroad  from  both  a  financial  and  engi- 
neering standpoint ;  then  follow  pp.  25-28  as  to  why  the  northern 
route  is  not  acceptable,  and  finally  pp.  29-45  mentions  briefly  his 
movements,  but  on  the  whole  in  reading  this  which  purports  to 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  115 


be   a   reconnaisance,    one   gains    the    impression    that    Lander    re- 
turned to  the  East  by  water.     His  maps  were  never  published. 

I  have  never  seen  the  original  Lander  report  published  in 
octavo  as  part  of  Doc.  129,  the  bound  volume  of  documents  con- 
taining it  being  missing  in  the  public  institutions  here. 

Feb.  13,  1858  Lander  addressed  a  letter  to  the  Secretary  of 
the  Interior,  enclosing  a  report  on  the  "Practicability  of  Railroads 
Through  The  South  Pass,"  published,  as  a  letter  of  the  Secretary 
of  the  Interior,  35th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  House  Ex.  Doc.  No.  70.  8" 
20  pp.  Lander  also  published,  Remarks  on  the  Construction  of  a 
Firt-Class,  Double  Track  Railway  to  the  Pacific  and  the  Diffi- 
culties attending  its  Solution,  etc.  Washington,  1854.  8°  14  pp., 
including  title.  P.  P.  W.  224 


ROSS,  ALEXANDER 

The  Fur  Hunters  Of  The  Far  West ;  A  Narrative  Of  Ad- 
ventures In  The  Oregon  And  Rocky  Mountains.  By  Alex- 
ander Ross,  ....  In  2  Volumes. 

London :     Smith,  Elder  &  Co.,  ....  1855. 

8°  pp.  XV,  333 ;  VIII,  262 ;  Port.  Ross,  Plate  and  Map. 
Map: 

Map  Of  The  Oregon  to  illustrate  Ross's  Fur  Hunters  Of 
the  Far  West.  Eng.  by  Ford  &  West. 

Ross  was  with  the  Astor  Company  but  joined  the  Northwest 
Co.  on  the  breaking  up  of  the  Astor  enterprise. 

Left  the  Pacific  in  1825  and  went  to  Red  River  Settlement,  hav- 
ing received  the  grant  of  100  acres  there  from  Gov.  Simpson. 
Gives  a  good  account  of  his  overland  journey. 

In  1856  Ross  Published:  The  Red  River  Settlement;  Its  Rise, 
Progress,  And  Present  State.  With  Some  Account  of  The  Native 
Races  And  Its  General  History,  To  The  Present  Day.  By  Alex- 
ander Ross,  ....  London :  Smith,  Elder  &  Co.,  ....  1856.  8° 
Front.  (Upper  Ft.  Garry)  XVI,  416  pp. 

This  brings  the  history  down  to  about  1850.  225 

RYERSON,  JOHN 

Hudson's  Bay;  Or,  A  Missionary  Tour  In  The  Territory 
Of  The  Hon.  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  By  The  Rev.  John 
Ryerson,  Co-Delegate,  and  Deputation  To  The  Wesleyan 
Missions  In  Hudson's  Bay :  With  Brief  Missionary  Mem- 
orials and  Illustrations. 

Toronto:    Published  By  G.  R.  Sanderson 1855. 

18°  XXIV  (incl.  title);  190  pp.  Port,  of  Ryerson  and  9 
other  plates. 

Ryerson  went  in  from  Ft.  William  to  Red  River  and  thence  to 
Norway  House  and  Rossville,  thence  to  York  Factory  on  his  way 
to  England.  Occupied  the  summer  of  1854.  226 


H6 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

BONNER,  T.  D. 

The  Life  And  Adventures  Of  James  P.  Beckwourth, 
Mountaineer,  Scout,  And  Pioneer,  And  Chief  Of  The  Crow 
Nation  Of  Indians.  With  Illustrations.  Written  From  His 
Own  Dictation,  By  T.  D.  Bonner. 

New  York:    Harpers,  ....  1856. 

12°  XII,  13-537  pp.,  Port.  Beckwourth,  12  other  plates. 

The  essential  truth  of  this  narrative  is  corroborated  by  refer- 
ence to  other  writers  who  frequently  mention  Beckwourth  and  his 
exploits.  He  embarked  on  mountain  life  in  1822  with  Ashley's 
company.  Party  left  St.  Louis  Oct.  llth  but  this  time  he  did  not 
reach  the  mountains,  haying  to  return  with  Harris.  Next  May, 
however,  he  started  again  with  Ashley,  was  on  the  Green  River 
with  him  and  returned  with  him  via  the  Yellowstone  in  1825. 
Found  Major  Pilcher  in  charge  at  Ft.  Lookout.  Speaks  of  Stewart 
visiting  him  with  Harrison  and  Fitzpatrick  and  a  Mr.  Brotherton. 
Relates  an  experience  with  Stewart,  pp.  278-282. 

In  1840  went  to  New  Mexico  and  began  trading  on  his  own 
account  and  in  1842  settled  at  Pueblo,  which  with  some  other  fur 
trappers,  he  built. 

Claimed  to  have  arrived  in  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  in  January.  1844, 
but  returned  to  Pueblo  in  1846.  Afterward  lived  in  California  in 
Beckwourth  Valley.  Bancroft  says  he  died  in  the  North  Platte 
country  in  1867,  aged  about  70.  227 

CARVALHO,  S.  N. 

Incidents  Of  Travel  And  Adventure  In  The  Far  West: 
With  Col.  Fremont's  Last  Expedition  Across  The  Rocky 
Mountains :  Including  Three  Months'  Residence  In  Utah, 
And  A  Perilous  Trip  Across  The  Great  American  Desert, 
To  The  Pacific.  By  S.  N.  Carvalho,  Artist  to  the  Expedi- 
tion. 

New  York:  Derby  &  Jackson.  London:  Sampson 
Low,  Son  &  Co.  1856. 

12°  Title  and  half  title,  VII-XV,  17-380  pp. 

I  think  this  should  have  a  front,  as  all  the  American  printed 
copies  I  have  seen  which  bear  date  of  1857  have  a  plate. 

Went  as  artist  with  Fremont's  expedition  of  1853.  Left  N.  Y. 
Sept.  5th  and  Westport  about  the  23rd.  Traveled  by  Bent's  Fort 
at  Big  Timber  and  arrived  at  Parowan,  Salt  Lake  Valley  Feb. 
8th,  having  traveled  principally  over  Beale's  and  Gunnison's  track. 
At  Parowan  Carvalho  and  Egloffstein  left  Fremont,  who  continued 
to  California.  May  5,  1854,  via  the  southern  route.  Crossed  Cajon 
Pass  to  San  Bernardino,  where  he  arrived  June  9th  and  thence  to 
Los  Angeles. 

Carvalho  was  an  artist,  but  I  have  not  seen  any  sketches  made 
by  him  on  this  expedition.  228 

COOKE,  P.  ST.  G. 

Scenes  And  Adventures  In  The  Army;  Or,  Romance  Of 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  117 


Military    Life.      By    P.    St.    G.    Cooke,    Colonel    Second 
Dragoons,  U.  S.  A. 

Philadelphia:     Lindsay  &  Blakiston.     1856. 

12°  XII,  13-342  pp. 

Cooke  started  his  prairie  life  in  1829  as  lieutenant  in  the  expe- 
dition to  the  boundary  to  escort  the  Santa  Fe  traders.  In  1831 
he  made  a  trip  overland  to  the  Platte  and  to  the  Missouri  at 
Cabanne's  a  few  miles  below  old  Ft.  Atkinson  at  Council  Bluffs. 
Gives  a  long  account  of  Hugh  Glass's  adventures. 

In  1843  was  on  a  western  trip  to  escort  caravan  to  Santa  Fe. 

In  1845  (May  23rd),  started  from  Ft.  Leavenworth  to  escort  the 
Oregon  emigrants.  Arrived  at  Ft.  Laramie  June  14th,  Colonel 
Kearny  in  command.  Crossed  the  South  Pass  and  on  July  1st 
started  to  return,  Fitzpatrick  as  guide.  July  8th  met  Walker  on 
his  way  to  California.  Says  he  was  married  to  a  squaw  or  squaws, 
but  of  much  natural  ability.  July  29th  arrived  at  Bent's  Fort  and 
Aug.  24th  at  Ft.  Leavenworth.  Book  ends  with  his  arrival  there. 

In  spite  of  the  copyright  of  1856,  I  have  seen  this  book  cata- 
logued as  of  1847,  but  have  never  seen  any  edition  earlier  than 
1857.  229 


DAVIS,  J. 

Mormonism  Unveiled :  Or  a  Peep  into  the  Practices  of 
the  Latter  Day  Saints,  by  a  Deluded  Brother  of  the  Sect, 
....  By  J.  Davis. 

Bristol  [Eng.]   1856. 

12°  48  pp. 

Gives  an  account  of  his  trip  to  Louisiana  and  across  the  plains 
to  Utah.  (Not  seen).  *230 

FERRIS,  MRS.  B.  G. 

The  Mormons  At  Home ;  With  some  Incidents  of  Travel 
from  Missouri  To  California,  1852-3.  In  a  Series  Of  Letters. 
By  Mrs.  B.  G.  Ferris  (wife  of  the  late  U.  S.  Secretary  for 
Utah). 

New  York:    Dix  &  Edwards,  ....  1856. 
12°  VIII,  299  pp. 

Left  Independence  Aug.  23,  1852,  and  arrived  at  Salt  Lake  be- 
fore Oct.  30th.  May  5th,  1853,  left  for  California  via  the  Hum- 
boldt  and  Carson  Valley  and  apparently  Lassen  Pass.  231 

GRAY,  A.  B. 

Survey  Of  A  Route  For  The  Southern  Pacific  R.  R.  On 
the  32nd  Parallel,  By  A.  B.  Gray,  For  The  Texas  Western 
R.  R.  Company. 

Cincinnati,  O. :     Wrightson  &  Co 1856. 


118 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

8°  110  pp.  slip  errata,  3  maps,  32  views  of  scenery. 
Maps: 

Preliminary  Map  to  accompany  Report  of  A.  B.  Gray  of 
the  Route  of  the  Texas  Western  Railroad  In  Connection 
With  The  Line  Of  The  Southern  Pacific,  1856.  Lith.  by 
Middleton,  Wallace  &  Co.,  Cine.,  who  also  lithographed 
the  Plates  and  the  Map  of  the  World. 

The  World,  Illustrating  the  Courses  of  Trade. 

Port  of  San  Diego.     Lith.  by  J.  Bien,  N.  Y. 

Plates  after  drawings  by  Chas.  Schuchard,  a  Texan.  They  are 
very  good. 

Gray's  report  is  dated  N.  Y.,  Feb.,  1855,  but  it  was  not  printed 
until  after  May  10th  (see  R.  R.  Record,  Oct.  18). 

The  views  of  Ft.  Yuma  and  ruins  of  Mission  of  Tumacacari 
and  Calabazas  appeared  also  in  the  Report  of  the  Sonora  Explor- 
ing and  Mining  Co.,  Cine.,  1856.  The  mining  company  was  backed 
by  the  same  interests  as  the  railroad.  Major  Heintzelman,  Poston, 
Ehrenberg,  Brunckow  being  the  active  operators  of  the  mining 
operations  and  indeed -the  promoters  thereof.  (See  the  Sonora 
Go's,  report  for  1856  for  Charles  D.  Poston's  account  of  his  jour- 
ney in  the  summer  of  1856  from  Ft.  Thorn  to  Tubac).  232 

GREENE,  MAX 

The  Kansas  Region :  Forest,  Prairie,  Desert,  Mountain, 
Vale,  and  River.  Descriptions  Of  Scenery,  Climate,  Wild 
Productions,  Capabilities  of  Soil,  And  Commercial  Re- 
sources ;  Interspersed  With  Incidents  Of  Travel,  And  Anec- 
dotes Illustrative  of  the  Character  of  the  Traders  and  Red 
Men ;  To  Which  Are  Added  Directions  As  To  Routes,  Out- 
fit For  The  Pioneer,  and  Sketches  of  Desirable  Localities 
for  Present  Settlement.  By  Max  Greene. 

New  York :    Fowler  and  Wells,  ....  1856. 

12°  VIII,  9-192.    2  maps. 

Maps: 

[As  front.]  [Map  of  Kansas  and  adjacent  regions]  (HO 
title).  Marked:  Aerography.  J.  H.  Colton  &  Co.,  New 
York. 

East  Kansas  (occupies  pages  169-70  in  the  pagination). 

This  well  written  book  contains  a  very  good  account  of  the 
prairie  and  mountain  region  with  many  accounts  of  the  author's 
own  experiences  from  1850  to  1855,  as  well  as  a  history  of  the 
Santa  Fe  trade  and  descriptions  of  the  Santa  Fe  trail.  233 

MARCY,  CAPT.  R.  B. 

Report  on  an  exploration  of  the  Big  Wichita  and  the 
headwaters  of  the  Brazos  River,  made  in  1854. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES H9 

[Washington:  1856.]  (34  Cong.,  1  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc. 
60). 

8°  48  pp.    Map. 

Not  seen.  *234 

MOFFETTE,  JpSEPH  F. 

The  Territories  of  Kansas  And  Nebraska:  Being  An  Ac- 
count Of  Their  Geography,  Resources,  And  Settlements, 
....  By  Joseph  F.  Moffette,  Late  of  Governor  Stevens' 
Overland  Expedition.  Accompanied  By  Elaborate  Maps. 

New  York:    J.  H.  Colton  &  Co.,  ....  1856. 

18°  84  pp.,  24  pp.  adv.,  2  maps. 
Maps: 

Nebraska  and  Kansas,  Pub.  By  J.  A.  Colton  &  Co 

1856.     (Eastern  part  only  showing  counties). 

[Another  with  same  title  showing  territory  and  the 
Rocky  Mountains.] 

Moffette  gives  a  good  description  of  the  upper  Missouri  coun- 
try, no  doubt  from  personal  knowledge.  235 

PARKER,  W.  B. 

Notes  Taken  During  The  Expedition  Commanded  By 
Capt.  R.  B.  Marcy,  U.  S.  A.,  Through  Unexplored  Texas, 
In  the  Summer  and  Fall  of  1854.  By  W.  B.  Parker,  At- 
tached to  the  Expedition. 

Philadelphia:     Hayes  &  Zell,  ....  1856. 

12°  XII,  9-242  pp. 

Parker  was  a  civilian  friend  of  Marcy's  and  went  for  the  ad- 
venture. The  object  of  the  expedition  was  to  locate  an  Indian 
reserve  in  N.  W.  Texas  for  the  Indians  in  the  State  of  Texas. 
Party  left  Ft.  Smith  June  1st,  Dr.  G.  G.  Shumard  of  Ft.  Smith 
accompanying  them.  They  proceeded  via  Ft.  Washita  to  the 
Little  Wichita,  and  the  headwaters  of  the  Brazos,  where  the  sur- 
vey was  made  on  Cleav  Fork.  Returned  to  Ft.  Smith  Oct.  15th. 

236 


SONORA  EXPLORING  AND  MINING  CO. 

Report  Of  The  Sonora  Exploring  and  Mining  Co.,  Made 
To  The  Stockholders,  December,  1856. 

Cincinnati:    Railroad  Record  Print.     1856. 
8°-  43,  (1)  pp.,  4  views,  4  maps. 

The  company  occupied  as  headquarters  in  Arizona  the  old  pre- 
sidio of  Tubac  which  had  been  occupied  up  to  the  transfer  of  the 
territory.  Herman  Ehrenberg,  the  engineer  and  surveyor  of  the 


120  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


company,  was  the  most  active  explorer  in  the  Southwest.  He  drew 
three  of  the  above  mentioned  maps,  the  other  being  reduced  from 
the  western  part  of  Gray's  map  attached  to  the  "Survey  of  a 
Route  for  the  Southern  Pacific  R,  R."  The  report  contains  extracts 
from  C.  D.  Poston's  report  of  a  trip  from  El  Paso  to  Tubac. 

Same  September,  1857.  Cincinnati :  Railroad  Record  Print. 
1857.  8°  24  pp.,  3  views,  same  general  map  as  in  the  1856  report. 

Same,  Second  Annual  Report Cine..  1858.    8°  16  pp.     Gives 

some  account  of  the  Crabb  filibustering  expedition. 

Same,  Third  Annual  Report,  made  in  March,  1859.  New  York : 
W.  Minns  &  Co.  1859.  8°  30  pp. 

Same,   Fourth  Annual   Report March.     1860.     New   York : 

W.  Minns  &  Co.     1860.    8°  18  pp. 

Same,  Report  of  Frederic  Brunckow  ....  also  a  letter  from 
Herman  Ehrenberg,  etc.  Cine.  Railroad  Record  ....  8°  Front., 
47  pp. 

Same,  Small  map  of  Arizona  or  the  Gadsden  Purchase,  with  the 
Position  of  its  Silver  mines 1859. 

During  these  operations  the  first  newspaper  in  Arizona,  the 
Arizonian,  was  started  at  Tubac.  In  this  pamphlet  Brunckow  who 
was  killed  by  the  Apaches  later,  in  1859,  gives  an  historical  account 
of  his  career  and  this  mining  enterprise,  the  first  American  mining 
enterprise  in  the  Southwest. 

Elliott's  History  of  Arizona  gives  a  few  details  of  Ehrenberg' s 
career  obtained  from  C.  D.  Poston  who  says  Ehrenberg  came  with 
him  to  Arizona  first  in  1854  from  Sonora.  Bancroft,  in  his  Pioneer 
Register  to  his  History  of  California,  says  Ehrenberg  went  over- 
land to  Oregon  in  1844.  In  1847  he  arrived  at  the  Sandwich 
Islands  from  California,  and  according  to  Bancroft  came  to  Cali- 
fornia just  before  or  during  the  gold  rush  in  1848.  He  was  killed 
by  an  Indian  at  Dos  Palos  in  the  Mojave  Desert  in  1866.  But 
little  is  known  of  his  early  career  except  that  he  took  part  in  the 
Texas  revolution  in  1836  and  wrote  a  book  about  it.  See  Raine's 
Bibl.  of  Texas  for  a  note  about  him.  He  was  a  great  map  maker. 
I  have  several  published  by  him  in  San  Francisco  before  1860. 

237 


UDELL,  JOHN 

Incidents  Of  Travel  To  California,  Across  The  Great 
Plains ;  Together  With  The  Return  Trips  Through  Central 
America  and  Jamaica ;  To  Which  Are  Added  Sketches  Of 
The  Author's  Life.  By  John  Udell. 

Jefferson,  Ohio:  Printed  For  The  Author  At  The  Sen- 
tinel Office,  1856. 

12°  VIII,  9-302  pp.,  1  leaf  errata.     Port.  Udell. 

Started  May  1,  1850,  from  Davis  Co.,  Iowa,  and  went  by  Coun- 
cil Bluffs,  Ft.  Laramie,  Ft.  Bridger,  Salt  Lake,  Humboldt  River, 
Carson  Valley  and  arrived  at  Placerville  August  29th.  Went 
home  in  1851  via  the  Nicaragua  route.  May  5,  1852,  started  again 
for  California  from  Missouri.  Crossed  the  Missouri  at  Trader's 
Point  at  the  Plattsville  Ferry.  Went  up  the  Platte,  passed  Ft. 
Laramie,  Ft.  Bridger,  Salt  Lake,  the  Humboldt,  Carson  Valley 
and  arrived  at  Placerville  Sept.  20.  In  1853  returned  via  Panama. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  121 


April  24,  1854,  started  again  for  California  from  Missouri  via 
Council  Bluffs,  followed  practically  the  same  road  as  the  former 
trip  and  arrived  at  Placerville  October  3rd.  In  1855  returned  to 
the  States  again. 

Udell  was  a  Baptist  clergyman,  born  June  22,  1775,  in  James 
St.,  New  York  City.  The  family  kept  moving  West  and  finally 
landed  in  Ashtabula  Co.,  Ohio,  and  Udell  lived  at  Jefferson  and 
after  various  moves  landed  in  Missouri  and  then  back  to  Ohio 
again. 

The  book,  besides  a  long  account  of  his  restless  wanderings, 
contains  articles  on  California,  the  Constitution  of  the  U.  S., 
Central  America,  etc.,  Salt  Lake  and  the  Mormons  and  the  Pacific 
Railroad. 

Udell  made  another  trip  in  1858-9  of  which  he  published  an 
extended  account: 

Journal  Of  John  Udell,  Kept  During  A  Trip  Across  The 
Plains,  Containing  An  Account  Of  The  Massacre  Of  A 
Portion  Of  His  Party  By  The  Mohave  Indians,  In  1859. 
[Entered  Accounting  to  Act  of  Congress]. 

Jefferson :    Ashtabula  Sentinel  Steam  Press  Print.     1868. 

8°  47  pp.  incl.  title  and  a  portrait  of  Udell  on  reverse  of 
47.  P.  P.  W.,  with  same  title. 

This  time  he  went  by  the  Santa  Fe  Trail  and  was  obliged  to 
spend  the  winter  of  1858-9  at  Albuquerque.  In  the  spring  he  went 
by  Beale's  road  through  the  Mohave  to  Los  Angeles. 

Very  rare  pamphlet.  238 

UPHAM,  CHARLES  WENTWORTH 

Life,  Explorations  And  Public  Service  of  John  Charles 
Fremont.  By  Charles  Wentworth  Upham.  With  Illus- 
trations. 

Boston:     Ticknor  and  Fields.     MDCCCLVI. 

12°  Port.  Fremont,  Title  V-VII,  9-355  (1)  pp.  13  other 
Plates,  including  Portrait  of  Carson. 

Pages  273-300  contain  an  account  of  Fremont's  fourth  expedi- 
tion, mostly  contained  in  letters  from  Fremont:  To  Benton, 
Bent's  Fort,  Nov.  17,  1848;  to  Mrs.  Fremont,  Taos,  Jan.  27,  1849; 
to  Mrs.  Fremont,  Taos,  Feb.  6,  1849;  to  Benton,  Socorro,  Feb.  24, 
1849.  Pages  327-332  contain  short  account  of  the  fifth  expedition 
of  1853-4,  including  a  letter  from  Fremont  to  Benton,  dated 
Parawan  (Utah)  Feb.  9,  1854. 

Also  a  life  by  John  Bigelow.  New  York,  1856.  8°  X,  11-480, 
Port,  of  Fremont  and  111.  In  the  Century  for  March,  1891,  will 
be  found  several  articles  on  the  Fremont  explorations,  including 
one  entitled  "Rough  Times  In  Rough  Places.  A  Personal  Nar- 
rative of  the  terrible  experiences  of  Fremont's  fourth  Expedition." 
This  is  made  up  of  the  records  and  diary  of  Micajah  McGehee,  a 
member  of  the  expedition.  The  part  printed  records  only  the  ex- 
periences of  the  party  after  entering  the  mountains  Nov.  26,  1848. 


122  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


McGehee  gives  a  long  account  of  Bill  Williams,  who  he  says 
was  killed  in  the  spring,  together  with  Dr.  Kern,  while  searching 
for  lost  property.  239 


WARREN,  G.  K. 

Explorations  In  The  Dakota  Country,  In  The  Year  1855. 
By  Lieut.  G.  K.  Warren,  Topographical  Engineer  of  the 
"Sioux  Expedition." 

Washington:  A.  O.  P.  Nicholson,  Printer.  1856.  (34th 
Cong.,  1st  Sess.  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  76). 

8°  Title,  79  pp.,  VI  index  and  errata.    3  maps. 
Maps: 

Section  of  map  compiled  in  P.  R.  R.  office  ....  designed 
to  illustrate  Lt.  Warren's  Report  of  Military  Reconnaisance 
of  the  Dakota  Country.  Shows  routes  of  Long,  Nicolet, 
Fremont  &  Capt.  Stansbury. 

Map  giving  location  of  different  bands  of  Indians,  etc., 
and  Barometric  Profile  Fort  Pierre  to  Fort  Kearny. 

Sketch  of  the  Blue  Water  Creek,  ....  made  by  Warren. 

No  journal ;  only  general  description  of  the  route.  The  Sioux 
expedition  was  under  the  orders  of  Gen.  Harney,  and  took  place 
in  the  summer  of  1855.  240 

BRYAN,  F.  T. 

[Exploration  for  a  road  from  Ft.  Riley  to  Bridger's  Pass, 
.in  18561. 

Letter  of  Francis  T.  Bryan,  St.  Louis,  Feb.  19,  1857. 

Report  on  the  topography  of  the  country  between  Lodge 
Pole  Creek,  Cache  la  Poudre,  and  the  South  Platte,  in  Con- 
nection with  an  exploration  for  a  road  from  Fort  Riley  to 
Bridger's  Pass.  By  John  Lambert.  St.  Louis,  March  21, 
1857. 

Report  of  a  Geological  expedition  from  Fort  Leaven- 
worth  to  Bryan's  Pass  ....  By  H.  Englemann,  geologist 
and  mining  engineer. 

The  last  two  papers  are  attached  to  the  report  of  Bryan's  who 
was  in  charge  of  the  party  and  together  they  form  Appendix  H, 
pp.  455-520,  of  the  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  11,  35  Cong.,  1  Sess.,  or  House 
Doc.  2,  same  pagination. 

This  exploration  occupied  the  summer  of  1856  and  Bryan's 
diary  is  printed.  Map  not  published.  Appendix  L,  pp.  525,  con- 
sists of  a  letter  from  Capt.  John  H.  Dickerson  who  located  a  road 
from  Omaha  to  new  Ft.  Kearney.  The  map  was  not  published 
with  the  report.  241 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 123 

CHANDLESS,  WILLIAM 

A  Visit  To  Salt  Lake;  Being  A  Journey  Across  The 
Plains  And  A  Residence  In  The  Mormon  Settlements  at 
Utah.  By  William  Chadnless. 

London :    Smith,  Elder  &  Co.,  ....  1857. 

12°  XII,  346  pp.    Map. 
Map: 

Map  Showing  The  Author's  Route.  Standridge  &  Co., 
Lith.,  London. 

Left  Atchison  as  wagon  driver  in  July,  1855,  via  Ft.  Bridget 
and  arrived  at  Salt  Lake  about  Nov.  1st.  First  133  pp.  devoted  to 
the  trip.  Part  II  gives  an  account  of  Salt  Lake  and  the  Mormons. 
Jan.,  1856,  started  for  California  via  Fillmore,  Cedar  City,  Las 
Vegas,  San  Bernardino  and  Los  Angeles,  arriving  in  San  Fran- 
cisco by  water  Feb.  8th. 

A  very  entertaining  book.  242 

DAVIS,  W.  W.  H. 

El  Gringo ;  Or,  New  Mexico  And  Her  People.  By  W.  W. 
H.  Davis,  Late  United  States  Attorney. 

New  York :    Harper  &  Brothers,  ....  1857. 

12°  XII,  13-432  pp.  Front;  12  other  plates  included  in 
the  pagination.  Plates  by  Col.  Eaton  &  F.  A.  Percy  of  El 
Paso. 

Davis  left  Independence  Nov.  1st,  1853,  by  the  Santa  Fe  trail. 
He  also  made  an  excursion  into  the  Navajo  country  in  the  sum- 
mer of  1855.  Besides  a  sketch  of  the  history  of  New  Mexico  and 
the  first  written  by  one  who  had  access  to  the  archives,  it  con- 
tains practically  a  diary  of  Davis'  stay.  243 

EMORY,  WILLIAM  H. 

United  States  And  Mexican  Boundary  Survey.  Report 
Of  William  H.  Emory  Major  First  Cavalry  and  U.  S.  Com- 
missioner. Volume  I. 

Washington:  Cornelius  Wendell,  Printer.  1857.  (34th 
Cong.,  1st  Sess.  House  Ex.  Doc.  135). 

4°  XVI,  258  pp.,  2  maps,  meteorological  chart,  profile 
and  geological  section. 

Part  II — Geological  Reports  of  Doctor  C.  C.  Parry  and 
Asst.  Arthur  Schott.  Notes  By  W.  H.  Emory.  Palaeon- 
tology and  Geology  of  the  Boundary,  By  James  Hall  of 
Albany,  New  York.  Description  of  Cretaceous  And  Ter- 
tiary Fossils,  By  T.  A.  Conrad,  Esq. 

VIII,  174  pp.,  21  plates,  eng.  by  J.  E.  Gavit  &  Dougal, 
map. 


124 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Maps  to  Part  I: 

Map  showing  magnetic  observations. 

Map  Of  The  U.  S.  And  Their  Territories  Between  the 
Mississippi    and    the   Pacific    Ocean    and    Part   of    Mexico. 
Compiled  from  Surveys  made  under  the  order  of  W.   H. 
Emory,  etc.    By  Thomas  Jekyll,  1857-8. 
Plates  to  Part  I : 

12  colored  lithographs  by  Sarony,  Major  &  Knapp ;  9 
steel  engravings,  from  scenes  by  Arthur  Schott,  Weyss  and 
Vaudricourt,  engraved  by  James  D.  Smille  (contains  an  en- 
graved view  of  Monument  Mt.,  page  96,  not  given  in  list 
of  plates);  66  outline  sketches  on  33  plates. 

Map  to  Part  II: 

Map  illustrating  General  Geological  Features  ....  West 
of  the  Mississippi  River By  James  Hall,  etc. 

Vol.  II,  in  2  parts,  was  published  in  Washington,  1859.  Part  I 
contains  the  Botany  in  270  pp.  with  61  plates,  and  the  Coctacea  in 
78  pp.  and  75  plates.  An  introductory,  "View  along  the  Gila, — 
Cereus  Giganteus,"  not  numbered  nor  included  in  the  description. 
Part  II  contains:  Mammals,  in  62  pp.  with  27  plates;  Birds  in  32, 
(1)  pp.  with  25  colored  plates;  Reptiles,  in  35  pp.  with  41  plates; 
Ichthyology,  in  85,  II  pp.  with  41  plates. 

The  reports  of  Lieut.  N.  Michler  and  Dr.  C.  C.  Parry  embrace 
most  of  the  journal  contained  in  this  report  as  Emory  does  not 
give  his  own  but  confines  himself  to  observations  on  the  business 
of  the  Commission,  the  state  of  the  country,  Indians,  etc.  244 

FROEBEL,  JULIUS 

Aus   America,   Erfahrungen,   Reisen   und   Studien.     Von 
Julius  Froebel.    2  Vols. 
Leipzig:     1857-58. 
8°  XVI  (1)  550;  XVI,  616  pp. 

Translated  as :  Seven  Years'  Travel  In  Central  America, 
Northern  Mexico  And  The  Far  West  Of  The  United  States. 
By  Julius  Von  Froebel.  With  Numerous  Illustrations. 

London:     Richard   Bentley,  ....  MDCCCLIX. 

8°  XIV  (2),  587  pp.,  8  plates. 

Went  to  Chihuahua  in  1852  via  Santa  Fe  trail,  returning  in 
1853  via  Presidio  del  Norte  and  San  Antonio,  Texas.  Left  Inde- 
pendence Aug.  17th,  arriving  Chihuahua  Nov.  23rd,  1853.  Oct.  10th 
again  left  New  York  by  steamer  and  arrived  at  Galveston  on  the 
25th.  Arrived  El  Paso  March  23,  1854  and  following  June  started 
for  California  via  Santa  Cruz  and  Tucson,  down  the  Gila,  and 
arrived  at  Los  Angeles  Sept.  6th. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  of  all  books  of  travel  through  the 
country.  245 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 125 

MOWRY,  SYLVESTER 

Memoir  Of  The  Proposed  Territory  Of  Arizona.  By 
Sylvester  Mowry,  U.  S.  A.,  Delegate  Elect. 

Washington :     Henry  Polkinhorn,  Printer.     1857. 
8°  30  pp.  inc.  title.     Map. 
Cover  title  same. 

This  memoir  is  sometimes  catalogued  with  a  map  but  I  see  no 
evidence  in  it  that  any  map  was  issued  with  it  and  conclude  that 
where  one  occurs,  it  is  inserted  probably  from  one  of  the  Sonora 
Exploring  Go's,  pamphlets.  This  is  the  most  important  work 
dealing  with  the  conditions  in  Arizona  after  the  Gadsden  Treaty 
and  before  the  Civil  War. 

Pages  29-30  embody  a  petition  from  residents  to  Congress  pray- 
ing for  the  erection  of  the  Gadsden  purchase  into  a  territory. 

A  very  valuable  memoir  by  Mowry  on  the  Indian  tribes  of 
Arizona,  dated  Sept.  22,  1857,  will  be  found  on  pp.  582-93  of  the 
Report  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  35  Cong.,  1  Sess.  Sen.  Ex. 
Doc.  11.  246 

STRATTON,  R.  B. 

Captivity  of  The  Oatman  Girls  Being  An  Interesting 
Narrative  of  Life  Among  Apache  and  Mohave  Indians : 
Containing  Also  An  Interesting  account  of  the  Massacre  of 
The  Oatman  Family,  by  the  Apache  Indians  in  1851 ;  the 
narrow  escape  of  Lorenzo  D.  Oatman ;  the  Capture  of  Olive 
A.  and  Mary  A.  Oatman ;  The  Death  by  Starvation,  of  the 
latter;  the  Five  Years  of  Suffering  and  Captivity  of  Olive 
A.  Oatman;  also  her  singular  recapture  in  1856;  as  given 
by  Lorenzo  D.  and  Olive  A.  Oatman,  the  only  survivors  of 
the  family,  to  the  author,  R.  B.  Stratton. 

San  Francisco:     Whitton,  Towne  &  Co.,  ....  1857. 

Cover  title,  regular  title  as  follows : 

Life  Among  The  Indians :  Being  an  Interesting  Narrative 
of  the  Captivity  of  the  Oatman  Girls,  Among  the  Apache 
and  Mohave  Indians.  Containing  [then  to  the  end  the  same 
as  cover  title]. 

12°  IV,  5-138  pp.  Illustrations  including  portrait  of 
Olive  in  the  text. 

The  Oatman  family  formed  part  of  a  party  organized  in  1849 
in  Illinois  to  make  a  settlement  near  the  junction  of  the  Gila  and 
Colorado  rivers.  The  expedition  left  Independence  early  in  Aug- 
ust, 1850,  and  traveled  by  the  Santa  Fe  trail  but  did  not  go  to- 
Santa  Fe ;  instead  they  followed  the  Rio  Grande  to  Socorro  and 
started  over  the  Cook  and  Kearny  route.  Passed  Tubac  and 
Tucson  and  arrived  at  the  Pima  Village  February  16,  1851.  The 
massacre  occurred  about  midway  between  here  and  Ft.  Yuma, 

This  is  the  genuine  original  edition,  only  a  few  of  which  are  in 
existence  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  in  the  preface  to  the  second 


126  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


edition  Stratton  says  5,000  copies  were  sold.  The  second  edition 
was  published  a  few  mnoths  later  in  12"  231  pp.  Port.  Olive  and 
small  map  occupy  two  leaves  after  the  title  (both  included  in  the 
pagination).  Issued  both  in  cloth  and  paper  covers.  247 


BARTLESON, 

Diary  of  a  trip  from  Fort  Bridger,  Utah  Territory,  via 
Bridger's  Pass  and  Laramie  Plains  to  Fort  Laramie,  Ne- 
braska Territory,  by  Mr.  John  Bartleson. 

Pages  52-6  of  The  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  War  of 
Dec.  6,  1858.  35  Cong.,  2  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  No.  1. 

The  expedition  took  place  in  December,  1857.  248 


BEALE,  E.  F. 

Wagon  Road  From  Fort  Defiance  To  The  Colorado 
River.  Letter  From  The  Secretary  of  War  Transmitting 
The  Report  of  the  Superintendent,  ....  May  10,  1858. 

[Washington:  1856.]  (35th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  House  Ex. 
Doc.  124). 

8°  87  pp.    Map. 

Map: 

Preliminary  Map  of  the  Western  'Portion  of  the  Recon- 
naisance  and  Survey  ....  made  by  Capt.  A.  W.  Whipple 
in  1853-4.  With  additions,  ....  By  E.  F.  Beale,  Supt. 
1857-8. 

This  is  Scale's  Report  with  Journal.  Report  dated  Wash., 
April  26,  1858.  Left  San  Antonio,  Texas,  June  25th.  1857,  and  went 
through  to  Los  Angeles,  and  returned  during  the  winter  to  a 
point  near  Ft.  Defiance.  Beale  had  the  famous  camels  with  him 
on  this  trip.  The  route  was  by  Ft.  Clarke,  Ft.  Lancaster,  Ft. 
Davis,  El  Paso,  up  the  Rio  Grande  to  Albuquerque,  thence  over 
a  new  road  by  Zuni  to  the  mouth  of  the  Mohave  River  and  Ft. 
Tejon.  249 


[CONWAY,  CORNELIUS] 

The  Utah  Expedition,  Containing  a  General  Account  of 
the  Mormon  Campaign,  With  Incidents  of  Travel  on  the 
Plains,  Account  of  Indian  Tribes,  ....  From  Its  Com- 
mencement to  the  Present  Time.  By  a  Wagon-master  of 
the  Expedition. 

Cine.:  1858. 

8°  48  pp. 

Not  seen.  *250 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 127 

CRAKES,  SYLVESTER,  JUN 

Five  Years  A  Captive  Among  The  Black-Feet  Indians : 
Or,  A  Thrilling  Narration  Of  the  Adventures,  Perils  and 
Suffering  Endured  By  John  Dixon  And  His  Companions, 
Among  The  Savages  Of  The  Northwest  Territory  Of  North 
America.  Never  Before  Published.  By  Sylvester  Crakes, 
Jun 

Columbus:    Osgood  &  Pearce,  Printers.    1858. 

12°  Front.  VI,  7-224  pp.,  4  other  plates. 

This  is  a  romance,  possibly  based  on  some  real  captivity  at  a 
much  later  date  than  the  one  fixed  by  Crakes. 

See  Dunn's  "Oregon  Territory,"  page  156,  for  a  strange  story 
of  one,  Bird.  251 

MARCY,  R.  B. 

[Account  of  R.  B.  Marcy's  March  from  Camp  Scott  to 
New  Mexico  and  return]. 

In  Report  of  the  Sec'y  of  War,  pp.  187-201  of  Sen.  Ex. 
Doc.  1,  35  Cong.,  2  Sess. 

This  is  a  report  of  Marcy's,  dated  June  12,  1858,  of  the  very  in- 
teresting expedition  during  the  winter  of  1857-8  to  New  Mexico 
to  procure  animals.  He  crossed  over  to  the  Green  River,  taking 
the  southern  route.  On  his  return  he  passed  up  the  east  side  of 
the  Rockies,  by  Fountain  and  Cherry  creeks,  and  thence  over  to 
the  North  Platte  on  the  Laramie  Plains.  *252 

MINNESOTA.    LEGISLATURE.    HOUSE. 

Report  From  A  Select  Committee  Of  The  House  of  Rep- 
resentatives, On  The  Overland  Emigration  Route  From 
Minnesota  To  British  Oregon.  With  An  Appendix.  500 
Copies  Ordered  Printed 

Saint  Paul :    Earle  S.  Goodrich  ....  1858. 

8°  100  pp.,  incl.  title. 

The  report  embraces  pp.  3-6,  the  rest  being  appendices  consist- 
ing of  various  documents,  including  extracts  from  S'impson's 
"Voyage  Around  The  World,  1847."  The  object  was  to  open  a 
route  to  the  Frazer  River  mines. 

Appendix  No.  II:  Particulars  of  the  gold  discovery  on  Frazer 
and  Thompson  rivers,  and  of  emigration  thither. 

Appendix  No.  VII :  Memoir  of  the  Selkirk  Settlement,  by  J. 
A.  Wheelock.  253 


MOLLHAUSEN,  BALDUIN 

Tagebuch  Einer  Raise  Vom  Mississippi  Nach  Den  Kiis- 
ten  Der  Siidsee.    Von  Balduin  Mollhausen. 


128  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Eingefiihrt  Von  Alexander  Von  Humboldt.  (Vignette — 
Colorado  River)  Mit  13  Illustrationen  .... 

Leipzig:     Herman  Mendelssohn.     1858. 

Large  4°  Half  title,  leaf  ded.  to  the  King,  3  leaves  list 
subscribers,  XIV  of  introduction,  preface  and  contents; 
new  half  title,  494  pp,  2  pp.  explanation  of  map,  13  colored 
plates,  map,  inscription  on  rock  between  268-9,  numerous 
other  illustrations  in  text. 

Map: 

Karte  zu  Balduin  Mollhausen's  Reise  ....  in  lahre 
1853-1854  ....  Von  Dr.  Henry  Lange. 

A  very  beautiful  book,  translated  into  English  by  Mrs.  Percy 
Sinnett  as: 

Diary  Of  A  Journey  From  The  Mississippi  To  The 
Coasts  Of  The  Pacific  With  A  United  States  Government 
Expedition.  By  Baldwin  Mollhausen,  Topographical 
Draughtsman  And  Naturalist  To  The  Expedition.  With 
An  Introduction  By  Alexander  Von  Humboldt  And  Illus- 
trations In  Chromo-Lithography.  Translated  by  Mrs. 
Percy  Sinnett.  In  Two  Volumes. 

London :     Longman,  Brown,  Green,  ....  1858. 

XXX  (Incl.  title  and  half  title),  (2)  -pp.,  map  of  route, 
352  pp.,  6  colored  plates;  X  pp.  (incl.  title  and  half  title), 
(2),  397  pp.,  5  colored  plates  and  8  full  woodcuts. 

Map: 

Map  Illustrating  Maldwin  Mollhausen's  Travels  From 
The  Mississippi  To  The  Coast  Of  The  Pacific  In  the  Years 
1853-54.  Eng.  by  Weller. 

The  colored  plates  of  the  original  are  reproduced  reduced; 
two  tree  plates  appearing,  however,  as  woodcuts. 

This  is  a  very  interesting  account  of  the  Whipple  expedition, 
much  more  interesting  than  the  official  journal  printed  in  the 
Govt.  quarto  edition.  *254 

» 

PETERS,  DE  WITT  C. 

The  Life  And  Adventures  Of  Kit  Carson,  The  Nestor  Of 
The  Rocky  Mountains,  From  Facts  Narrated  By  Himself. 
By  De  Witt  C.  Peters,  M.  D.,  Late  Assistant  Surgeon,  U. 
S.  A.  With  Original  Illustrations,  Drawn  By  Lumley,  En- 
graved by  N.  Orr  &  Co. 

New  York:    W.  R.  C.  Clark  &  Co MDCCCLVIII. 

8°  Title,  leaf  ded.  to  Col.  St.  Vrain,  leaf  letter  endorse- 
ment by  St.  Vrain  &  Beaubien,  III-XII,  13-534  pp.  Port. 
Carson  and  nine  other  plates. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  129 


Peters  was  stationed  for  some  time  at  Fort  Massachusetts  in 
the  San  Luis  Valley  and  there  became  very  well  acquainted  with 
Carson,  from  whom  he  learned  many  of  the  facts  regarding  his 
career,  the  rest  being  obtained  from  printed  documents,  largely 
Fremont's  reports. 

The  book  was  also  put  out  in  1859  with  the  same  title  (except 
change  of  date)  illustrations,  etc.  The  only  other  changes  I  have 
discovered  consist  in  the  names  of  Carson,  St.  Vrain  &  Beaubien 
in  the  leaves  of  Dedication,  being  printed  in  facsimile  of  their 
hand  writing  instead  of  ordinary  trpe  as  in  1858. 

Some  time  later  Beadle  &  Co.  published:  The  Life  and  Times 
of  Christopher  Carson,  the  Rocky  Mountain  Scout  and  Guide,  .  .  . 
N.  Y.  and  London :  Beadle  &  Co.  12°  Front.,  94  pp.  Compiled 
chiefly  from  Peters  &  Fremont,  by  Edward  S.  Ellis.  255 

REID,  JOHN  C. 

Reid's  Tramp;  Or,  A  Journal  Of  The  Incidents  Of  Ten 
Months  Travel  Through  Texas,  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  So- 
nora,  and  California.  Including-  Topography,  Climate,  Soil, 
Minerals,  Metals  And  Inhabitants ;  With  A  Notice  Of  The 
Great  Inter-Oceanic  Railroad.  By  John  C.  Reid. 

Selma,  Alabama :    John  Hardy  &  Co.    1858. 

12°  Title;  leaf  copy,  and  ded. ;  2  leaves  of  int.,  9-237  pp. 

Left  Marion,  Alabama,  Sept.  1,  1857,  with  a  party  known  as  the 
Mesilla  Valley  Company,  for  the  purpose  of  exploring  the  Gads- 
den  purchase.  Arrived  at  Ft.  Bliss  Nov.  15.  At  Ft.  Thorne  joined 
forces  with  Major  Lane.  Feb.  8  arrived  at  Rancho  De  las  Cala- 
basos,  a  military  outpost,  apparently  their  destination.  Charles  K. 
Poston  had  just  arrived  as  agent  for  a  Cincinnati  company.  In 
March,  1857,  Crabb  arrived  and  Reid  gives  an  account  of  the 
origin  and  results  of  the  expedition.  Reid,  himself,  and  the 
party  enlisted.  Went  to  Tucson,  April  22,  and  left  for  California 
April  24.  Visited  San  Diego.  Spent  a  short  time  only  in  S.  F. 
and  returned  via  Panama.  256 


SMET,  P.  J.  De 

Cinquante  Nouvelles  Lettres  Du  R.  P.  De  Smet,  De  La 
Compagnie  De  Jesus  Et  Missionnaire  En  Amerique,  Pub- 
liees  Par  Ed.  Terwecoren,  de  La  Meme  Compagnie. 

Paris,  Tournai :    H.  Casterman  Editeur.     1858. 
.  12°   IX    (1)   incl.   title  and  half  title,  502  pp.  and   leaf 
errata. 

Contains  an  account  of  his  visit  to  the  Sioux  Indians  and  the 
Bad  Lands  in  September  and  October,  1848.  Leaving  St.  Louis 
June  7,  he  went  to  Ft.  Union  by  steamer.  From  there  to  Ft. 
Laramie  overland,  where  he  attended  the  Grand  Council  of  the 
Indians  in  September,  of  which  he  gives  a  long  account.  On  Sept. 
25  he  left  on  his  return,  overland  via  Ft.  Kearny  with  Major 
Fitzpatrick  and  arrived  at  St.  Louis  Oct.  22  via  Westport. 

Pages  42-108  contain :     Voyage  au  Grand  Desert  En  1851. 


130  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


The  rest  of  the  letters  are  largely  biographical  sketches  of 
various  Jesuits  of  the  West. 

This  was  translated  as:  Western  Missions  and  Missionaries.  A 
Series  of  Letters  by  Rev.  P.  J.  de  Smet,  ....  New  York:  James 
B.  Kirker,  late  Edward  Dunnigan  and  Brothers.  1863.  12°  (4), 
7-532  pp. 

Most  of  these  letters  had  previously  appeared  either  in.  the 
Annales  de  la  Propogation  de  la  Foi  or  in  The  Precis  Historiques. 

257 


SPALDING,  C.  C.   ' 

Annals  Of  The  City  of  Kansas :  Embracing  Full  Details 
Of  The  Trade  And  Commerce  Of  The  Great  Western 
Plains,  Together  With  Statistics  Of  The  Agricultural,  Min- 
eral And  Commercial  Resources  Of  The  Country  West, 
South  And  South-West,  Embracing  Western  Missouri, 
Kansas,  The  Indian  Country,  And  New  Mexico.  By  C.  C. 
Spalding. 

Kansas  City :    Van  Horn  &  Abeel's  Printing  House.  1858. 

8°  Title,  leaf  ded.,  leaf  preface,  leaf  contents,  pp.  9-111. 
7  plates. 

This  book,  a  great  rarity,  of  which  only  a  few  copies  are 
known,  contains  some  short  descriptions  of  the  Santa  Fe  trade. 
It  is  in  cloth  with  "Annals  Of  The  City  Of  Kansas  And  The 
Great  Western  Plains,"  on  the  side.  It  is  sometimes  stated  to  be 
the  first  book  bound  in  Kansas  City.  258 


STEVENS,  ISAAC  I. 

Address  On  The  Northwest,  Before  The  American 
Geographical  and  Statistical  Society,  Delivered  At  New 
York,  December  2,  1858,  By  Isaac  I.  Stevens. 

Washington :    G.  S.  Gideon,  Printer.     1858. 

8°  56  pp.  incl.  title. 

This  contains  the  conclusions  of  Stevens  drawn  from  his  ex- 
plorations in  the  Northwest  with  comparison  of  distances  by  vari- 
ous routes.  259 


STEVENS,  ISAAC  I. 

A  Circular  Letter  to  Emigrants  Desirous  Of  Locating  In 
Washington  Territory.  By  Isaac  I.  Stevens,  Delegate  in 
Congress. 

Washington:    George  S.  Gideon,  Printer.    1858. 

8°  21  pp. 

Stevens'  advice  is  limited  to  the  choice  of  routes  across  the 
country  from  the  Missouri  River,  the  advantages  of  Washington 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  131 


being  set  forth  in  a  letter  of  Governor  McMullin,  dated  Olympia, 
Nov.  17,  1857,  which  occupies  most  of  the  pamphlet.  250 

WADSWORTH,  W. 

The  National  Wagon  Road  Guide,  From  St.  Joseph  And 
Council  Bluffs,  on  The  Missouri  River,  via.  South  Pass  of 
the  Rocky  Mountains  To  California.  Containing,  .... 
map  of  the  Route,  including  the  Salt  Lake  Country,  With 
An  Appendix.  By  W.  Wadsworth. 

San  Francisco:    Whitton,  Towne  &  Co.     1858. 
Cover  title:    The  National  Wagon  Road  Guide,  San  Fran- 
cisco ....  1858. 

12°  VIII  (incl.  title  and  cover  title),  front,  9-160  pp. 

Copy  in  Bancroft  Library.  No  map,  but  probably  should  have 
one.  261 


WARREN,  G.  K. 

Preliminary  report  of  Lieut.  G.  K.  Warren,  Topograph- 
ical Engineer,  to  Captain  A.  A.  Humphreys,  Topographical 
Engineer,  in  charge  of  Exploration  and  Surveys,  War  De- 
partment. Dated  Wash.,  Nov.  24,  1858. 

Report  of  Secy,  of  War,  35  Cong,  2nd  Sess.  Sen.  Ex. 
Doc.  1. 

8°  pp.  620-747. 

262 

BLAKISTON,  CAPTAIN 

Report  on  the  Expedition  of  the  Kootanie  and  Boundary 
Passes  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  1858.  By  Captain  Blak- 
iston,  Royal  Artillery. 

Occupies  pp.  237-254  with  map,  of  occasional  papers  of 
the  Royal  Artillery  Institution  No.  12,  May,  1859. 

Printed  at  the  Royal  Artillery  Institution,  Woolwich. 

Blakiston  left  Bow  Fort  Aug.  22,  1858.  He  was  connected  with 
the  Palliser  party.  263 

BYERS,  WILLIAM  N.,  AND  KELLOM,  JOHN  H. 

A  Hand  Book  To  The  Gold  Fields  Of  Nebraska  And 
Kansas ;  Being  A  Complete  Guide  To  The  Gold  Regions  Of 
The  North  And  South  Platte,  And  Cherry  Creek,  Embrac- 
ing A  Reliable  Description  Of  The  Country,  Climate, 
Streams,  Scenery,  Etc;  Different  Routes  From  The  Missis- 
sippi River  To  The  Mines,  The  Best  Camping  Places  On 
Each  Route,  And  A  Reliable  Map  Of  The  Same ;  And  Valu- 


132  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


able  Information  As  Regards  A  Complete  Outfit  For  The 
Journey :  Containing  Narratives  of  Trips  to  and  from  the 
Gold  Regions  in  the  Years  1858-59.  By  William  N.  Byers, 
Late  Government  Surveyor,  And  Jno.  H.  Kellom,  Supt.  of 
Pub.  Instruction  of  Nebraska 

Chicago:    Published  By  D.  B.  Cooke  &  Co 1859. 

12°  Map;  leaf  contents;  title;  leaf  "To  the  Reader";  pp. 
5-113;  15  advt. 

Issued  with  printed  covers,  which  I  have  not  seen,  either  in 
January  or  February,  1859.  As  my  copy  lacks  covers,  there  may 
have  been  more  than  15  pages  of  advertisements  at  end.  The 
Guide  is  by  Byers  who  was  afterward  for  many  years  owner  of 
the  Rocky  Mountain  News  of  Denver. 

There  is  a  long  letter  from  M.  D.  Downs  describing  his  trip  to 
the  mines  in  Sept.  and  Oct.,  1858.  On  page  43,  Byers  refers  to 
Pike's  Peak  pamphlets  recently  issued  at  Lawrence,  Kansas,  and 
Pacific  City,  Iowa;  also  refers  to  Judge  F.  Street's  California 
guide,  published  some  years  before  [Cine.  1851]. 

The  map  is  a  single  page  affair  entitled,  Map  of  the  Gold 
Regions,  With  the  Routes  Thereto.  264 


CAMPBELL,  ALBERT  H. 

Pacific  Wagon  Roads.  Letter  From  The  Secretary  Of 
The  Interior,  Transmitting  A  report  upon  the  several 
wagon  roads  constructed  under  the  direction  of  the  Interior 
Department,  dated  Feb.  19,  1859.  Report  by  Albert  H. 
Campbell. 

[Washington:  1859.]  (35th  Cong.,  2nd  Sess.  House  Ex. 
Doc.  108). 

8°  125  pp.    6  maps. 

Maps: 

Map  of  the  Fort  Ridgeley  &  South  Pass  Road. 

Preliminary  Map  of  the  Central  Section  of  the  Ft. 
Kearny,  South  Pass  &  Honey  Lake  Road,  by  F.  W.  Lander. 

Map  of  the  Western  Division  of  the  same,  by  F.  A. 
Bishop. 

Map  No.  I  of  the  El  Paso-Ft.  Yuma  Road,  by  N.  A. 
Hutton. 

Map  No.  II  of  the  El  Paso-Ft.  Yuma  Road,  by  N.  A. 
Hutton. 

Map  of  the  Wagon  Road  from  Platte  River  to  Running 
Water  River,  by  Sites. 

Contains  following  reports  from  Supts.  in  the  field : 
W.  H.  Nobles,  Ft.  Ridgeley  &  South  Pass  Road,  including  Re- 
port of  Sam  A.  Medary,  Engineer. 

F.  W.  Lander,  Ft.  Kearney,  South  Pass,  Honey  Lake  Road. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  133 


John  Kirk,  Western  Div.  Kearney,  South  Pass,  Honey  Lake 
Road. 

Francis  A.  Bishop,  Eng.  West.  Div.  Ft.  Kearney,  S.  Pass  Road. 

James  B.  Leach,  Supt.  El  Paso  &  Ft.  Yuma  Road. 

N.  H.  Hutton,  Eng.  El  Paso  &  Ft.  Yuma  Road. 

George  L.  Sites,  Supt.  Platte  River,  Dakota  and  1'Eau  qui 
Court  Road.  265 

GOLD  MINES  IN  KANSAS 

A  Complete  Guide  to  the  Gold  Mines  in  Kansas  and  Ne- 
braska, with  a  Description  of  the  Shortest  and  only  All 
Railroad  Route  to  Kansas,  .... 

Boston:     George  C.  Rand  and  Avery.     [18591. 

4°  11  pp. 

Not  seen.  From  Sabin  15054  who  locates  a  copy  in  Harvard 
Library.  *266 

DAWSON,  S.  J. 

Report  On  The  Exploration  Of  The  Country  Between 
Lake  Superior  and  the  Red  River  Settlement,  And  Between 
The  Latter  Place  And  The  Assiniboine  And  Saskatchewan. 
By  S.  J.  Dawson,  Esquire,  C.  E. 

Printed  by  Order  of  the  Legislative  Assembly. 

Toronto:    John  Lovell,  Printer 1859. 

4°  Title,  44  pp.  (no  pagination),  3  maps. 
Maps: 

Map  Showing  the  Route  by  Road  &  Navigation  for  con- 
necting the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans. 

Profile  of  Route  by  Grand  Portage,  from  Lake  Superior 
to  Rainy  Lake. 

Plan  showing  the  Region  explored  by  Dawson  and  his 
Party  between  the  Lake  and  the  Great  Saskatchewan,  Aug., 
1857  to  Nov.  1,  1858. 

Dawson's  letter  of  Feb.  22,  1859,  says  he  is  submitting  six  maps 
but  evidently  only  three  were  published.  267 

DUNIWAY,  MRS.  ABIGAIL. 

Captain  Gray's  Company;  Or  Crossing  The  Plains  And 
Living  In  Oregon.  By  Mrs.  Abigail  Duniway. 

Portland,  Oregon :  Printed  And  Published  By  S.  J. 
McCormick.  1859. 

12°  IV  (2)  7-342. 

A  noted  romance  with  true  picture  of  crossing  the  plains  in  the 
5(fs,  probably  Mrs.  Duniway's  own  experience.  She  crossed  the 
plains  in  1852.  Written  in  the  form  of  extracts  from,  a  journal. 

268 


134 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

GOLD  REGION  OF  KANSAS 

Guide  to  the  New  Gold  Region  of  Western  Kansas  and 
Nebraska.,  With  ....  Map. 
New  York.    1859. 
18°  32  pp. 

From  Sabin  29210  who  locates  a  copy  in  N.  Y.  State  Library. 

*269 

GUNN,  O.  B. 

New  Map  and  Hand-Book  of  Kansas  &  the  Gold  Mines. 
Containing  Descriptions  ....  of  the  Indian  Tribes  .... 
Soil  ....  with  Descriptions  of  all  the  Routes  to  the  New 
Gold  Mines By  O.  B.  Gunn 

Pittsburgh :    Printed  by  W.  S.  Haven.    1859. 

12°  71  pp. 
Map: 

Gunn's  new  map  of  Kansas  and  the  Gold  Mines,  embrac- 
ing all  the  Public  Surveys  up  to  the  6th  Principal  Meridian. 
Compiled  from  the  original  field  notes  by  O.  B.  Gunn. 
Wyandotte,  K.  T.,  1859.  Lith.  by  Wm.  Schuchman,  Pitts- 
burg. 

Sabin  29282  who  locates  a  copy  in  Astor  and  Boston  Public 
Library.  I  formerly  had  a  copy  of  the  map.  *270 

HIND,  HENRY  YOULE 

North-West  Territory.  Reports  Of  Progress ;  Together 
With  A  Preliminary  And  General  Report  On  The  Assini- 
boine  And  Saskatchewan  Exploring  Expedition,  Made 
Under  Instructions  From  The  Provincial  Secretary,  Canada. 
By  Henry  Youle  Hind,  M.  A 

Printed  by  Order  of  the  Legislative  Assembly. 

Toronto:     John  Lovell 1859. 

4°  210  pp.  (no  pagination);  2  plates  with  leaf  each  of  ex- 
planation. 
Maps: 

Cross  Section. 

Survey  of  the  Saskatchewan  between  Cedar  Lake  and 
Lake  Winnipeg. 

Survey  of  the  Qu'  Appele  Valley. 

Exposure  on  Deer  Island  (Woodcut). 

Geological  map  of  a  Portion  of  Rupert's  Land  (Geological 
sections,  3  on  1  sheet). 

Map  of  Portion  of  Rupert's  Land,  (in  four  sections). 

Map  of  Saskatchewan  and  Winnipeg  Lake. 

271 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  135 


HORNER,  W.  B. 

Hornet's  Kansas  And  Nebraska  Gold  Regions,  And  New 
Rail  Road  And  Route  Map,  To  The  Gold  Mines.  Published 
By  W.  B.  Horner,  No.  75  Dearborn  Street,  Chicago,  Illi- 
nois. 

Chicago :    Wm.  H.  Tobey  &  Co.,  Printers,  ....  1859. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  as  follows) : 

The  Gold  Regions  of  Kansas  and  Nebraska.  Being  A 
Complete  History  of  The  First  Year's  Mining  Operations. 
Also,  Geographical,  Climatological,  And  Statistical  Descrip- 
tion of  the  Great  Northwest,  Showing  an  Unoccupied  Ter- 
ritory of  over  One  Million  Square  Miles  of  Rich  Country, 
Being  A  Complete  Guide  to  The  Gold  Mines.  By  W.  H. 
Horner. 

Chicago:    W.  H.  Tobey  &  Co.,  ....  1859. 

8°  67  pp.,  inc.  title,  7  pp.  ads  (one  long  sheet). 
Map: 

W.  B.  Horner's  Railway  &  Route  Map  to  the  Gold 
Regions  In  Nebraska  and  Kansas.  Copy,  by  Horner; 
Engraved  by  Mr.  Gemmell. 

Preface  dated  Chicago,  Jan'y  29,  1859.  The  information  was 
derived  chiefly  from  T.  C.  Dickson,  one  of  the  Laurence  Company 
of  1858.  Also  quotes  from  Luke  Tierney's  account  and  an  account 
in  the  N.  Y.  Tribune,  by  W.  W.  Remmius. 

The  Smith  of  Oaks  &  Smith  Guide  was  Stephen  W.  Smith,  a 
•plainsman  attached  to  Col.  Sumner's  expeditions,  who,  together 
with  N.  Sargent,  helped  compile  Horner's  map  and  vouched  for  its 
accuracy. 

Pages  23-30  consist  of  extracts  from  newspapers   from   various 
miners  of  1858;  pp.  42-61,  the  routes,  the  descripttions,  equipment, 
tables  of  distances,  etc. 
Copy  in  N.  Y.  Hist.  Soc.  *272 

KANE,  PAUL 

Wanderings  Of  An  Artist  Among  The  Indians  Of  North 
America  From  Canada  To  Vancouver's  Island  And  Oregon 
Through  The  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  Territory  And 
Back  Again.  By  Paul  Kane. 

London  :     Longman,  ....  1859. 

8°  XVII,  (1),  455,  (8),  pp.,  map  and  8  colored  plates. 
Map: 

Map  to  illustrate  Mr.  Kane's  Travels  In  The  Territory 
of  The  Hudson's  Bay  Company.  Engraved  by  Edward 
Weller. 

From  a  diary  with  little  variation. 

Left  Toronto  June  17,  1845,  went  by  Sault  St.  Marie  and  after 


136  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


visiting  Green  Bay  returned  via  Buffalo  to  Toronto.  Again  left 
Toronto  May  9,  1846,  with  Sir  George  Simpson,  but  he  going 
ahead,  Kane  got  to  Ft.  William  the  day  after  the  Brigade  left,  but 
caught  them  35  miles  farther  on.  Then  to  Ft.  Alexander,  Red 
River  Settlement,  to  Norway  House,  up  the  Saskatchewan,  past 
Ft.  Carltpn,  thence  via  the  trail  to  Edmonton.  Oct.  10,  was  at 
Ft.  Assiniboine,  thence  to  Jasper  House  Nov.  3,  Boat  Encampment 
Nov.  16,  and  then  fifteen  days  down  the  Columbia  to  Ft.  Van- 
couver, but  with  several  stops;  arrived  at  Vancouver  Dec.  8. 

After  a  trip  to  Oregon  City,  Nasqually,  and  Ft.  Victoria,  he 
started  for  Walla  Walla  from  Vancouver  July  2.  Visited  Dr. 
Whitman.  Went  to  the  Grand  Coulee  and  Ft.  Colville  and  arrived 
at  Boat  Encampment  Oct.  10,  1847.  Returned  to  Sault  St.  Marie 
Oct.  5,  1848. 

Kane  gives  an  account  of  the  murder  of  Whitman  which  occur- 
red while  he  was  at  Ft.  Colville.  273 


LEE,  NELSON 

Three  Years  Among  The  Camanches. 
[Portrait  with  facsimile  signature — Nelson  Lee]. 
The  Narrative  of  Nelson  Lee,  The  Texan  Ranger. 
Albany  :    Baker  Taylor  ....  1859. 

Second  Title :  Three  Years  Among  The  Camanches,  The 
Narrative  of  Nelson  Lee,  The  Texan  Ranger,  Containing  A 
Detailed  Account  of  His  Captivity  Among  The  Indians, 
His  Singular  Escape  Through  the  Instrumentality  of  his 
Watch,  And  Fully  Illustrating  Indian  Life  As  It  Is  On 
The  War  Path  And  In  The  Camp. 

Albany :    Baker  Taylor  ....  1859. 

12°  first  title,  XII,  inc.  2nd  title,  13-224. 

Appeared  in  cloth  with  "Three  Years  Among  The  Camanches" 
on  front  cover.  May  also  have  been  issued  in  paper  wrappers  as 
the  first  title  is  on  heavy  paper  and  may  have  been  a  wrapper. 

274 


MARCY,  RANDOLPH  B. 

The  Prairie  Traveller.  A  Hand-Book  For  Overland  Ex- 
peditions. With  Maps,  Illustrations,  And  Itineraries  Of 
The  Principal  Routes  Between  The  Mississippi  And  The 
Pacific.  By  Randolph  B.  Marcy,  Captain  U.  S.  Army. 
Published  By  Authority  Of  The  War  Department. 

New  York :    Harper  &  Brothers,  ....  1859. 

16°  Front.  XIII,  15-340  pp.  map  and  10  cuts  on  separate 
leaves,  but  included  in  the  pagination. 
Map: 

Sketch  of  the  Different  Roads  Embraced  in  the  Itin- 
eraries. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  137 


On  page  296  is  a  small  map  of  the  Pike's  Peak  Gold  Region. 
Marcy  was  through  this  country  in  May,  1853. 

Very  few  had  a  better  knowledge  of  the  Western  plains  and 
mountains  than  Captain  Marcy  and  his  experience  is  here  reduced 
to  a  compendium  of  prairie  life.  The  routes  of  overland  travel 
were  well  established  by  1859  and  the  various  itineraries  are  set 
out  in  this  volume,  even  the  one  to  Pike's  Peak  Gold  Region,  only 
recently  discovered.  In  1863  Capt.  Richard  F.  Burton  who  had 
just  made  a  trip  to  Salt  Lake,  published  in  London  a  new  edition 
of  this  with  his  notes. 

The  itineraries,  pages  255-334  include  besides  the  well  known 
ones:  Major  Kendrick's  published  table  of  distances  between  the 
Arkansas  Crossing  and  Santa  Fe ;  from  Fort  Bridger  to  City  of 
Rocks,  from  Capt.  Handcock's  journal ;  from  Camp  Floyd,  Utah, 
to  Fort  Union,  N.  M.,  by  Col.  W.  W.  Loring;  Guaymus,  Mexico, 
to  Tubac,  Ariz.,  from  Captain  Stone's  journal. 

Marcy's  Thirty  Years  of  Army  Life,  New  York,  1866,  and  his 
Border  Reminiscences,  N.  Y.,  1871,  give  details  concerning  his 
prairie  and  mountain  life.  275 


MOWRY,  SYLVESTER 

The  Geography  And  Resources  Of  Arizona  &  Sonora: 
An  Address  before  the  American  Geographical  &  Statis- 
tical Society,  By  Hon.  Sylvester  Mowry,  Of  Arizona.  New 
York,  February  3,  1859.  Published  By  The  Society. 

Washington :     Henry   Polkinhorn,  ....  1859. 

8°  title,  3-48  pp. 

*276 

PALLISER,  CAPTAIN 

1.  Exploration.  British  North  America.  Pappers  Rela- 
tive to  the  Exploration  by  Captain  Palliser  of  that  portion 
of  British  North  America  which  lies  between  the  Northern 
Branch  of  the  River  Saskatchewan  and  the  Frontier  of  the 
United  States ;  and  between  the  Red  River  and  Rocky 
mountains. 

London :     1859. 

Folio,  64  pp. 

Maps: 

Map  of  the  Country  between  the  Red  River  Settlement 
and  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

Sketch  of  the  lower  portion  of  White  Fish  River. 

Sketch  of  Lakes. 

Eight  small  maps,  plans  and  sketches  by  J.  Hector,  on  4 
sheets. 

Section  of  the  Saskatchewan  River,  North  Branch.  Fort 
Carlton  to  Mountain  House. 


138 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

2.  Further  Papers  relating  to   the   Exploration  by  the 
Expedition  under  Captain  Palliser 

London :     1860. 

Folio,  75  pp. 
Maps: 

Map  of  Routes  of  the  Expedition.    1858-9. 

Sketch  Map  of  Routes  of  Captain  Palliser  and  Mr.  Sul- 
livan. 1859. 

Map  and  Sections  of  the  Kootanie  and  Boundary  Passes 
of  the  Rocky  Mountains  explored  by  Lieut.  Blakiston  in 
1858. 

3.  The  Journals,  detailed  Reports,  and  observations  rela- 
tive to  the  exploration  by  Captain  Palliser  of  that  portion 
of  British  North  America,  which,  in  latitude,  lies  between 
the  British  Boundary  line  and  the  height  of  land  or  water- 
shed of  the  Northern  or  Frozen  Ocean  respectively,  and  in 
longitude,  between   the  Western   Shore   of   Lake   Superior 
and  the  Pacific  Ocean.    During  1857-1860. 

London :     1863. 

Folio,  325  pages,  plus  index,  4  pages. 
Maps: 

General  map  of  the  routes  in  British  North  America  ex- 
plored by  Capt.  Palliser,  1857-1860. 

Geological  Sketch  of  the  South  East  of  Vancouver  Island. 

Geological  Sketch,  Map  of  Nanaimo  in  Vancouver  Island. 

Plan  of  Nanaimo  showing  the  Coal  Mines. 

Sections  of  the  Prairies  Hudson  Bay  to  Rocky  Mts. 

The  index  and  maps  to  the  "Journals"  appeared  as  a  separate 
publication  in  1865.  The  collation  given,  furnished  by  Henry 
Stevens,  Son  &  Stiles.  277 

PARKER  &  HUYETT 

The  Illustrated  Miners'  Hand  Book  and  Guide  to  Pike's 
Peak,  with  a  new  and  reliable  map,  showing  all  the  routes, 
and  the  gold  region  of  Western  Kansas  and  Nebraska. 
Illustrated  with  appropriate  engravings.  By  Parker  & 
Huyett 

St.  Louis:    1859. 

8°  75  pp.  and  37  pp.  adv.,  map,  6  engravings. 

Not  seen.     Description  from  Bradford.  *278 

PARSONS,  WM.  B. 

The    New    Gold    Mines    of   Western    Kansas:    Being   A 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 139 

Complete  Description  of  the  newly  Discovered  Gold  Mines, 
The  Different  Routes,  Camping  Places,  Tools  And  Outfit, 
and  Containing  Everything  Important  For  The  Emigrant 
and  Miner  To  Know.  By  Wm.  B.  Parsons,  Who  passed 
the  Summer  of  1858  on  the  Plains  and  in  the  Mines. 

Cincinnati,  Ohio:  Geo.  S.  Blanchard  ....  1859. 

12°  Tit.,  leaf  preface,  5-63  pp. 

At  head  of  title:     New  And  Enlarged  Edition. 

The  only  copy  I  have  seen  is  my  own,  which  is  imperfect,  con- 
taining 62  pp.  only,  but  Sabin  gives  it  with  63  pp.  In  the  preface 
which  is  dated  Cincinnati,  Feb.,  1859,  Parsons  says  the  first  edi- 
tion was  published  in  Dec.,  1858,  according  to  Sabin,  in  Lawrence, 
Kansas.  Byers,  pp.  43  of  his  guid«,  also  refers  to  Pike's  Peak 
pamphlet  issued  in  Lawrence,  Kansas.  279 

PRATT  &  HUNT 

A  Guide  to  the  Gold  Mines  of  Kansas :  Containing  an 
Accurate  and  Reliable  Map  of  the  most  direct  ....  Routes 
from  the  Atlantic  Cities  ....  to  the  Gold  Mines.  .... 
By  Pratt  &  Hunt. 

Chicago :     C.  Scott  &  Co 1859. 

8°  70  pp.,  map. 

Not  seen.  Collation  from  Sabin,  No.  64985,  who  locates  a  copy 
in  Boston  Public  Library.  *280 

REDPATH,  JAMES  AND  HINTON,  RICHARD  J. 

Hand-Book  To  Kansas  Territory  and  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tain Gold  Region ;  Accompanied  By  Reliable  Maps  and  A 
Preliminary  Treatise  on  the  Pre-emption  Laws  of  The 
United  States.  By  James  Redpath  and  Richard  J.  Hinton, 
of  Kansas. 

New  York :    J.  H.  Colton,  Publisher  ....  1859. 

18°  VI,  7-177,  (1)  pp.,  4  leaves  adv.,  2  maps. 

Maps: 

Nebraska  &  Kansas  Showing  Pike's  Peak  and  The  Gold 
Region.  J.  H.  Colton,  1859. 

Military  Map  of  Parts  of  Kansas,  Nebraska  and  Dakota. 
By  Lt.  G.  K.  Warren,  .  .  .  .  J.  H.  Colton. 

This  book  was  issued  early  in  1859,  having  news  from  the  gold 
regions  only  up  to  the  middle  of  November  1858.  281 

SCHIEL,  J. 

Reise  durch  die  Felsengebirge  und  die  Humboldtgebirge 


140 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

nach  dem  stillen  Ocean.    Eine  Skizze  von  Dr.  J.  Schiel. 
Schaffhausen,  ....  1859. 
12°  Title,  leaf  errata,  1-139  pp.    P.  P.  W.  with  same  title. 

An  account,  with  a  diary,  of  Gunnison's  and  Beckwith's  expedi- 
tions of  1853  and  1854  by  the  geologist.  Never  translated  into 
English  so  far  as  I  know.  282 

SIMPSON,  J.  H. 

Report  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  Communicating  .... 
Captain  Simpson's  Report  and  Map  of  Wagon  road  routes 
in  Utah  Territory.  Feb.  22,  1859. 

[Washington:  1859.]  (35  Cong.,  2  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc. 
40). 

8°  84  pp.  and  maps. 

Simpson's  report  dated  Camp  Floyd,  Dec.  28,  1858.  This  was  an 
expedition  to  open  a  new  road  between  Camp  Floyd  and  Ft. 
Bridger.  Besides  an  account  of  the  expedition  it  contains  a  Utah 
and  Shoshone  vocabulary,  and,  in  Appendix  A.,  H.  Englemann's 
preliminary  report  on  the  geology  of  the  country  traversed.  Map 
not  seen.  *283 

TIERNEY,  LUKE 

History  of  The  Gold  Discoveries  on  The  South  Platte 
River.  By  Luke  Tierney.  To  Which  Is  Appended  A  Guide 
Of  The  Route,  By  Smith  &  Oaks.  Published  By  The 
Authors. 

Pacific  City,  Iowa:  Herald  Office,  A  Thomson,  Printer. 
1859. 

8°  Title  leaf  int. ;  pp.  5-18,  Tierney  Hist. ;  pp.  19-27,  Smith 
&  Oaks  Guide;  pp.  2-11,  adv.  P.  P.  W.  with  same  title  and 
adv.  on  back  wrapper. 

Issued  about  January,  1859.  Introduction  signed  by  Tierney, 
and  dated  South  Platte,  Nov.,  1858.  Tierney  came  from  near  L«ay- 
enworth,  leaving  May  13,  1858.  Went  by  Bent's  Fort  up  Fountain 
Creek  and  camped  at  head  of  Cherry  Creek.  Accompanied  Russell 
to  Rallston  Creek.  Went  north  along  the  foothills  and  south  to 
the  Arkansas. 

Bancroft  Hist.  Colo.,  page  373,  refers  to  this  guide  evidently  as 
Pike's  Peak  Guide  &  Journal  and  says  it  contains  W.  Green  Rus- 
sell's journal,  which  is  a  mistake.  Copy  in  Colo.  Hist.  Soc.  284 

VAN  TRAMP,  JOHN  C. 

Prairie  And  Rocky  Mountain  Adventures  Or  Life  In  The 
West,  To  Which  Will  Be  Added  A  View  Of  The  States 
And  Territorial  Regions  Of  Our  Western  Empire:  Em- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 141 

bracing  History,  Statistics  And  Geography,  And  Descrip- 
tion Of  The  Chief  Cities  Of  The  West.  By  John  C.  Van 
Tramp. 

St.  Louis:  Published  And  Sold  Exclusively  By  Sub- 
scription By  J.  &  H.  Miller.  1859. 

8°  Front.  (Steel  engraving-  by  C.  A.  Jewell  &  Co.,  Cinn., 
after  a  painting  by  Geo.  Winter),  title,  III-VI,  7-640  pp. 
16  leaves  with  cuts  not  included  in  the  pagination,  making 
a  total  of  672  pp.  instead  of  670,  as  stated  in  a  note  at 
bottom  of  page  640. 

A  book  made  up  with  scissors  and  containing  amongst  other 
articles  extracts  from  Brewerton's  Ride  with  Kit  Carson,  Fre- 
mont's 1st  and  2nd  expeditions,  Spalding*s  account  of  overland 
journey  (from  the  Missionary  Herald),  Army  &  Navy  Chronicle, 
Schoolcraft  Article,  Wells'  Wild  Life  in  Oregon. 

The  latest  date  in  the  book  is  1855  which  would  indicate  that 
it  was  prepared  in  1856,  but  I  have  never  seen  an  edition  before 
this  one  of  1859. 

Republished  several  times,  usually  from  the  same  sheets  except 
with  changes  at  the  end,  including  the  newer  territories  and  drop- 
ping Tennessee  and  Kentucky.  The  place  of  publication  was 
changed  in  the  60's  to  Columbus,  Ohio. 

E.  L.  Sabin,  in  his  notes  to  Kit  Carson  Days,  places  the  first 
edition  of  this  in  Columbus  in  1857.  255 


WALLEN,  H.  D. 

Report  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  Communicating,  in 
Compliance  with  a  resolution  of  the  Senate,  the  Report  of 
Capt.  H.  D.  Wallen,  of  his  expedition,  in  1859,  from  Dalles 
City  to  Great  Salt  Lake  and  back.  April  12,  referred.  .  .  . 

[Washington:  I860.]  (36  Cong.,  1  Sess.  Sen.,  Ex.  Doc. 
34). 

8°  51  pp.    Map. 
Map: 

Map  of  a  Reconnaisance  for  a  Military  Road  from  the 
"Dalles"  of  the  Columbia  River  to  Great  Salt  Lake,  under 
the  Command  of  Capt.  H.  D.  Wallen,  4th  Inf.  By  Lieut. 
Joseph  Dixon,  T.  Engrs.  1859. 

Wallen's  report  is  dated  Ft.  Vancouver,  Nov.  25,  1859.  286 


ADAMS,  J.  C. 

Life  Of  J.  C.  Adams,  Known  As  Old  Adams,  Old  Grizzly 
Adams,  Containing-  A  Truthful  Account  of  His  Bear  Hunts, 
Fights  With  Grizzly  Bears,  Hairbreadth  Escapes,  In  the 


142  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Rocky    and    Nevada    Mountains,    and   the   Wilds    Of    The 
Pacific  Coast.     Price — Ten  Cents. 

New  York,  1860. 

16°  53  pp.,  besides  covers. 

Above  cover  title  with  vignette  of  Adams  and  a  grizzly  bear. 
Back  wrapper  contains  an  advertisement  of  Barnum's  American 
Museum.  Page  1  contains  a  caption  title  underneath  the  copyright 
which  is  at  extreme  top :  Entered  1860  by  J.  C.  Adams  ....  At 
the  bottom  of  page  53  occurs  the  printer's  names :  Wynkoop,  Hal- 
lenbeck  &  Thomas,  113  Fulton  St.,  New  York. 

This  little  book  has  no  connection  whatever  with  the  life  of 
Adams,  published  by  Hittell  the  same  year.  It  was  undoubtedly 
issued  during  the  summer  of  1860  as  a  part  of  the  side  show 
which  Adams  was  exhibiting  with  Barnum  in  New  York.  I  un- 
derstand one  other  copy  of  this  is  known,  but  without  the  pic- 
torial covers. 

See  P.  T.  Barnum's  "Struggles  and  Triumphs,  or  Forty  Years' 
Recollections"  for  a  most  interesting  account  of  Adams  at  the 
American  Museum  and  his  last  days.  This  was  used  by  Hittell  in 
the  introduction  to  his  last  edition  of  Adams'  life.  237 


ADAMS,  JAMES  CAPEN 

The  Adventures  Of  James  Capen  Adams,  Mountaineer 
And  Grizzly  Bear  Hunter,  Of  California.  By  Theodore  H. 
Hittell.  Illustrated. 

San  Francisco :    Towne  And  Bacon 1860. 

12°  VI  (incl.  half  title  and  title),  (2),  9-378  pp.,  12  plates. 

In  1854  Adams  made  a  hunting  excursion  to  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, through  Walker's  River  and  the  Humboldt  Mountains  to 
Salt  Lake.  After  a  short  stay  there  he  proceeded  past  Ft.  Bridger 
to  Ham's  Fork  and  Smith's  Fork,  returning  to  California  in 
August. 

An  edition  was  published  in  Boston  in  1860  identical  except  for 
the  title  page  and  being  printed  on  somewhat  smaller  paper.  This 
was  sterotyped  and  printed  by  Houghton  &  Co.,  Riverside  Press, 
Cambridge,  and  published  by  Crosby,  Nichols,  Lee  &  Co.  and  may 
therefore  be  the  first  issue,  the  plates  being  sent  to  S.  F. 

The  plates  are  after  sketches  by  Nahl,  the  celebrated  S.  F.  art- 
ist and  they  bear  the  inscription  in  addition,  of  Eastman  & 
Loomis,  S.  F.  288 

BEALE,  E.  F. 

Wagon  Road — Fort  Smith  To  Colorado  River.  Letter  of 
the  Secretary  of  War,  Transmitting  the  report  of  Mr.  Beale 
relating  to  the  construction  of  a  wagon  road  from  Fort 
Smith  to  the  Colorado  River.  March  9,  1860.  Ordered 
printed. 

[Washington:  I860.]  (36  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  House  Ex. 
Doc.  42). 

8°  91  pp.    Map. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  143 


Map: 

Map  Showing  The  Route  Of  E.  F.  Beale  From  Fort 
Smith,  Ark.,  To  Albuquerque,  N.  M.  1858-9.  Lith.  J.  Bien, 
N.  Y. 

Contains  Beale's  diary  Ft.  Smith  to  Albuquerque  and  thence  to 
the  Colorado  and  back  to  Albuquerque ;  J.  R.  Crump's  letter,  with 
a  sketch  of  a  journey  from  Albuquerque  to  North  Fork  Town  on 
the  Canadian;  F.  E.  Engle's  diary  of  the  march  back  from  the 
Colorado  to  Albuquerque.  Pages  76-91  consist  of  a  detailed  itin- 
erary from  Ft.  Smith  to  the  Colorado  River.  Beale's  Report 
dated  Chester,  Pa.,  Dec.  15,  1859.  289 

BRAYTON,  MATHEW 

The  Indian  Captive:  A  Narrative  of  the  Adventures 
and  Sufferings  of  Mathew  Brayton,  in  his  thirty-four  years 
of  Captivity  among  the  Indians  of  North-western  America. 

Cleveland,  O.     1860. 

12°  68  pp. 

From  the  sale  catalogue  of  the  Field  Library  which  is  the  only 
reference  that  I  have  seen  to  it,  nor  have  I  been  able  to  locate  a 
copy  and  therefore  only  conjecture  that  it  belongs  in  this  list. 

290 

DIXON,  JOSEPH 

Topographical  Memoir  of  the  Command  against  the 
Snake  Indians,  under  Major  E.  Steen,  United  States  Dra- 
goons, in  the  Summer  of  1860.  By  Brevet  Second  Lieut. 
Joseph  Dixon,  United  States  topographical  Engineer. 

In  the  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  pages  528  et.  seq., 
37  Cong.,  2  Sess.  Sen.  Doc.  1,  vol.  2. 
Map: 

Map  Showing  the  Routes  traveled  by  the  Command  of 
Maj.  E.  Steen,  U.  S.  Dragoons,  Against  the  Snake  Indians 
in  1860,  by  Lieut.  Joseph  Dixon,  drawn  under  direction  of 
Capt.  G.  Thorn. 

291 

GILPIN,  WILLIAM 

The  Central  Gold  Region.  The  Grain,  Pastoral,  And 
Gold  Regions  of  North  America.  With  Some  New  Views 
of  Its  Physical  Geography ;  And  Observations  on  the  Pacific 
Railroad.  By  William  Gilpin,  Late  of  the  United  States 
Army.  Illustrated  By  Maps. 

Philadelphia:    Sower,  Barnes  &  Co 1860. 

8°  XII,  13-194  pp.,  6  maps. 
Maps: 

Gilpin  Hydraulic  Map  of  N.  A. 


144  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Hydrographic  Map  of  the  Mountain  Formation  of  N.  A. 

Map  of  the  World  Exhibiting  the  Isothermal  Zodiac,  etc. 

Map  of  the  Gold  and  Silver  Region  of  Pike's  Peak,  Sierra 
San  Juan  and  La  Plata. 

Map  of  the  South  Pass  of  N.  A.  Proposed  Great  Conti- 
nental R.  R. 

Map  of  the  Basin  of  the  Mississippi. 

Gilpin  first  crossed  the  plains  in  1843  to  Oregon,  returning  in 
Oct.,  1844.  (See  Niles  Reg.  Nov.  16,  1844,  for  account  of  return 
trip). 

One  of  his  characteristic  speeches  delivered  in  Independence, 
Mo.,  in  1849,  is  on  the  Pacific  Railway,  in  which  he  advocated 
building  via  South  Pass  and  Snake  River  to  the  mouth  of  the 
Columbia.  He  says  that  15  years  before  (1845?)  he  had  published 
his  Hydrographic  map. 

This  work  of  Gilpin's,  reprinted  in  1874  as  Mission  of  the 
North  American  People,  rearranged  and  with  some  additions,  is  a 
unique  feature  in  American  literature.  In  the  appendix  to  the 
1874  edition,  he  reprints  a  pamphlet  he  says  he  published  in  1856: 
"Geographical  Memoranda  on  the  Pacific  Railroad." 

In  1860  Gilpin  was  living  in  Independence,  Mo.  He  was  after- 
wards Governor  of  Colorado  Territory.  He  says  he  spent  the  4th 
of  July,  1843,  with  Fremont  on  the  site  of  Denver.  292 

GREELEY,  HORACE 

An  Overland  Journey,  From  New  York  To  San  Fran- 
cisco, In  The  Summer  of  1859.  By  Horace  Greeley. 

New  York:    C.  M.  Saxton,  Barker  &  Co 1860. 

12°  386  pp. 

Republished  from  letters  in  the  Tribune. 

Greeley  went  up  the  Solomon  Fork  and  Republican  to  Cherry 
Creek,  thence  from  Denver  to  the  Gold  Diggings,  to  Ft.  Laramie 
and  Salt  Lake,  thence  by  Pleasant  Valley  and  Carson  River  to 
California.  Left  Leavenworth  May  24th  after  a  short  visit  in 
Kansas  and  arrived  at  Sacramento  early  in  August.  At  the  end 
argues  earnestly  for  Government  aid  for  a  transcontinental  R.  R- 

293 

HIND,  HENRY  YOULE 

Narrative  Of  The  Canadian  Red  River  Exploring  Expe- 
dition Of  1857  And  Of  The  Assiniboine  And  Saskatchewan 
Exploring  Expedition  of  1858.  By  Henry  Youle  Hind,  M. 
A.  F.  R.  G.  S In  Two  Volumes. 

London :     Longman,  Green,  ....  1860. 

8°  XX,  494  pp.,  14  plates,  map  and  4  plans;  XVI,  472 
pp.,  6  plates,  2  maps  and  profile. 

Maps: 

Map  To  Illustrate  A  Narrative  of  the  Canadian  Red  River 
Exploring  Expedition  of  1857  and  of  the  Assiniboine  and 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 145 

Saskatchewan  Exploring  Expedition  of  1858.  By  Henry 
Youle  Hind. 

Map  of  the  Country  from  Lake  Superior  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean Across  The  Fertile  Belt. 

Geological  Map  of  part  of  Rupert's  Land. 

The  plates  were  executed  by  Spottiswoode  &  Co.,  London, 
after  sketches  made  by  Fleming,  or  photographs  taken  by  H.  L. 
Hime.  294 

PIKE'S  PEAK 

Hints  and  Information  for  the  use  of  Emigrants  to  Pike's 
Peak,  embracing  a  Concise  and  Comprehensive  Sketch  of 
the  Gold  Region,  the  best  Routes,  Points  of  Outfit,  .... 

Leavenworth,  Kansas.     1860. 

8°  15  pp. 

Not  seen.  Description  from  Sabin  62842.  Probably  by  George 
W.  Larimer.  *29S 


CHERRY  CREEK  SETTLEMENTS 

History  Of  The  Settlements  on  Cherry  Creek. 

[n.  p.,  n.  d.] 

12°  pp.  1-16,  with  a  "Map  of  Denver,  Auraria  And  High- 
land." Theodore  Schrader,  Lithographer,  No.  7  Chestnut 
St.,  St.  Louis 

The  history  is  dated  Denver  and  Auraria,  Jan.  1,  1860,  and  con- 
tains a  well  written  account  of  the  early  arrivals,  with  some  per- 
sonal reminiscences  of  Wm.  Larimer. 

From  a  reference  to  the  map  on  page  13,  it  seems  that  it  must 
have  formed  part  of  a  directory,  printed  early  in  1860,  but  prob- 
ably not  in  Denver.  Perhaps  it  formed  part  of  the  Kansas  Ga- 
zeteer,  advertised  to  be  issued  in  1860  by  Sutherland  &  McEvoy 
of  St.  Louis.  295 


MOLLHAUSEN,  BALDUIN 

Reisen  in  die  Felsengebirge  Nord-Amerikas  bis  zum 
Hoch-Plateau  von  Neu-Mexico,  unternommen  als  Mitglied 
der  im  Auftrage  der  Regierung  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  aus- 
gesandten  Colorado-Expedition.  Von  Balduin  Mollhausen. 
Mit  12  vom  Berfasser  nach  der  Natur  aufgenommenen 
Landschaften  und  Abbildungen  von  Indianer-Stammen, 
Thier-und  Pflanzen-Bildern  in  Fardendruck,  nebst  1  Karte. 
Eingefiihrt  durch  zwei  Briefe  Alexander  von  Humboldt's  in 
facsimile.  Erster  Band. 


146 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Leipzig:  Otto  Burfurst  [n.  d.,  I860].  (Usually  has  the 
imprint  Leipzig  or  Jena:  Gostenoble  1861). 

8°  XVI;  (inc.  half  title  and  title),  455  pp.,  6  plates,  fac- 
simile; IX  (inc.  half  title  and  title),  406  pp.,  6  plates,  map. 

Map: 

Karte  der  Volkerwanderung  im  Colorado — Gebiete  nebst 
Angabe  der  Route  der  Colorado — Expedition  Zu  M611- 
hausen's  "Reisen  .  .  .  ." 

The  12  plates  are  printed  in  colors.  The  preface  is  dated  Pots- 
dam, May,  1860,  and  the  above  undated  edition  probably  appeared 
in  that  year.  The  book  contains  an  account  of  the  Ives-New- 
berry  expedition  of  1857  and  1858  and  has  never  been  translated 
into  English  so  far  as  I  know.  297 

REMY,  JULES 

Voyage  Au  Pays  Des  Mormons.  Relation — Geograph- 
ique  Hostoire  Naturelle — Histoire — Theologie  Moeurs  Et 
Costumes.  Par  Jules  Remy.  Tome  Premier.  Ouvrage 
orne  de  10  graveures  sur  acier  et  d'une  carte. 

Paris:     E.  Denut,  ....  1860. 

8°  LXXXVIII  (Incl.  half  title  and  title),  432  pp.,  5  plates 
and  map;  VI,  (incl.  half  title  and  title),  (2),  544  pp.,  5 
plates. 

Map: 

Carte  dussee  pour  1'intelligence  du  voyage  au  Pays  des 
Mormons  de  M.  Jules  Remy,  Lemaitre  Sculp. 
Plates : 

The  Plates  include  one  of  the  portraits  of  Joseph  and 
Hirum  Smith,  a  View  of  Fillmore,  a  View  of  the  Salt  Lake 
Temple,  and  Portrait  of  Brigham  Young. 

Translated  into  English  as: 

A  Journey  to  Great-Salt-Lake  City,  By  Jules  Remy,  and 
Julius  Brenchley,  M.  A. ;  With  A  Sketch  Of  The  History, 
Religion,  And  Customs  Of  The  Mormons,  And  An  Intro- 
duction On  The  Religious  Movement  In  The  United  States. 
By  Jules  Remy.  In  Two  Volumes. 

London :    W.  Jeffs,  ....  MDCCCLXI. 

8°  CXXXI  (incl.  half  title  and  title),  508  pp.,  5  plates, 
map;  VIII,  (1)  (incl.  half  title  and  title),  605  pp.,  5  plates. 

The  plates  and  map  are  the  original  French  plates  with  an  Eng- 
lish translation  added  under  the  titles. 

Remy  &  Brenchley  started  from  San  Francisco  July  18,  1855, 
and  proceeded  to  Salt  Lake  via  Carson  Valley.  They  remained 
in  Salt  Lake  only  31  days  and  then  left,  Oct.  26  for  Los  Ange- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  147 


les  via  Las  Vegas  and  arrived  Nov.  29.  After  a  short  stay  they 
proceeded  to  San  Francisco.  Pages  499-512  consists  of  extracts 
from  Brenchley's  Journal  of  a  journey  from  the  Missouri  River 
to  Oregon  in  the  summer  of  1853,  leaving  in  June.  The  notes,  pp. 
512-16,  also  contain  a  "Word  of  Truth  about  California"  and  pp. 
516-21,  account  of  the  Big  Trees.  298 


VILLARD,   HENRY 

[Trip  to  Pike's  Peak].    By  Henry  Villard. 
112  pp. 

I  have  not  seen  this  nor  can  I  give  the  exact  title.  Descrip- 
tion from  F.  W.  Cragin  of  Colorado  Springs  who  had  a  copy  in 
1912 

Villard  in  his  Memoirs  refers  to  writing  and  printing  this. 
Probably  printed  in  St.  Louis,  and  finished  in  May,  1860.  He  says 
owing  to  delays,  the  guide  was  not  gotten  out  on  time  for  the 
emigration  in  the  spring  of  I860,  consequently  but  few  copies 
were  sold.  In  his  Memoirs  he  gives  an  account  of  his  Colorado 
experiences  during  the  summer  of  1859,  as  correspondent  for  a 
Cincinnati  newspaper.  *299 


BERKELEY,  GRANTLEY  F. 

The  English  Sportsman  In  The  Western  Prairies.  By  the 
Hon.  Grantley  F.  Berkeley. 

London:     Hurst  and  Blackett.     1861. 
Royal  8°  430  pp.    Plates.     [List]. 

*300 

BURT,  S.  W.  AND  BERTHOUD,  E.  L. 

The  Rocky  Mountain  Gold  Region,  Containing  Sketches 
of  Its  History,  Geography,  Botany,  Geology,  Minerology 

and  Gold  Mining Illustrated  by  two  maps.  By  S. 

W.  Burt  and  E.  L.  Berthoud. 

Denver  City:     Rocky  Mountain  News  Co.     1861. 

8°  66  pp.    67-132  pp.  adv. 

This  should  have  two  maps.  Both  are  lacking  in  the  Bancroft 
Library  copy.  From  the  text  I  judge  one  was  entitled  Map  of  the 
Quartz  Mining  Region  and  the  other  a  Map  Showing  the  Routes 
to  and  The  Locality  of  Colorado  City,  1860.  Published  by  I.  N. 
Tappan.  This  last  map  of  what  I  have  a  copy  may  not  belong  to 
this  book,  as  the  routes  only  begin  at  the  Missouri  and  from  re- 
marks on  the  supplementary  leaf  it  would  appear  as  if  the  route 
maps  showed  the  railroads  east  of  the  Missouri  as  well. 

The  preface,  dated  Gold/en  City,  J.  T.,  January,  1861,  refers  to  a 
map  published  the  year  before  from  the  drawings  and  observa- 
tions of  A.  D.  Richardson  and  widely  circulated.  The  supple- 
mentary leaf  begins :  "Since  the  publication  of  our  first  edition 

of  this  book,  a  bill  has  passed  the  House  of  Representatives 

Feb.,   1861 organizing   Colorado   Territory.  *301 


148 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

BURTON,  RICHARD  FRANCIS 

The  City  Of  The  Saints  And  Across  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tains to  California.  By  Richard  F.  Burton. 

London:    Longman,  Green,  Longman  and  Roberts.  1861. 

8°  X  (incl.  title  and  half  title),  (2,  contents),  707  pp.,  3 
maps  (on  one  sheet),  plan,  8  plates. 
Maps: 

The  Wahsatch  Mountains  &  Great  Salt  Lakes  [from 
Capt.  Stansbury]. 

Route  from  the  Missouri  River  to  the  Pacific  [route  of 
Capt.  Burton]. 

North  America. 

*302 

CLARK,  C.  M. 

A  Trip  To  Pike's  Peak  And  Notes  By  The  Way,  With 
Numerous  Illustrations :  Being  Descriptive  Of  Incidents 
And  Accidents  That  Attended  The  Pilgrimage ;  Of  The 
Country  Through  Kansas  And  Nebraska ;  Rocky  Moun- 
tains ;  Mining  Regions ;  Mining  Operations,  ....  By  C. 
M.  Clark,  M.  D 

Chicago:  S.  P.  Rounds'  Steam  Book  And  Job  Printing 
House,  ....  1861. 

8°  Front.,  title,  leaf  preface,  leaf  contents,  leaf  list  of 
illustrations,  woodcut,  1-134  pp.,  leaf  errata,  15  other  wood- 
cuts. 

One  of  the  very  few  books  giving  a  contemporary  account  of 
the  Pike's  Peak  gold  rush.  Clark  went  out  in  the  spring  of  1860 
from  St.  Joe,  via  Fort  Kearney.  303 

GEARY,  E.  R. 

Depredations  And  Massacre  By  The  Snade  River  In- 
dians. Letter  of  the  Acting  Secretary  of  the  Interior 

Jan.  28,  1861.  Referred 

[Washington:  1861.]  (36  Cong.,  2  Sess  House,  Ex.  Doc. 
46). 

8°  16  pp. 

Contains  communications  from  E.  R.  Geary,  H.  I.  Wallen,  G. 
M.  Abbott,  etc.,  relating  to  this  affair,  Sept.  9,  1860.  304 


IVES,  JOSEPH  C. 

Report  Upon  The  Colorado  River  Of  The  West,  Ex- 
plored In  1857  And  1858.  By  Lieutenant  Joseph  C.  Ives, 
Corps  Of  Topographical  Engineers,  Under  The  Direction 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 149 

Of  The  Officer  Of  Explorations  And  Surveys,  A.  A.  Hum- 
phreys, Captain  Topographical  Engineers,  In  Charge.  By 
Order  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War. 

Washington:  Gov't  Print.  Office.  1861.  (36  Cong.,  1 
Sess.  House  Ex.  Doc.  90). 

4°  Part  I,  131  pp.,  7  colored  plates  of  Indians,  10  plain 
plates  of  scenery,  8  panoramic  views  in  rough  outline,  by 
Egloffstein,  2  maps  and  a  profile.  List  of  all,  pp.  17-18. 

Part  II,  Hydographic  Report,  14  pp. 

Part  III,  Geological  Report  by  J.  S.  Newberry,  154  pp.,  3 
plain  plates  of  scenery,  3  plates  of  fossils,  with  leaf  of  ex- 
planation to  each. 

Part  IV,  Botany,  by  Profs.  Gray,  Torrey,  etc.,  30  pp. 

Part  V.  Zoology,  by  S.  F.  Baird,  6  pp. 

Appendices,  31   (1). 

The  plates  of  portraits  and  scenery  were  lithographed  by 
Sarony,  Major  &  Knapp,  N.  Y.,  after  sketches  of  H.  B.  Mollhausen 
and  F.  W.  Egloffstein  who  both  accompanied  the  expedition.  *305 

LANDER,  F.  W. 

Maps  And  Reports  Of  The  Fort  Kearney,  South  Pass, 
And  Honey  Lake  Wagon  Road.  Letter  From  The  Acting 
Secretary  Of  The  Interior,  ....  Feb.  11,  1861.  Laid  on 
the  table. 

[Washington:  1861.]  (36  Cong.,  2  Sess.  House,  Ex.  Doc. 
64). 

8°  39  pp. 

Lander's  report  dated  Wash.,  March  1,  1860.  Largely  devoted  to 
a  defence  of  Lander's  Cutoff. 

Lander  says  that  A.  Bierstadt  of  Boston,  and  S.  F.  Frost  of 
N.  Y.  accompanied  the  expedition  with  a  full  corps  of  artists  at 
their  own  expense..  They  have  taken  sketches  of  the  most  re- 
markable of  the  views  along  the  route  and  a  set  of  stereopticon 
views  of  emigrant  trains,  Indians,  camp  scenes,  etc.,  which  are 
highly  valuable.  A  map  of  the  western  division,  by  John  R.  Rey, 
was  appended  to  the  report. 

The  principal  part  is  devoted  to  a  report  of  W.  H.  Wagner, 
engineer  in  charge.  250  copies  printed.  306 

MACOMB,   CAPT.   J.   N. 

Annual  Report  Chief  Topographical  Engineer,  1860  and 
1861.  His  Expedition  from  Santa  Fe  to  the  portion  of  the 
Grand  and  Green  Basin  of  the  Colorado  of  the  West,  In 
1859. 

Also  in  36  Cong.,  2nd  Sess.  Sen.,  Ex.  Doc.  1. 


150  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


4°    152  pp.  Map.   13  colored  plates,  3  uncolored,  and  8 
plates  of  fossils. 


Reprinted  with  J.  S.  Newberry's  Geological  Report.     Washing- 
ton, 1876.  *307 


BURDETT,  CHARLES 

Life  Of  Kit  Carson:  The  Great  Western  Hunter  And 
Guide.  Comprising  Wild  And  Romantic  Exploits  As  A 
Hunter  And  Trapper  In  The  Rocky  Mountains ;  Thrilling 
Adventures  And  Hair-Breadth  Escapes  Among  The  In- 
dians And  Mexicans ;  His  Daring  And  Invaluable  Services 

As  A  Guide  To  Scouting  And  Other  Parties With 

An  Account  Of  Various  Government  Expeditions  To  The 
Far  West.  By  Charles  Burdett.  Illustrated. 

Philadelphia:    J.  Edwin  Potter,  ....  1862. 

12°  374  pp.    Portrait  of  Carson,  and  5  other  plates. 

The  original  edition  of  this  work.  Later  editions  bring  the 
story  to  Carson's  death,  May  23,  1868,  at  Ft.  Lyon,  Colorado. 

308 


FOX,  JESSE  W. 

General  Courses  And  Distance  From  G.  S.  L.  City  To 
Fort  Limhi  And  Gold  Diggings  On  Salmon  River.  By 
Jesse  W.  Fox,  Territorial  Surveyor-General. 

Great  Salt  Lake  City :  Deseret  News  Print.  1862.  (Price 
Fifty  Cents). 

16°  8pp.,  on  brown  paper.  Adv.  on  reverse  of  title,  and 
on  page  8. 

309 

CRAWFORD,  MEDOREM 

Journal  Of  The  Expedition  Organized  For  The  Protec- 
tion Of  Emigrants  To  Oregon,  ....  Under  the  Command 
Of  Medorem  Crawford,  Captain,  Assistant  Quartermaster 
United  States  Army. 

"Letter  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  Jan.  8,  1863. 

37th  Cong.,  3rd  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  17. 

8°  14  pp. 

Party  left  Camp  Lincoln,  near  Omaha,  June  5,  1862,  for  Fort 
Stanton,  four  miles  from  Omaha,  and  finally  left  there  June  16, 
1862.  Route  via  Ft.  Kearney,  Ft.  Laramie,  Horse  Creek,  the 
Sweetwater,  the  Portneuf,  and  down  the  Owyhee  River,  the  Grand 
Ronde,  and  Walla  Walla,  arriving  there  October  14. 

Most  of  the  emigrants  were  for  the  Salmon  River  mines.  A 
guide  had  been  published  which  represented  these  mines  to  be  180 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  151 


miles  from  Ft.  Hall  and  hence  the  wagons  of  the  emigrants  were 
loaded  too  heavily.  From  South  Pass  they  traveled  by  Lander's 
Road. 

Crawford  had  charge  of  the  expeditions  of  emigrants  across  the 
plains  in  1861,  '62  and  '63,  but  this  is  the  only  printed  record  I 
have  seen  of  them.  Crawford  crossed  the  plains  first  in  1842  and 
his  journal  has  been  printed  in  1897  as  volume  one,  number  one, 
of  the  "Sources  of  the  History  of  Oregon,"  Eugene,  Oregon.  310 

FERGUSSON,  D. 

Letter  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating-,  .... 
A  Copy  of  the  report  of  Major  D.  Fergusson  on  the  Coun- 
try, its  resources,  and  the  route  between  Tucson  and  Lobos 
Bay.  March  14,  1863.  Read  .... 

[Washington:  1863.]  (37  Cong-.,  Spec.  Sess.  Sen.,  Ex. 
Doc.  1). 

8°  22  pp.,  map. 
Map: 

[A  copy  of  a  Mexican  Map  made  about  1861.  Shows  the 
Ensenada  de  Lobos  with  Sitio  de  la  Villa]. 

Fergusson  covered  Father  Kino's  territory,  the  dry  belt.        *311 


FISK,  J  [AMES]  L. 

Expedition  From  Fort  Abercrombie  To  Fort  Benton. 
Letter  From  The  Secretary  of  War,  In  Answer  To  Resolu- 
tion of  19th  instant,  transmitting  report  of  Captain  J.  L. 
Fisk,  of  the  Expedition  to  escort  emigrants  from  Fort 
Abercrombie  to  Fort  Benton,  ....  March  2,  1863.  Ord- 
ered printed. 

[Washington:  1863.]  (37th  Cong.,  3rd  Sess.  H.  Rep., 
Ex.  Doc.  30). 

8°  36  pp. 

Contains  a  condensed  diary,  by  Samuel  R.  Bond,  who  accom- 
panied Fisk  as  Clerk  and  Journalist.  Actually  this  expedition  did 
not  stop  at  Fort  Benton  but  continued  on  over  Mullan's  road.  The 
emigrants  were  left  on  the  Prickly  Pear,  and,  Sept.  23,  Fisk  and 
his  party  continued  on  via  Deer  Lodge  Valley,  the  Coeur  d'Alenes 
to  Walla  Walla  and  Portland.  Bond's  diary  is  dated  Washington, 
Feb.  10,  1863.  An  itinerary  occupies  pp.  30-36.  N.  P.  Langford 
accompanied  this  expedition.  312 

FISK,  JAMES  L. 

Idaho :  her  Gold  Fields,  and  the  Routes  to  them.  A  Hand 
Book  for  Emigrants.    By  Capt.  Jas.  L.  Fisk,  A.  Q.  M. 
New  York:    John  A.  Geary.    1863. 
18°  99  pp.,  map.  *3i3 


152  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


GOODE,  WILLIAM  H. 

Outposts  of  Zion,  With  Limnings  of  Mission  Life.  By 
Rev.  William  H.  Goode,  Ten  Years  a  Member  of  Frontier 
Conferences. 

Cincinnati :     Published  by  Poe  &  Hitchcock,  ....  1863. 

12°  Port.  Goode,  464  pp. 

Early  scenes  in  Kansas  and  Nebraska,  1854-59;  exploring  tour 
to  the  Rocky  Mountains  (Colorado)  1859.  Contains  a  very  inter- 
esting account  of  a  trip  across  the  plains  in  the  spring  of  1859  and 
travels  in  the  new  gold  region,  with  residence  later  in  Denver. 

314 


HEWITT,  R.  H. 

Notes  By  The  Way.  Memoranda  Of  A  Journey  Across 
The  Plains,  From  Dundee,  111.,  To  Olympia,  W.  T.  May  7, 
to  November  3,  1862.  By  R.  H.  Hewitt. 

Olympia:  Printed  At  The  Office  Of  The  Washington 
Standard,  ....  1863. 

12°  Title,  (2)  preface,  5-58  pp.  Printed  colored  wrap- 
pers with  same  title. 

Traveled  from  St.  Joe  to  Omaha  via  Ft.  Kearney,  Ft.  Laramie 
and  the  Lander  Cut  Off;  then  north  through  Deer  Lodge  and 
Bitter  Root  Valleys  over  the  Mullan  Military  Road. 

Only  copy  located  is  in  Bancroft  Collection. 

This  journal  was  expanded  into  a  book  of  521  pp.  as:  "Across 
the  Plains  And  Over  The  Divide;  A  Mule  Train  Journey  from 
East  To  West  in  1862,  and  Incidents  Connected  Therewith.  With 
Map  And  Illustrations.  By  Randall  H.  Hewitt.  New  York: 
Broadway  Pub.  Co.,  (1906).  Title,  (2),  III,  521  pp.,  map,  56  illus., 
and  port. 

The  preface,  signed  Randall  H.  Hewitt,  is  dated  Los  Angeles, 
Calif.,  1906.  He  does  not  mention  in  this  preface  the  previous 
Olympia  edition.  Capt.  Hewitt  was  the  son  of  Judge  Hewitt, 
afterwards  Chief  Justice  of  Washington  Territory.  315 


HOLLISTER,  O.  J. 

History  of  the  First  Regiment  of  Colorado  Volunteers. 
By  O.  J.  Hollister. 
Denver :     1863. 
12°  175,  (1)  pp. 

The  above  is  the  manuscript  title  to  an  imperfect  book  (lack- 
ing all  before  page  15)  in  the  Bancroft  Library,  and  which  is 
cited  in  Bancroft's  list  of  authorities  prefixed  to  his  History  of 
Nevada,  Colorado  and  Wyoming. 

The  regiment  saw  service  in  New  Mexico  and  against  the 
prairie  Indians.  *3l6 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 153 

MOWRY,  SYLVESTER 

The  Geography  And  Resources  of  Arizona  and  Sonora: 
An  Address  Before  The  American  Geographical  And  Sta- 
tistical Society.  By  Sylvester  Mowry,  Of  Arizona,  Gradu- 
ate of  the  U.  S.  Military  Academy  at  West  Point,  Late 
Lieutenant  Third  Artillery,  U.  S.  A.,  Corresponding  Mem- 
ber of  the  American  Institute,  Late  U.  S.  Boundary  Com- 
missioner, .... 

New  York:  February  3,  1859.  A  New  Edition,  With 
An  Appendix,  San  Francisco  and  New  York:  A.  Roman 
&  Co.  1863.  [Issued  and  Printed  in  S.  F.]. 

8°  Title,  map,  4  pp.,  preface,  3^124  pp. 

Map: 

Outline  map  of  Sonora  and  Arizona,  Including  the  "Sier- 
ra Madre,"  Compiled  from  Authentic  Sources  and  personal 
Observation  for.  the  Geography  and  Resources  of  "Arizona 
and  Sonora."  By  Sylvester  Mowry  of  Arizona.  1863.  J. 
B.  Mills.  Lith.  by  Fishbourne,  S.  F. 

317 

MULLAN,  JOHN 

Letter  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Transmitting,  In 
Answer  to  a  resolution  of  the  Senate  of  the  6th  instant,  the 
report  and  maps  of  Captain  John  Mullan,  United  States 
Army,  of  his  operations  while  engaged  in  the  construction 
of  a  military  road  from  Fort  Walla- Walla,  on  the  Columbia 
River  to  Fort  Benton,  on  the  Missouri  River.  Feb.  19, 
1863,  (Ordered  Printed). 

[Washington:  1863.]  (37th  Cong.,  3rd  Sess.  Senate,  Ex. 
Doc.  43). 

Also  printed  at  Washington,  Govt.  Printing  Office,  1863, 
with  following  title: 

Report  On  The  Construction  Of  A  Military  Road  From 
Fort  Walla- Walla  To  Fort  Benton.  By  Capt.  John  Mullan, 
U.  S.  A. 

8°  Title,  363  pp.  plus  1  leaf  errata,  4  maps,  10  plates  (9 
colored),  by  G.  Sohon. 

Maps: 

Map  of  Military  Road  From  Walla-Walla  to  Fort  Benton 
on  the  Missouri — made  under  the  direction  of  Capt.  John 
Mullan. 

Map  Military  Reconnaisance  from  Fort  Dalles,  Oregon, 
to  Fort  Walla- Walla,  made  under  direction  of  Capt.  John 
Humphreys. 

Map  of  Military  Reconnaisance   From   Fort  Taylor  To 


154  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


The  Coeur  d'Alene  Mission — under  direction  of  Copt.  John 
Humphreys. 

Map,  Mountain  Section  of  the  Ft.  Walla-Walla  and  Ft. 
Benton,  ....  From  Coeur  d'Alene  Mission  to  the  Dear- 
born River.  By  John  Mullan,  drawn  by  Theo.  Kolecki. 
1859-1863. 

Pages  1-84,  Mullan's  report,  proper,  with  itinerary,  pp.  37-40; 
pp.  85-127,  Reports  of  Engineers,  etc.;  pp.  128-133,  Tables  of 
heights ;  pp.  133-183,  other  reports  and  meterological  and  astron- 
omical data;  pp.  185-363,  Tables.  Maps  by  J.  Bien,  N.  Y.  Plates 
by  Bowen  &  Co.,  Phila.  Letter  of  Mullan  transmitting  report, 
Feb.  18,  1863,  calls  for  only  8  plates. 

Comprises  the  period  from  March,  1858,  to  Sept.,  1862.  318 

A  PILGRIMAGE  OVER  THE  PRAIRIES  In  Two  Vol- 
umes.   By  the  Author  of  "The  Fortune  of  a  Colonist." 
London :    T.  Cauttey  Newby,  ....  1863. 
12°  Title,  298  pp. ;  title,  261  pp.    6  plates. 

A  romance  of  the  prairies  and  the  Blackfoot  Indians.  319 

SMET,  P.  J.  De 

New  Indian  Sketches.    By  Rev.  P.  J.  De  Smet,  S.  J. 
New  York :    D.  &  J.  Sadler,  ....  1863. 
18°  Title,  (5)-175  pp.;  2  plates. 

Contains  some  interesting  letters  between  Gen.  Harney  and  De 
Smet  in  1859. 

An  account  of  De  Smet's  journey,  leaving  St.  Louis  May  20, 
1858,  as  Chaplain,  with  the  army  against  the  Mormons  and  In- 
dians. Left  Leavenworth  June  1  with  the  7th  Regiment,  under 
Col.  Morrison.  Traveled  via  Ft.  Kearney  to  the  crossing  of  the 
south  branch  of  the  Platte,  where  the  expedition  dissolved,  De 
Smet  returning  with  Harney  to  Leavenworth.  Went  to  N.  Y.  and 
left  Sept.  20  with  Gen.  Harney  and  his  staff  via  Panama,  Oct.  29. 
Left  Vancouver  for  a  trip  to  the  mountains,  Coeur  d'Alenes,  St. 
Ignatius,  St.  Mary's.  Returned  to  Vancouver  April  16,  1859,  and 
on  June  15  left  again  for  the  mountains  with  the  chiefs  he  had 
brought  to  Vancouver.  July  22,  left  St.  Ignatius  overland  for  Ft. 
Benton,  which  he  reached  on  the  29th,  and  arrived  at  St.  Louis 
by  steamer  Sept.  23.  In  one  of  his  letters  he  quotes  Father 
Hoecker  as  saying  the  missions  had  been  ruined  by  the  mines. 

320 


THOMPSON,  FRANCIS  M. 

The  New  Gold  Reg-ions  Of  The  North-West.  Price  One 
Dollar.  For  Sale  By  H.  M.  Thompson,  ....  St.  Louis, 
Mo. 

(Cover  title;  regular  title  as  follows): 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 155 

Thompson's  Complete  Guide  To  The  New  Gold  Regions 
Of  Upper  Missouri,  Deer  Lodge,  Beaver  Head,  Nez  Per- 
ces,  Salmon  River,  Boise  River,  Powder  River,  John  Day, 
Cariboo,  ....  Containing  Tables  Of  Distances,  Camping 
Places,  Many  Words  Of  The  Blackfoot  And  Flat  Head 
Languages,  And  The  Complete  Chinook  Jargon.  By  Fran- 
cis M.  Thompson,  Late  Secretary  Of  The  Exploring  Party 
Of  The  American  Exploring  And  Mineral  Company. 

St.  Louis:  Published  By  R.  P.  Studley  &  Co.  For  H. 
M.  Thompson,  ....  1863. 

16°  Title;  pp.  3-4,  Preface;  pp.  5-11,  Guide;  pp.  12,  Table 
of  Distances ;  pp.  13-16,  Indian  Vocabularies. 

This  party  explored  the  Deer  Lodge,  located  the  town  of  Deer 
Lodge,  and  discovered  gold  on  the  Beaverhead  in  1862.  321 

BLISS,  EDWARD 

A  Brief  History  Of  The  New  Gold  Regions  Of  Colorado 
Territory ;  Together  With  Hints  And  Suggestions  To  In- 
tending1 Emigrants.  By  Edward  Bliss  (Late  Editor  of  the 
Rocky  Mountain  News),  Agent  of  Colorado  Emigration 
Office. 

New  York:     John  W.  Amerman,  ....  1864. 

8°  Title,  3-30  pp.,  map.    Printed  Paper  Wrappers. 

Copy  in  Colo.  Hist.  Soc.  *322 


BROWNE,  J.  ROSS 

A  Tour  Through  Arizona.  (In  Harper's  New  Monthly 
Magazine.  Oct.,  Nov.,  Dec.,  1864.  Jany.,  Feb.  and  March, 
1865.  Written  by  J.  Ross  Browne). 

A  very  well  written  article  giving  an  account  of  his  trip  with 
Poston,  with  numerous  interesting  illustrations.  The  number 
for  February  contains  a  portrait  of  Sylvester  Mowry,  with  a 
sketch  of  his  career  in  Arizona.  The  same  number  contains  a 
long  account  of  the  adventures  in  Arizona  of  S.  F.  Butterworth. 
The  November  number  is  largely  filled  with  the  Oatman  family 
adventures,  derived  from  Stratton's  book  and  information  obtained 
from  Henry  Grinnell  of  Ft.  Yuma,  who  was  instrumental  in  ob- 
taining the  release  of  Olive  Oatman. 

Reprinted  in  Browne's  "Adventures  in  the  Apache  Country," 
1869.  323 


CAMPBELL,  J.  L. 

Idaho:     Six  Months  In  The  New  Gold  Diggings.     The 
Emigrant's    Guide    Overland.      Itinerary    Of    the    Routes, 


156  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Features  Of  The  Country,  Journal  of  Residence,  ....  By 
J.  L.  Campbell. 

Chicago:     Pub.  by  John  R.  Walsh.     1864. 

Map;  52  pp.  plus  53-62  (2)  pp.  adv.  Wrappers  with  pic- 
torial title — Idaho.  Six  months  in  the  New  Gold  Regions. 
The  Emigrants'  Guide.  N.  Y.  Sinclair.  Tousey,  1864. 

Left  Omaha  April  28,  1863,  by  the  South  Pass  and  Lander  Cut 
Off  to  Bannock  City. 

This  edition  sometimes  appears  with  the  imprint,  New  York : 
Published  By  J.  L.  Campbell.  1864.  The  map  is  a  small,  single 
page  crude  map  before  the  title  without  any  inscription,  showing 
the  routes  from  St.  Paul  and  Mo.  River  points  to  the  Pacific. 

324 

COLORADO:      Its    Mineral    And    Agricultural    Resources. 
[n.  p.,  n.  d.  but  New  York.     1864]. 

8°  20  pp.,  enclosed  in  colored  paper  wrappers  with  above 
title.  At  end,  signed  Wm.  S.  Rockwell,  Chairman.  N.  Y. 
Feb.  25,  1864. 

This  is  a  statement  of  the  discovery  and  development  of  gold 
mining  in  Colorado,  prepared  by  a  committee  of  Coloradoans 
then  in  New  York  City.  325 

FISK,  JAMES  L. 

Expedition  of  Captain  Fisk  To  The  Rocky  Mountains. 
Letter  From  The  Secretary  of  War  In  Answer  To  A  Reso- 
lution of  the  House  of  Feb.  26th  transmitting  report  of 
Captain  Fisk  of  his  late  expedition  to  the  Rocky  Mountains 
and  Idaho.  [Report  dated  St.  Paul,  Jan.  28,  18641. 

38th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  Senate,  Ex.  Doc. 

8°  38  pp. 

Also  printed  as  House  Doc.  45,  in  39  pp. 

Left  St.  Cloud  June  15,  1863,  as  escort  to  an  emigrant  party  to 
Idaho.  Traveled  overland  south  of  Ft.  Union  and  Ft.  Benton,  but 
went  there  and  then  followed  Mullan's  road  to  Sun  River  and 
over  the  divide  to  Deer  Lodge  River  at  Bannock  City.  Met  N.  P. 
Langford  there,  his  assistant  on  the  1862  trip.  Also  visited  Vir- 
ginia. Returned  from  there  via  Salt  Lake. 

Says  he  met  Sir  George  Gore  in  1858,  returning  from  his  fa- 
mous buffalo  slaughtering  expedition.  Apparently  Fisk  made 
another  expedition  in  1864,  as  he  published  the  following  in  1866: 
Capt.  Fisk's  Fourth  Expedition  from  Saint  Cloud,  Minnesota,  to 
the  Great  Gold  Fields  of  Montana  ....  3rd  Edition.  St.  Paul : 
Press  Printing  Co.  1866.  12°  12  pp.  (Not  seen.  Noted  in  Bibl. 
of  Minn,  in  Minn.  Hist.  Coll.,  Vol.  Ill,  1880). 

Not  seen.  Noted  in  Bibl.  of  Minn,  in  Minn.  Hist.  Coll.,  Vol. 
Ill,  1880. 

Fisk  was  mistaken  about  meeting  Gore  in  1858,  as  he  had  al- 
ready left  the  country.  The  only  account  I  have  seen  of  this 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  157 


famous  hunting  expedition  from  1854-56  was  written  -by  F.  Geo. 
Hildt  from  information  derived  from  Henry  Bostwick,  one  of  the 
party,  and  printed  in  the  Contribution  to  the  Historical  Society 
of  Montana,  Vol.  2.  326 

HALL,  EDWARD  H. 

The  Great  West:  Emigrants/  Settlers',  &  Travellers' 
Guide  and  Hand-Book  To  The  States  of  California  And 
Oregon,  And  The  Territories  of  Nebraska,  Utah,  Colorado, 
Idaho,  Montana,  Nevada,  Washington,  And  Arizona.  With 
A  Full  And  Accurate  Account  Of  Their  Climate,  Soil,  Re- 
sources, And  Products.  Accompanied  by  a  Map  Showing 
The  Several  Routes  To  The  Gold  Fields,  And  A  Complete 
Table  Of  Distances.  By  Edward  H.  Hall,  Author  of  "Ho 
For  The  West." 

New  York:  Published  And  For  Sale  At  The  Tribune 
Office.  1864. 

12°  89  pp.  Map.  Cover  title  and  regular  title  the  same. 
Map: 

[Map  showing  railroads  and  routes  to  the  Pacific  from 

Lat.  38°  N.]. 

Articles  originally  appeared  in  the  Tribune.  Mentions  a  yearly 
publication  from  1855  to  1860  by  him  and  called  "Ho  for  the 
West."  This  book  seems  to  have  been  compiled  with  the  scis- 
sors. 327 

MORGAN,  MRS.  MARTHA  M. 

A  Trip  Across  The  Plains  In  The  Year  1849.  With 
notes  of  a  voyage  to  California,  by  way  of  Panama.  By 
Mrs.  Martha  M.  Morgan. 

San  Francisco :     1864. 

12°  Title,  31  pp. 

The  above  title  is  prefixed  in  manuscript  to  the  31  pages  of 
text  in  the  copy  in  the  California  State  Library. 

The  party  left  St.  Joe  May  24,  1849,  and  by  the  usual  Ft, 
Laramie  route  reached  Salt  Lake  Oct.  12,  where  they  spent  the 
winter.  They  left  there  April  22,  1850,  and  arrived  at  Pleasant 
Valley  July  4. 

Page  22  to  the  end  comprise  the  account  of  the  Panama  voyage. 

The  only  copy  located  is  in  the  California  State  Library. 

*328 

MORRIS,  MAURICE  O'CONNOR 

Rambles  In  The  Rocky  Mountains :  With  A  Visit  To 
The  Gold  Fields  Of  Colorado.  By  Maurice  O'Connor 
Morris,  Late  Deputy  Postmaster  General  of  Jamaica. 

London :     Smith,  Elder  &  Co,  ....  1864. 

8°  VIII  (inch  half  title  and  title),  264  pp. 


158  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


A  most  entertaining  journal  of  a  trip  from  St.  Louis  to  Denver, 
leaving  May  19,  1863.  Started  via  the  river  for  Ft.  Benton  and 
the  Montana  gold  fields  but  the  steamer  gave  out  at  St.  Joe,  so 
he  went  to  Denver.  Spent  the  summer  and  fall  in  Denver  and 
Central  City,  and  hunding  in  Middle  Park.  Returned  to  the  east 
in  the  winter.  329 


NICAISE,  AUGUSTE 

Une  Annee  An  Desert  Scenes  et  Recits  de  Far-West 
Americain. 

Chalons,  Imprimerie  De  T.  Martin,  Place  Du  Marche- 
Au-Ble.  1864. 

8°  Title,  half  title,  115  pp.  (unpaged).  P.  P.  W.  same  as 
regular  title. 

Left  Jefferson  City  May  4,  1858,  with  Wyde,  Sheppard  and 
Butter.  Traveled  via  Independence,  Ft.  Kearney,  Ft.  Laramie, 
Salt  Lake,  Ft.  Hall,  and  arrived  at  Ft.  Walla  Walla  Aug.  15. 
Went  by  land  to  Portland  and  San  Francisco.  Remained  in  S.  F. 
during  the  winter  of  1858-59.  In  the  spring  visited  Sonora  and  the 
northern  mines  and  later  visited  Frazer  River.  330 


MERRILL,  D.  D. 

The  Northern  Route  To  Idaho :    And  The  Pacific  Ocean. 
Saint  Paul,  Minn.:     Published  by  D.  D.  Merrill,     [n.  d. 
but  probably  1864]. 
16°  8  pp.    Map. 

Map: 

Minnesota  Route,  the  shortest  and  best  to  the  Idaho 
Gold  Mines.  Compiled  by  C.  A.  F.  Morris.  Lith.  by 
Louis  Buechner,  St.  Paul. 

331 

WRAXALL,  SIR  C.  F.  LASCELLES 

The  Backwoodsman  Or  Life  on  the  Indian  Frontier. 
Edited  By  Sir  C.  F.  Lascelles  Wraxall,  Bart. 

London:    John  Maxwell  &  Co,  ....  MDCCCLXIV. 
12°  IV,  428  pp.,  11  plates  and  pictorial  title.     (Cloth). 

Adventures  mostly  in  Texas,  but  includes  visit  to  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  South  Park,  and  Middle  Park.  In  Middle  Park  he  met 
Lord  Stewart  (on  the  famous  1843  expedition)  whom  he  says  he 
knew.  Crossed  over  the  Medicine  range  onto  the  north  branch 
of  the  Platte  and  arrived  at  Ft.  St.  Vrain.  Probably  this  story  is 
based  on  some  real  adventures  of  Wraxall. 

Eames  had  a  copy  in  paper  wrappers  dated  1864.  332 


159 


ANGELO,  C.  AUBREY 

Idaho:  A  Descriptive  Tour  And  Review  Of  Its  Re- 
sources And  Route.  By  C.  Aubrey  Angelo.  (Chaos). 

San  Francisco:    H.  H.  Bancroft  &  Co.    1865. 

12°  52  pp.  (incl.  title),  blue  slip  of  errata  and  notice, 
2-11  pp.  adv.  No  map,  although  Angelo  states  one  by 
William  H.  Knight  will  shortly  be  published. 

Copy  in  California  State  Library. 

Revised  and  made  more  elaborate  and  issued  in  1866  as : 

Sketches  of  Travel  in  Oregon  and  Idaho,  With  Map  of 
South  Boise.  By  C.  Aubrey  Angelo  (Chaos.)  Author  of 
"Idaho"  and  "Eastern  Asia." 

New  York:     L.  D.  Robertson,  ....  1866. 

8°  181  pp.,  7  pp.  adv.,  map. 
Map: 

Map  of  the  South  Boise  Gold  Mines.  Lith.  by  Henry 
Seibert  &  Bros. 

Preface  dated  N.  Y.,  May  31,  1866.  333 

CAMPBELL,  J.  L. 

Idaho  And  Montana  Gold  Region:  The  Emigrant's 
Guide  Overland.  Itinerary  Of  The  Routes,  Features  Of 
The  Country,  Journal  Of  Residence  .  .  .  .New  Discoveries 
and  Developments  of  the  Country  in  1864.  By  J.  L.  Camp- 
bell. [Copyright  notice  1865  at  bottom]. 

8°  Title  with  map  on  reverse,  leaf  adv.,  leaf  preface,  5-52, 
16  pp. 

The  first  52  pages  are  the  same  as  the  1864  edition,  but  the  last 
16  pages  have  a  caption  title :  Organization  of  Montana,  Discov- 
eries and  Developments  of  1864.  The  map  is  only  a  very  small 
one  of  the  U.  S.,  showing  the  railroads  then  built.  First  edition 
was  published  in  1864.  In  1866  it  appeared  rewritten  except  the 
journal  and  with  matter  on  Iowa  and  Nebraska  as:  The  Great 
Agricultural  And  Mineral  West.  A  Handbook  and  Guide  .... 
With  Journal  of  Residence  in  Idaho  and  Montana  ....  By  J.  L. 

Campbell.     Chicago:     Church 1866.     8°   11  leaves  adv.,  title, 

leaf  preface,  15-77,  (1)  pp.;  11  leaves  adv.  P.  P.  W.  with  title: 
Campbell's  Western  Guide.  Chicago,  111.  Published  by  John  R. 
Walsh.  Price  25  cents.  The  map,  printed  on  a  folded  sheet,  is 
entitled  Campbell's  Western  Map.  *334 

CHIVINGTON,  COL.  J.  M. 

To   The    People    Of    Colorado.      Synopsis    of   the    Sand 
Creek  Investigation.     [By  Col.  J.  M.  Chivington]. 
Denver  Colorado:    June,  1865. 
8°  17  pp. 


160 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Chivington's  defense  of  his  actions  when  in  command  of  the 
Colorado  troops  at  the  battle,  or  rather  massacre,  at  Sand  Creek 
in  1864.  335 

EVANS,  JOHN 

Reply  of  Governor  Evans,  Of  The  Territory  of  Colorado. 
To  That  Part  Referring  To  Him,  Of  The  Report  Of  "The 
Committee  On  The  Conduct  Of  The  War,"  Headed  "Mas- 
sacre of  Cheyenne  Indians."  Executive  Department,  and 
Superintendent  of  Indian  Affairs,  C.  T. 

Denver:    Aug.  6,  1865. 

8°  16,  4  pp.,  1  pp.  appendix. 

The  16  pages  are  Evans'  reply,  then  4  pages  of  "Report  of 
Council  with  Cheyenne  And  Arapahoe  Chiefs  Brought  to  Denver 
By  Major  Wynkoop ;  Taken  Down  By  U.  S.  Indian  Agent 
S'imeon  Whiteley  as  It  Progressed."  Dated  Camp  Weld,  Sept.  28, 
1864. 

The  appendix  of  1  page  is  the  statement  of  Mrs.  Ewbanks, 
dated  Julesburg,  C.  T.,  June  22,  1865,  giving  an  account  of  her 
captivity  among  the  Indians.  She  was  taken  by  the  Cheyennes. 

336 

FRY,  F. 

Fry's  Traveler's  Guide,  And  Descriptive  Journal  Of  The 
Great  North-Western  Territories  Of  The  United  States  Of 
America;  Comprising  The  Territories  Of  Idaho,  Washing- 
ton, Montana,  And  The  State  Of  Oregon,  With  Sketches 
Of  Colorado,  Utah,  Nebraska,  And  British  America.  The 
Grain,  Pastural,  And  Gold  Regions  Defined,  With  Some 
New  Views  Of  Their  Future  Greatness.  By  F.  Fry. 

Cincinnati :  Published  For  The  Author  By  Applegate 
&  Co.  1865. 

16°  VI,  7-264  pp.,  12  leaves  of  adv. 

The  author  set  out  from  Council  Bluffs  May  15,  1862,  to  South 
Pass,  Early  Alder  Gulch,  Ft.  Hall,  and  Ft.  Boise.  He  gives  an 
account  of  the  Boise  Placers.  In  Sept.  he  was  at  the  Dalles  and 
went  from  there  to  Olympia.  In  1864  he  was  traveling  through 
Montana  and  descended  Clark's  Fork.  337 


HALL,  EDWARD  H. 

Hall's  Guide  to  the  Great  West. 

New  York:    D.  Appleton  &  Co.     1865. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  as  follows) : 

The  Great  West:  Travelers',  Miners',  And  Emigrants' 
Guide  And  Hand-Book  To  The  Western,  North-western 
And  Pacific  States  And  Territories.  With  a  Map  Of  The 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 161 

Best  Routes  to  the  Gold  and  Silver  Mines,  And  Complete 
Tables  Of  Distances :  Also  The  United  States  Homestead 
Law,  Mining  Laws  Of  The  Respective  States,  ....  By 
Edward  H.  Hall,  Author  of  "Ho!  For  The  West,"  "West- 
ern Gazateer,"  .... 

New  York:    D.  Appleton  and  Company.     1865. 

12°  198  pp.,  map,  2  leaves  of  adv.  before  title  and  5 
after  pp.  198. 

Map: 

Map  Of  The  Great  West. 

An  entirely  different  book  from  the  "Great  West"  of  1864. 
Across  the  Plains,  with  tables  of  distances,  pp.  150-170. 

Hall's  "Ho!  For  the  West"  seems  to  have  disappeared.          338 

MULLAN,  JOHN 

Miners  And  Travelers'  Guide  To  Oregon,  Washington, 
Idaho,  Montana,  Wyoming  and  Colorado,  Via  The  Mis- 
souri And  Columbia  Rivers.  Accompanied  By  A  General 
Map  Of  The  Mineral  Region  Of  The  Northern  Sections  Of 
The  Rocky  Mountains.  Prepared  By  Captain  John  Mullan, 
Late  Superintendent  Of  The  Northern  Overland  Wagon 
Road,  And  Commissioner  Of  Northern  Pacific  Railroad. 

New  York:  Published  By  Wm.  M.  Franklin,  (For  The 
Author)  ....  1865. 

12°  153  pp.    Folding  map. 
Map: 

General  Map  of  the  North  Pacific  States  and  Territories 
belonging  to  the  United  States  and  British  Columbia  Ex- 
tending From  Lake  Superior  To  The  Pacific  Ocean 

Prepared  By  Capt.  John  Mullan.    Lith.  by  J.  Bien,  N.  Y. 

The  book  contains  an  excellent  account  of  the  mountain  region 
of  the  Northwest  with  particulars  of  the  first  discoveries  of  gold 
in  Idaho  and  Montana.  339 


McCORMICK,  RICHARD  C. 

Arizona:  Its  Resources  And  Prospects.  A  Letter  To 
The  Editor  of  The  New  York  Tribune,  (Reprinted  from 
that  Journal  of  June  26,  1865.)  By  The  Hon.  Richard  C. 
McCormick,  Secretary  of  the  Territory. 

New  York:    D.  Van  Nostrand,  ....  1865. 

8°  22  pp.    Map.    Cover  title  same. 

Map: 

General  Outline  Map  of  Arizona.    Brown  &  Co.,  N.  Y. 

340 


162 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

MILTON,  VISCOUNT,  AND  CHEADLE,  W.  B. 

The  North-West  Passage  By  Land.  Being  the  Narrative 
of  an  Expedition  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  under- 
taken with  the  View  of  Exploring  a  Route  across  the  Con- 
tinent to  British  Columbia  through  British  Territory,  by 
one  of  the  Northern  Passes  In  the  Rocky  Mountains.  By 
Viscount  Milton,  ....  and  W.  B.  Cheadle. 

London:     Cassell,  Petter  &  Caplin,  ....   [1865]. 

8°  XVIII,  397  pp.    2  maps  and  22  engravings. 
Maps: 

The  Western  Portion  of  British  North  America,  Showing 
the  Route  followed  by  Lord  Milton  and  Dr.  Cheadle,  from 
the  Saskatchewan  to  British  Columbia,  1863-4. 

General  Map  of  British  North  America,  Showing  the 
Route  of  Lord  Milton  and  Dr.  Cheadle  in  1862-3. 

The  authors  also  published  a  preliminary  report  of  65  pp.  in 
1865,  which  I  have  not  seen.  341 

OWEN,  RICHARD  E. 

Report  On  The  Mines  Of  New  Mexico,  By  Prof.  Richard 
E.  Owen,  Geologist,  and  E.  T.  Cox,  Geologist  And  Chemist. 
Published  By  John  S.  Watts. 

Washington :     Gibson  &  Pearson,  ....  1865. 

8°  Cover  title  only,  59  pp. 

Contains  results  of  a  four  months'  trip  through  New  Mexico 
by  Owen.  342 

PALMER,  H.  E. 

The  Powder  River  Expedition. 

Omaha :     1865. 

Nebraska  State  His.  Socty.,  Trans.  Vol.  2.    Lincoln,  1887. 

Pages  197-229. 

This  may  have  been  printed  in  Omaha  in  1865,  but  it  seems 
unlikely.  343 

ROLLINS,  JOHN  R. 

Notes  on  Colorado  Territory.     By  John  R.  Rollins, 
[n.  p.,  1865?]     19  pp. 

Not  seen,  but  I  think  it  was  printed  in  London.  *344 

SIMPSON,  JAMES  H. 

Report  on  the  Change  of  Route  west  from  Omaha,  Ne- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 163 

braska  Territory,  proposed  by  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad 
Company. 

Washington :    Government  Printing  Office,  1865. 

8°  70,  (2)  pp.    2  maps. 

Not  seen.    Collation  from  Sabin.  *345 

STUART,  GRANVILLE 

Montana  As  It  Is ;  Being  A  General  Description  Of  Its 
Resources,  Both  Mineral  And  Agricultural,  Including  A 
Complete  Description  Of  The  Face  Of  The  Country,  Its 
Climate,  ....  Illustrated  With  A  Map  Of  The  Territory, 
Drawn  By  Capt.  W.  W.  De  Lacy,  Showing  The  Different 
Roads  And  The  Location  Of  The  Different  Mining  Dis- 
tricts. To  Which  Is  Appended  A  Complete  Dictionary  Of 
The  Snake  Language  And  Also  Of  The  Famous  Chinnook 
Jargon,  With  Numerous  Critical  And  Explanatory  Notes, 
Concerning  The  Habits,  Superstitions,  ....  Of  Those  In- 
dians, With  Itineraries  Of  All  The  Routes  Across  The 
Plains.  By  Granville  Stuart. 

New  York :    C.  S.  Westcott  &  Co.,  Printers,  ....  1865. 

8°  175  pp.,  map.  Printed  tinted  wrappers  with  same  title. 

Map: 

Map  Of  The  Territory  Of  Montana  With  Portion  Of  The 
Adjoining  Territories  Showing  The  Gulch  or  Placer  Dig- 
gings and  District  where  Quartz  ....  Lodes  have  been 
discovered  to  January  1,  1865.  Drawn  by  W.  W.  de  Lacy 
for  the  use  of  the  First  Legislature  of  Montana.  [At 
bottom,  small  inset  map  showing  the  route  from  the  Mis- 
souri River  to  Fort  Laramie].  Lith.  by  Rae  Smith,  New 
York.  Copyrighted  by  S.  T.  Hauser.  New  York,  1865. 

The  itineraries  occupy  pp.  130-175.  The  notes  contain  a  vast 
amount  of  both  useful  and  entertainng  information  regarding 
place  names,  Indians,  gold,  legends,  old  trappers,  etc.  Stuart,  who, 
by  the  way,  still  lives  in  Montana,  (Sept.,  1918),  went  to  California 
overland  in  1852.  On  his  return  in  1859,  while  on  Malade  Creek, 
he  met  some  men  who  said  they  had  found  gold  prospects  in  1856 
on  what  is  now  Gold  Creek,  a  branch  of  Hellgate.  So  Stuart,  his 
brother  James,  and  some  others  wintered  on  Big  Hole  and  went 
to  Deer  Lodge  River  in  the  Spring  of  1858.  Not  finding  encourag- 
ing prospects,  they  returned  to  the  Emigrant  Road  and  remained 
there  until  the  fall  of  1860,  when  they  returned,  to  Gold  Creek.  In 
1861  they  found  some  good  prospects  and  through  letters  to 
Thomas  Stuart,  then  in  Colorado,  they  started  the  exodus  from 
there  to  Montana  in  1862. 

Mr.  Stuart  has  written  a  letter  to  Mr.  C.  N.  Kessler  of  Helena, 
giving  an  account  of  what  became  of  this  book,  from  which  it 
appears  only  some  300  copies  out  of  1500  had  maps.  A  parcel 


164  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


sent  to  Montana  by  river  and  bull  team  got  wet  and  spoiled  and 
all  but  a  few  of  the  remainder  were  burned  in  the  big  fire  in  New 
York  in  July,  1865,  which  destroyed  Barnum's  American  Museum. 
A  few  copies  were  saved  which  finally  passed  into  the  hands  of 
D.  Van  Nostrand. 

There  is  some  question  as  to  just  which  De  Lacy  map  was  is- 
sued with  this  pamphlet.  Four  varieties  of  this  map,  practically 
all  alike,  have  been  discovered ;  the  one  above  described,  another 
the  same  without  the  copyright  notice,  another  lithographed  by 
Friedenwald,  and  another  engraved  by  J.  Hutawa  in  St.  Louis. 
None  of  them  bear  any  date,  but  it  is  reasonably  supposed  that 
the  one  with  the  copyright  notice  was  the  first  issued.  De  Lacy 
was  paid  $625  by  the  first  territorial  legislature  of  Montana  for 
the  map,  and  probably  Hauser,  a  prominent  Montana  pioneer,  took 
the  map  to  New  York  to  have  it  published.  I  think  it  quite  pos- 
sible that  he  also  took  the  manuscript  of  Stuart's  book.  I  think 
it  probable  that  Stuart  succeeded  in  getting  three  hundred  copies 
of  this  map  for  issue  with  his  book.  A  copy  of  this  map  also 
exists  in  cloth  covers.  No  copy  of  the  book  is  known  to  me  or 
Mr.  C.  N.  Kessler.  the  well  known  Montana  collector,  in  the 
original  paper  wrappers  as  issued  with  the  map  sewn  in,  and  un- 
til one  is  found  there  will  always  be  a  question  as  to  whether  the 
map  with  the  copyright  notice  on  it  was  issued  with  it  or  another 
impression  without  the  notice.  I  purchased  the  copy  above  de- 
scribed from  Van  Nostrand  iri  1892.  It  is  in  its  original  wrappers 
in  a  half  Morocco  binding,  and  has  a  pocket  in  the  back  cover  in 
which  the  map  is  inserted.  As  Van  Nostrand  held  all  the  unsold 
copies  of  the  book,  I  always  presumed  that  he  had  inserted  the 
proper  map.  Mr.  Kessler  thinks  that  the  Hutawa  map,  which  I 
have  not  seen,  was  engraved  from  the  original  Rae  Smith  map  and 
I  have  some  reason  to  believe  that  it  was  also  issued  in  1865, 
probably  in  a  cloth  cover,  like  most  of  Hutawa's  maps.  346 


[STEVENS,  W.  H.] 

Field  Notes,  Crossing  the  Prairies  and  plains  from  Atchi- 
son,  Kans.,  to  Denver,  through  the  Mineral  Region  of  Colo- 
rado Territory.  By  [W.  H.  Stevens]. 

8°  21  pp.     P.  P.  W. 

A  short  description  of  his  trip  across  the  plains  with  more  ex- 
tended notice  of  the  South  Park  mining  districts.  347 


TUFTS,  JAMES 

A  Tract  Description  Of  Montana  Territory;  With  A 
Sketch  Of  Its  Mineral  And  Agricultural  Resources. 

New  York:    Robert  Craighead,  Printer,  ....  1865. 

8°  15  pp.  Signed  James  Tufts,  Virginia  City,  Montana 
Territory,  1865. 

My  copy  conains  on  reverse  of  title:  "Twenty-four  copies  on 
Fine  Paper,  with  a  map."  No  map  is  contained,  but  it  probably 
had  or  was  intended  to  have  De  Lacy's  map,  same  as  in  Gran- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  165 


ville  Smart's  book.     Contains  a  short  description  of  the  mineral 
resources,  largely  quoted  from,  Stuart.  348 

WRIGHT 

Chivington's  Massacre  Of  The  Cheyenne  Indians. 
[Denver:    1864  or  1865?]. 
8°  8  pp. 

Not  seen. 

See  Colorado  Council  Journals  of  1865  for  an  account  of  the 
affair;  Indian  Affairs  Report,  1865,  app.  pp.  515,  517;  Indian  Affairs 
Report,  1867.  *349 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


167 


INDEX 

Names  are  indexed  by  item,  not  by  page. 


A 


Abbey,  James 151 

Abbott,  G.  M 304 

Abernathy  139 

Abert,  J.  W 107,  126,  130 

Accolti,  F 125 

Adam,  George 154 

Adams,  J.  C 287,  288 

Aldrich,  Lorenzo  D 168 

Allen,  A.  J 127 

Allis,  Samuel 45 

Altowan  112 

Angelo,  C.  Aubrey 333 

Antisell,  Thomas 223 

Applegate,  Jesse 148 

Aricara  Campaign 19 

Armijo,  Antonio 43 

Ashley,  W.  H 

19,  23,  29,  30,  35,  112,  227 

Ashworth  70 

Association  de  la  Propagation 

de  la  Foi 69 

Astor,  J.  J 30 

Atkinson,  H 26 

Aubry,  F.  X 188,  197 

Audubon,  J.  J „...  81 

Audubon,  J.  W 177 


B 


Baird,  James 13 

Baird  222 

Baird,  S.  F 220,  305 

Baird,  S.  P 187 

Baker,  L.  S 219 

Ball,  John 44,  148 

Banks    72 

Barnum,  James  H 113 

Barnum,  P.  T 287 

Bartleson,   John 76,  92 

Bartleson,  John 248 

Bartlett,  John  Russell....l81,  198 

Baylies,  Francis 25 

Beale,  E.  F 

130,  158,  199,  249,  289 

Becknell,  William 108 

Beckwith,  E.  G 219,  220,  282 


Beckworth,  Jim  (i.e.  James  P.) 

158,  227 

Belisle,  D.  W 200 

Bell,  81 

Bell,  John  R 22 

Bennett,   Emerson 152,  153 

Benton,  T.  H 23,  30,  201 

Berkeley,  Grantley  F 300 

Berthond,  E.  L 301 

Beschke,  Wm 154 

Bidwell,  John 78 

Bierstadt,  A 306 

Bigelow,  J.   M 198,  221 

Bigelow,   John 95 

Bigelow,   John 239 

Bishop,  Francis  A 265 

Bissonet,  Joseph 13 

Bissonette   144 

Blackwell  66 

Blair 75 

Blakiston,    (Captain) 263 

Blanchet,  F.  N 

69,  72,  87,  89,  114,  139,  169 

Bliss,  Edward 322 

Boggs,  L.  W 76,  148 

Bolduc,  J.  B.  Z 114 

Bond,  Samuel  R 312 

Bonner,  T.  D 227 

Bonneville,  B.  L.  E 52,  59,  70 

Booth   222 

Boynton,  C.  B 209 

Brackenridge,  H.  M 11,  14 

Bradbury,  John 14 

Bradley  108 

Brady,  James  H 157 

Brayton,   Mathew 290 

Brenchley,  Julius 298 

Brewerton,  George  D 188,  285 

Bridger,  James 27,  182 

Brier,  J.  W 199 

Brouillet  139 

Browne,  J.  Ross 323 

Bryan,  F.  T 159,  198,  241 

Bryant,  Edwin 128 

Burdett,   Charles 308 

Burnett,  Peter  H 106 

Burt,  S.  W 301 

Burton,  Richard  F 275,  302 

Butter  330 

Butterworth,  S.  F 323 

Byers,  William  N 264 

Byrne,  J.  H ,.-. -22? 


168 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Calhoun,  J.  C 23 

The  California  Crusoe 205 

Cambreling,  C.  C 30 

Campbell,  Albert  H 221,  265 

Campbell,  J.  L 324,  334 

Campbell,   Robert 59 

Cardinell,  Charles 173 

Carleton,  James  Henry ....155,  210 

Carrington,  Albert 187 

Carson,  Kit,  i.e.  Christopher.... 
130,  152,  158,  180,  188,  255,  285, 
308 

Carvalho,  S.  N 203,  228 

Catlin,  George 51,  74 

Chambers,  Wm 13 

Chandless,    William 242 

Cheadle,  W.  B 341 

Cherry  Creek  settlements 296 

Child,    Andrew 178,  183 

Chivington,  Col.  J.  M 335 

Chouteau,  Auguste    P 13,  48 

Chouteau,  (Major)  101 

Clark,  C.  M 303 

Clark,  J.  H 198 

Clark,  William 4,  5,  7,  12,  37 

Clarke,  A.  B 179 

Clayton,  W 129,  183 

Coke,  Henry  J 180 

Colorado;  its  mineral  and  agri- 
cultural resources 325 

Colter,  John 14 

The  Conquest  of  Santa  Fe....ll5 

Conrad,  T.  A 223,  244 

Conway,  Cornelius 250 

Cooke,  P.  St.  G 

104,  130,  140,  229 

Coombs,  Franklin 80 

Cooper,  J.  G 218 

Cortambert,    Louis 56 

Cox,  E.  T 342 

Cox,   Ross 34 

Coyner,  David  H 116 

Craig,  William 59 

Crakes,    Sylvester 251 

Crawford,  Medorem 127,  310 

Cremony,  J.  C 198 

Creutzfeldt,  F 219 

Creuzbaur,    Robert 141 

Crooks,  Ramsey 10,  11,  14,  52 

Cross,   Osborne 1 56 

Crump,  J.  R 289 

Culbertson,  Thaddeus  A 157 

Gushing,   Caleb 52,  61 

Custer,   Henry 223 

Cutler,  Jervase 9 


Cutts,  James  Madison 117 

D 

Davis,  J ....230 

Davis,  W.  W.  H 243 

Dawson,  S.  J 267 

Dease,  P.  W 88 

De  Lacy,  W.  W 346 

Delano,  A , 202 

Demers,   Modeste 

69,  72,  87,  114,  142 

De  Mun,  Jules 13 

De  Smet,  see  Smet,  P.  J.  de 

De   Theux 77 

Dickerson,  John  H 241 

Dickson,  T.  C 272 

Diffendorfer,  W.  S 222 

Dixon,  John 251 

Dixon,   Joseph 291 

Dixon,   Wm 86 

Dodge,   Henry........40,   51,   54,  74 

Domestic  Committee,  Board  of 
Missions,  Protestant  Episco- 
pal Church 96 

Doniphan,  A.  W 

115,  118,  120,  133,  138 

Donner  Party 148 

Dougherty,  John 37,  46,  60 

Douglas,  David 31,  50 

Downs,  M.  D 264 

Drips,  Andrew 63 

Drummond,  Thomas 28,  31 

Drummond,  W.  W 219 

Dunbar,  John 45 

Dunbar,  William 4 

Duinway,  Mrs.  Abigail 268 

Dunn,  John 93 

Dyer,  Alexander  B 155 


E 


Edwards,  Frank  S 118 

Edwards,  P.  L 41 

Egloffstein,  F.  W 228,  305 

Ehrenberg,  Herman 237 

Ellis,  Edward  S 255 

Ellsworth,  H.  L 39.  46.  47,  48 

Emory,  W.  H 130,  198,  223,  244 

Engle,  F.  E 289 

Englemann,  H 241,  283 

Evans,    Elwood 218 

Evans,   John 336 

Everett,   H 39 

Ewbanks,  Mrs 336 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


169 


F 

Falconer,  Thomas 79 

Farnham,  Thomas  J 73,  75,  94 

Ferguson,  D 311 

Ferris,  Mrs.  B.  G 231 

Ferris,  W.  A 82 

Field,  M.  C 91 

Finlayson,  Duncan 196 

Fisk,  James  L 312,  313,  326 

Fitzpatrick,  Thomas....— 61,  103, 

104,  107,  119,  127,  227,  229,  257 

Floyd 12 

Folsom,  Charles  J 80 

Fontennelle  61 

Ford,  Henry  L 78 

Ford 141 

Forsyth,  Thomas 37 

Fowler,  Jacob 108 

Fox,  Jesse  W 309 

Franchere,  Gabriel 15 

Franklin,  John 20,  28 

Franklin,  (Lt.)  W.  B 104 

Fraser,  Simon 6,  16 

Fremont,  J.  C 83,  86,  102,  131, 

185,  201,  203,  228,  239,  255,  285 

French,  Parker  H 173 

French,  S.  C 159 

Froebel,  Julius 245 

Frost,  J.  H 98 

Frost,  S.  F 306 

Fry,  F 337 

G 

Gale,  L.  D 187 

Gant 66 

Garrard,  K 222 

Garrard,  Lewis  H 123,  158 

Gass,   Patrick 5 

Geary,  E.  R 304 

Gibbs,    George 218 

Gilliam   139 

Gilpin,   William 292 

Girard,    Charles 220 

Glass,  Hugh 229 

Gold  mines  in  Kansas 266 

Goode,  William  H 314 

Gordon,    William 19,  37 

Gore,  (Sir)  George 326 

Graham,  J.  D 181 

Graham,  R 23 

Gray 305 

Gray,  A.  B 211,  212,  232 

Gray,  (Captain) 268 

Gray,  W.  H 57 

Greeley,    Horace 293 


Greene,  Max _ 233 

Gregg,  Josiah 95 

Grinnell,  Henry 323 

Grist,  F.  C. 187 

Guide  to  the  new  gold  region  of 
Western  Kansas  and  Nebras- 
ka   269 

Gunn,  O.  B 270 

Gunnison,  J.  W.,  182, 187,  219,  282 

H 

Hall,  Edward  H 327,  338 

Hall,  James 187,  244 

Hallowell  223 

Handcock,  (Capt.)  275 

Harmon,  Daniel  Williams 16 

Harney,  (Gen.)  240,  320 

Harris  227 

Harris,  Caroline 62,  65 

Harris,  Edward 81 

Harrison 227 

Hastings,  L.  W 103,  127 

Hayden  1 19 

Head,  Mark 59,  147 

Heap,  Gwinn  Harris L..199 

Heermann,  A 223 

Henry,  Alexander 6,  33 

Hewitt,  R.  H 315 

Hildreth,  James 51 

Hildt,  F.  George 326 

Hime,  H.  L 294 

Hind,  Henry  Youle 271,  294 

Hinton,  Richard  J 281 

Hints  and  information  for  the 

use    of    emigrants    to    Pike's 

Peak 295 

History  of  the  settlements  on 

Cherry  Creek 296 

Hittell,  Theodore  H 288 

Holliday,  R.  T 23 

Hollister,  O.  J 316 

Holmes,  Reuben 132 

Homans,  Sheppart 219 

Hooker,  W.  J 50 

Horn,  Mrs 65 

Horn,  Hosea  B 183 

Horner,  W.  B 272 

Houghes,  John  T 120 

House,  E 65 

Hughes,  Andrew  S 37 

Humboldt,  Alexander  von 254 

Humphreys,  A.  A 217,  305 

Hunt,  Wilson  Price 

10,  11,  14,  34,  52,  98,  146 

Hunt  (i.e.  Pratt  and  Hunt)  280 
Hunter,  John  Dunn 21 


170 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Hutton,  N.  H 265 

Huyett 278 


Kosato,  the  Blackfoot  renegade 

....163 


Immel  and  Jones 19,  37 

Ingalls,  E.  S 184 

Ingalls,  Rufus 213 

Irving,  John   T 46,  58 

Irving,  Washington 

47,  48,  52,  59 

Ives-Newberry  expedition 297 

Ives,  J.  C 221,  305 


Jackson,  David  E 35 

Jacob,  J.  G _ 5 

James,  Edwin 22,  33 

James,  Thomas 108 

Jessup,  Thomas  S 23 

Johnson,  Overton 109 

Johnston,  A.  R 117 

Johnston,  J.  E.... 159 

Jones,  Robert  and  ImmeL19,  37 

Joset,  F 125 

Journal  of  a  tour  in  the  Indian 

Territory  96 

Journey  from  New  Orleans  to 

California  214 

K 

Kane,   Paul 273 

Kane,  Thomas 160 

Karney  109 

Kearny,  S.  W 

....51,  64,  104,  117,  128,  130,  229 

Keemle,   Charles 91 

Keith,  George 6 

Keller,  George 170 

Kelley,  Hall  J 148 

Kelly 75 

Kelly,  William .' 171 

Kellom,  John  H 264 

Kendall,  G.  W 85,  97 

Kendrick,   H.   L 194 

Kennedy,  C.  B.  R 221 

Kern,  R.  H 194,  219 

King,  Nicholas 12 

King,    Richard 53 

Kingsbury,  Lieut.  G 54 

Kipp,  [James]  192 

Kirk,  John ....265 


Lafleche,    Richer 189 

Lambert,  John 241 

Lander,  F.  W...218,  224,  265,  306 

Lane,   (Major) 256 

Lang,  John  D 84 

Langford,  N.  P 312 

Langworthy,  Franklin 215 

Larimer,  George  W 295 

Larocque,  F.  A 6 

Latrobe,  Charles  Joseph....47,  48 

The  Laurence  company 272 

Leavenworth,  (Gen.)  Henry 

51 ,  74 

Le   Blanc 72 

Leconte,  J.   L 220 

Lee,  Daniel 98 

Lee,  Jason 70 

Lee,  Jason  and  Daniel 41 

Lee,    Nelson 274 

Leni  Leoti 1 53 

Leonard,  Zenas 66,  147 

Le  Raye,  Charles 9 

Leroux,  Antoine 

190,  194,  201,  219,  221 

Lewis,  Aaron  B 42 

Lewis,  Meriwether 4,  5,  7,  12 

Linforth,  James 216 

Lisa,  Manuel 11,  14 

Long,  Stephen  H 22 

Loring,  W.  W 275 

Love,  (Capt.) 119 

Love  joy   103 

Lyman,  B 76 

Lyman,  Dr 94 


McCall,  (Col.) 172 

McCarver,  M 106 

McClellan,  George  B 191,  218 

McClellan,    Robert 

10,  11,  14,  52 

McClure  51 

McCormick,  Richard  C 340 

McCoy,    Isaac 39,  71 

McDonald,  John 6 

McGehee,   Micajah 239 

Mackay,  Aeneas 155 

Mackenzie,  Alexander 1 

Mackenzie,  Charles 6 

McKenzie,   James 6 

McKenzie,  Roderic 6 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


171 


McKnight,  Robert 13 

McLaughlin,  Dr.  John 50 

Maclaurie  2 

McLean,  John 143 

McMullin,  Fayette 260 

McNeil,  Samuel 161 

Macomb,  J.  N 32,  307 

McTavish,  J.  G 16 

Marcou,  Jules 221,  222 

Marcy,  R.  B 

159,  166,  191,  234,  236,  252,  275 

Marmaduke,  M.  M 108 

Marryat,  Frederick 85,  97 

Marshall,  L.  H 222 

Mason  103 

Mason,  R.  B 54 

Mason,  T.  B 209 

Maxmiliam,  Prinz  zu  VVied....  67 

May,  William  P 39 

Meek,  Joseph  L 59,  103 

Meek,  Stephen  H.  L 59 

Meeker  71 

Merrill,  D.  D 331 

Mesilla  Valley  Company 256 

Michler,  N.  H 159 

Michler,  N 244 

Miles,  William 173 

Miller,  A.  J 112 

Milton,  (Viscount)  341 

Minnesota  Legislature 253 

Mollhausen,  Baldwin 254,  297 

Mollhausen,  H.  B 221,  305 

Moffette,  Joseph  F 235 

Montaignes,  Francois  des 

[pseud.]  185 

Morgan,  Mrs.  Martha  M 328 

Mormon  Battalion 140 

Morris,  Maurice  O'Connor....329 

Morris,  R.  M 219 

Morrison,  (Col.)  320 

Moses,  John 219 

Moss,  Sidney  W 152 

Mowry,  Sylvester 

218,  246,  276,  317,  323 

Mullan,  John 218,  318,  339 

Murray,  Charles  Augustus 

68,99 

N 

Neale,  J 21 

Nedever,  George 59 

Neighbors,  R.  S 119,  141 

Newberry,  J.  S 297,  305,  307 

Nicaise,  Auguste 330 

Nicollet,  I.  N - 86 

Nobles,  W.  H 204,  265 


Norgate,  E 21 

Notes  on  the  Missouri  River  17 
Notice  sur  la  Riviere  Rouge..  87 
Nuttall,  Thomas 14,  41,  70,  98 

o 

Oakley  73,  75 

Oatman  family 247,  323 

O'Fallon   19,  26 

Ogden,  Peter  Skeene 34,  1% 

Owen,  Richard  E 342 


Pacific    Railroad   explorations.... 

217-224 

Palliser,  John 192 

Palliser,  (Captain) 277 

The  Pallister  party 263 

Palmer,  H.  E 343 

Palmer,  Joel 121 

Park,  George  S 208 

Parke,  John  G 194,  223 

Parker,  Cynthia  Ann 100 

Parker,  James  W 100 

Parker,  Samuel „ 55,  61 

Parker,  W.  B 236 

Parker  and  Huyett 278 

Parkman,  Francis 144 

Parry 20 

Parry,  C.  C 244 

Parsons,  Wm.  B 279 

Pattie,  James  Ohio 36 

Paul  Wilhelm,  Herzog  von 

Wurtemburg  49 

Peck,  Lieut 130 

Peebles  1 50 

Perrin  du  Lac,  M 3 

Perry,  C.  C 198 

Perry,  J.  A 193 

Peters,  DeWitt  C 255 

Phazma,  pseud.  Field,  M.  C.  91 

Philebert,  Joseph 13 

Piercy,  Frederick 216 

Uike,  Albert  42 

Pike,  Z.  M 8 

Pilcher,  Joshua 

19,  23,  35,  37,  227 

A  pilgrimage  over  the  prairies 

319 

Plummer,  Clarissa 62 

Plummer,  Rachel 100 

Poole,  Charles  H 223 

Pope,  John — _ 222 

Poston,  C.  D 232,  237,  256,  323 

Pourtales  ..  48 


172 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Prairie  and  Mountain  Life 91 

Prairie  Flower 152 

Pratt,  Henry  C 198 

Prass,  Orson 145 

Pratt  and  Hunt 280 

Pruess,  Charles 83,  102,  187 

Provost,  Etienne 13,  86 

R 

Rae,  John 162 

Rae,  (Dr.)  174 

Redpath,  James 281 

Reid,  John  C 256 

Remmius,  W.  W 272 

Remny,  Jules 298 

Rey,  John  R 306 

Richards,   R 205 

Richardson,  A.  D 301 

Richardson,  John....20,  28,  31,  174 

Richardson,   Paul 73,  75 

Richardson,  William  H 133 

Riley,   B 32,  37 

Robb,  John  S 119,  122 

Robinson,  J.  H 163 

Robinson,  Jacob  S 134 

Robinson,  William  Davis 18 

Rogers,  Cornelius 63 

Rollins,  John  R 344 

Rose,  112 

Rose,  Edward    132 

Rose,  Isaac  P 66 

Ross,  Alexander 146,  225 

Ross 20 

Roubideau  110 

Rowland 65,   94 

Ruddock,  Samuel  Adams 25 

Russell,  (Col.)  128,  148,  171 

Russell,  Osborne 66 

Russell,  Robert  E 130 

Russell,  W.   Green 284 

Ruxton,  Geo.  F 59, 123, 147, 158 

Ryerson,  John 226 


St.  John,  Percy  B 105 

St.  Vrain,  Cerean 13,  158 

Sage,  Rufus  B 110 

Salazar  Ylarregui,  Jose 164 

Sanders,   James 219 

Santa  Fe  and  the  Far  West....  76 

Sargent,  N 272 

Satterlee,  Benedict 45 

Sawyer,  Lorenzo 165 

Saxton,  Charles  127 

Saxton,  J.  C 127 


Say,  T 22 

Schemerhorn,  J.  T 39 

Schiel,  J 219,  282 

Schmolder,  Captain  B 135 

Schoolcraft  37,  285 

Schott,  Arthur 198,  244 

Scouler,  Dr 50 

Semple,  R 103 

Sheppard   330 

Shively,  J.  M Ill 

Shumard,  G.  G 191,  236 

Sibley  4,  11 

Simpson,  Sir  George 124,  273 

Simpson,  James  H 

159,  166,  186,  283,  345 

Simpson,  Thomas 88 

Sites,  George  L 265 

Sitgreaves,  L 194 

Slater,  N 175 

Smet,  Pierre  Jean  de 

76,  77,  89,  92,  125,  195,  257,  320 

Smith,  J.  Calvin 156 

Smith,  Jedediah  S...27,  29,  35,  196 

Smith 75 

Smith,  Stephen    W 272 

Smith,  W.   F 159 

Snively 90,    110 

Snyder,  J.  A 219 

Sohon,  Gustavus 218 

Solitaire  pseud.   Robb,  John   S. 

119 

Sonora    Exploring   and    Mining 

Co 232,  237 

Spalding,   C   C 258 

Spalding,  H.  H 57,  285 

Spalding,  Mrs.  H.  H 57 

Spencer 1 16 

Speyer _ 138 

Sprague 81 

Stambaugh,  S.   C 51 

Stanley,  D.  S 221 

Stanley,  J.  M 126,  130,  218 

Stansburg,  Howard 187 

Steen,  E 291 

Steptoe,  E.  J 213 

Stevens,   Hazard 218 

Stevens,  Isaac  1 218,  259,  260 

Stevens,  W.   H 347 

Stewart,  see  also  Stuart 
Stewart,  William  Drummond 

63,  70,  91,  112,  206 

Stewart 227 

Stewart  332 

Stewart,  Robert 

10,  11,  14,  52,  146 

Stokes,  Mr 39 

Stone,   (Capt.)   275 

Stone,  W.  J 86 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


173 


Stoneman,    George 223 

Storrs,  Augustus 24 

Stratton,  R.  B * 247 

Street,  F 264 

Street,  Franklin 176 

Stroebel,  Max 218 

Stuart,  Granville 346 

Stuart,  John  16 

Sublette,  S.  P 149 

Sublette,  W.  L 35,  38,  44 

Suckley,    George 218 

Sullivan 277 

Sumner,  E.  V ;..104 

Sutter,  John  A 135 

Suydman,  J.  R 191 

Swords  ....117 


Tache  87 

Talbot  130 

Tanner,  John 33 

Taplin,  C.  S 222 

Tasse,  Joseph 190,  197 

Taylor,  Sampel,  Jr 84 

Thompson,  David  1,  6 

Thompson,  Francis  M 321 

Thompson,  H.  M 321 

Thornton,  J.  Quinn 148 

Thurber  198 

Thurston,  Samuel  R 167 

Tibbits,  Calvin 148 

Tierney,  Luke 272,  284 

Tixier,  Victor 101 

A  Topographical  description  of 

the  state  of  Ohio 9 

Torrey,  John 

83,  102,  187,  222,  305 

Townsend,  John  K 41,  70,  98 

Traits  of  American-Indian  life 

and  character 196 

Trudeau,  J.  B 108 

Truxton,  J 93 

Tufts,  James 348 

Turner,  (Lt.)  104 

Tyler,  Daniel 140 


u 


Udell,  John 238 

Upham,  Charles  Wentworth  239 
The  Utah  expedition 250 


Vancouver  114 

Van  Quickenborne 77 

Van  Tramp,  John  C 188,  285 

Vavassour   136 

Villard,  Henry 299 

W 

Wadsworth,  W ....261 

Wagner,  W.  H 306 

Wah-To-Wah  and  the  Taos 

trail  158 

Walker,  Joseph 

59,  66,  73,  75,  147,  229 

Wallace 72 

Wallen,  H.  D 286,  304 

Walter,  George 207 

Ware,  Joseph  E 149 

Ware  183 

Warfield 90,  110 

Warre,  H 114,  136 

Warren,  Edward 206 

Warren,  G.  K 217,  240,  262 

Washington,  John  M 159,  186 

Webb,  J.  Watson 112 

Webb,  T.  H 198 

Webb,  T.  W 208 

Webb,  Col 177 

Webber,  Charles  W 137,  150 

Wells „ 285 

Wentzel,  W.  F 6 

Wetmore,  Alphonso 60 

Wharton,  Capt 51 

Wheelock,  T.  B 40 

White,  Elijah 127 

White,  James 185 

Whiteley,  Simeon 336 

Whiting,  W.  H.  C 159 

Whitman,  Dr 57,  61,  273 

Whipple,  A.  W 

181.  198,  221,  254 

Wied,  Maxmilian,  Prinz  zu....  67 

Wilkes,  George 106 

Willard,  Dr 36 

Williams,  Bill  42,  188,  239 

Williams,  Ezekiel  116 

Williams,  Joseph  78,  92 

Williams.  Thomas  163 

Winter,  Wm.  H 109 

Wizlizenus,  F.  A 73,  138.  217 

Wood  73,  75 

Woodhouse,  S.  W 194 

Workman  65,  94,  116 

Wraxall,  Sir  C.  F.  Lascelles  332 


174  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Wurtemburg,  Paul  W  i  1  h  e  1  m  Y 

Herzog  yon  see — 

Paul    Wilhelm,     Herzog    von 

Wurtemburg  49  Yellowstone  Park 27 

Wyde 330  Ylarregui,  Jose  Salazar,  see 

Wyeth,  John  B 38  Salazar  Ylarregui,  Jose 164 

Wyeth,  N.  J 38,  41,  70,  98  Young,  Brigham 125 

Wynkoop,  (Major)  336  Young,  Ewing 94 


